Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 1, 2016

Registration No. 333-206508


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 4
to

Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
(formerly known as ADS Waste Holdings, Inc.)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  4953
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  90-0875845
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

90 Fort Wade Road
Ponte Vedra, Florida 32081
(904) 737-7900

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



Michael K. Slattery, Esq.
General Counsel
Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.
90 Fort Wade Road
Ponte Vedra, FL 32081
(904) 737-7900
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agents For Service)



With a copy to:

Jonathan M. DeSantis
Richard B. Alsop
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022-6069
(212) 848-4000

 

Kirk A. Davenport II
Erika L. Weinberg
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022-4834
(212) 906-1200

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

           If the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1) (2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)

 
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share   $528,000,000   $53,170
 
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See "Underwriting."

(2)
Includes shares of common stock subject to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

(3)
The registrant previously paid $11,620 of the registration fee.

            The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholder may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated February 1, 2016

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

LOGO

21,428,571 Shares

Common Stock

This is Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.'s initial public offering. We are selling 9,037,033 shares of our common stock, and the selling stockholder identified in this prospectus is selling 12,391,538 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholder. We expect the public offering price to be between $20.00 and $22.00. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol ADSW.

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of Highstar Capital LP will continue to own a majority of the voting power of shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. See "Management—Controlled Company."

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 22 to read about factors you should consider before buying our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or the accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
  Price to Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions (1)

  Proceeds, before
expenses, to the
Company(2)

  Proceeds to the
selling stockholder (2)

Per Share

  $   $   $   $

Total

  $   $   $   $

(1)
The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount. See "Underwriting."

(2)
The Company has agreed to pay the underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the shares sold by the selling stockholder.

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 3,214,285 shares from the Company, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                           , 2016.



Deutsche Bank Securities   Credit Suisse   Barclays

BofA Merrill Lynch   Macquarie Capital   Morgan Stanley   UBS Investment Bank

SMBC Nikko   First Analysis Securities Corp.

Prospectus dated                           , 2016


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

THE OFFERING

    16  

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER DATA

    18  

RISK FACTORS

    22  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    43  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    45  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    46  

CAPITALIZATION

    47  

DILUTION

    48  

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    50  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    53  

BUSINESS

    91  

MANAGEMENT

    111  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    120  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

    142  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    145  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

    148  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    150  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    155  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

    157  

UNDERWRITING

    162  

LEGAL MATTERS

    170  

EXPERTS

    170  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    170  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  

You should rely only upon the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. None of us, the underwriters, or the selling stockholder have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. If you are in a jurisdiction where offers to sell, or solicitations of offers to purchase, shares of our common stock are unlawful, or if you are a person to whom it is unlawful to direct these types of activities, then the offer presented in this document does not extend to you. You should assume the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the respective dates of such information. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since those dates.

        Except where the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to "Advanced Disposal," "Company," "we," "us," and "our" refer to Advanced Disposal Services, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries. On January 27, 2016, ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. was renamed Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. References to "Parent" refer to Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. In this prospectus, when we refer to our fiscal years, we say "fiscal" and the year number, as in "fiscal 2014," which refers to our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Except where otherwise noted, statistical data of the Company is as of September 30, 2015.

i


Table of Contents

Market, Industry and Other Data

        This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data and forecasts, which are based on publicly available information, industry publications and surveys, reports from government agencies and reports by market research firms, including IBISWorld, Waste Business Journal, Woods & Poole, Spears & Associates, the National Association of Home Builders and the U.S. Census Bureau. We have not independently verified market and industry data provided by any of these or any other third-party sources referred to in this prospectus, although we believe such market and industry data included in this prospectus is reliable. This information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in surveys of market size.

        Management estimates are derived from the information and data referred to above, as well as our internal research, calculations and assumptions made by us based on our analysis of such information and data and our knowledge of our industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable, although they have not been independently verified. While we believe that the market position information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. Assumptions, expectations and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements." These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

ii


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights some of the information contained in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of our business and this offering, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus, including "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the more detailed information regarding our Company and the common stock being sold in this offering, as well as our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See "Forward-Looking Statements."

Our Company

        We are a leading integrated provider of non-hazardous solid waste collection, transfer, recycling and disposal services operating primarily in secondary markets or under exclusive arrangements. We have a presence in 18 states across the Midwest, South and East regions of the United States, serving approximately 2.8 million residential and 202,000 commercial and industrial ("C&I") customers through our extensive network of 93 collection operations, 74 transfer stations, 22 owned or operated recycling facilities and 39 owned or operated landfills. We seek to drive financial performance in markets in which we own or operate a landfill or in certain disposal-neutral markets, where the landfill is owned by our municipal customer. In markets in which we own or operate a landfill, we aim to create and maintain vertically integrated operations through which we manage a majority of our customers' waste from the point of collection through the point of disposal, a process we refer to as internalization. By internalizing a majority of the waste in these markets, we are able to deliver high quality customer service while also ensuring a stable revenue stream and maximizing profitability and cash flow from operations. In disposal-neutral markets, we focus selectively on opportunities where we can negotiate exclusive arrangements with our municipal customers, facilitating highly-efficient and profitable collection operations with lower capital requirements.

GRAPHIC

        Geographically, we focus our business principally in secondary, or less densely populated non-urban, markets where the presence of large national providers is generally more limited. We also compete selectively in primary, or densely populated urban, markets where we can capitalize on opportunities for vertical integration through our high-quality transfer and disposal infrastructure and where we can benefit from highly-efficient collection route density. Through our disciplined focus on secondary markets and on markets with favorable disposal

 

1


Table of Contents

characteristics, we are able to maximize customer retention and benefit from a higher and more stable pricing environment.

        We have historically generated consistent revenue growth across economic cycles. To continue to drive growth, we are focused on a number of key areas, including: municipal contract wins, new customer additions, disciplined pricing and expansion into additional geographies and markets with favorable dynamics and demographic trends. We have established a systematic and replicable approach to municipal contract bidding and identifying privatization opportunities and since the consummation of our transformational $1.9 billion acquisition of Veolia ES Solid Waste, Inc. in 2012 (the "Veolia Acquisition") to date, we have been awarded 120 new long-term, exclusive municipal contracts. Our existing operations also provide us with a scalable platform to drive profitable growth through strategic acquisitions. From the Veolia Acquisition to date, we have executed 38 tuck-in acquisitions, primarily of collection operations. By assimilating acquisitions into our vertically integrated geographic operations, we have been able to improve adjusted EBITDA margin and enhance cash flow from operations post-acquisition. Due to our scale, our tuck-in acquisition strategy enables us to drive robust inorganic growth despite a relatively small average transaction size.

        For the twelve months ended September 30, 2015, our revenue by geography, revenue by source and revenue by category were as follows:

GRAPHIC


(1)
Primary market revenue includes revenue from the following four markets (excluding revenue from exclusive municipal contracts): Atlanta, Chicago, Detroit and Philadelphia.

        We operate across the Midwest, South and East regions of the United States, which accounted for 39%, 35% and 26% of our revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2015, respectively. We believe that our broad geographic presence positions us well to capitalize on favorable demographic and macroeconomic trends in the markets that we serve. According to the U.S. Census Bureau and Woods & Poole, population and gross regional product growth in certain of our markets, particularly those in the Southeast, are expected to outpace overall U.S. population and gross domestic product ("GDP") growth through 2030.

        Complementing our geographic diversity, we maintain an attractive mix of revenue from varying sources with limited exposure to commodity sales, which helps to enhance our financial performance across economic cycles. We also benefit from a high degree of customer diversification, with no single customer accounting for more than 2% of revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2015. Our municipal customer relationships are generally supported by exclusive contracts ranging from three to ten years in initial duration with subsequent renewal periods, and we have historically achieved a renewal rate of approximately 85% with these customers. Our standard C&I service agreement is a five-year renewable agreement. Management believes we maintain strong relationships with our C&I customers, which is supported by an approximate 10% C&I customer churn rate since we

 

2


Table of Contents

started tracking this information seven quarters ago. Our large and diverse customer base, combined with our long-term contracts and consistently high renewal rates, provide us with significant revenue and earnings stability and visibility.

        We are led by a veteran management team with extensive experience in operating, acquiring and integrating solid waste services businesses. Our senior leadership team averages more than 20 years of experience in the solid waste industry. During their tenure, they have instituted a strong, unified corporate culture and successfully implemented our growth and operational initiatives. We believe our management team has positioned our business well for continued growth and improvements in adjusted EBITDA margin and cash flow from operations, and we intend to continue to focus our efforts on generating both organic and inorganic growth.

        For the twelve months ended September 30, 2015, we generated revenues of $1.4 billion, net loss of $0.5 million, adjusted EBITDA of $378.5 million and cash flow from operations of $255.0 million. For a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) see "Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data."

Our Industry

        More than 250 million tons of solid waste are generated in the United States each year. The U.S. solid waste industry generated approximately $59 billion in revenue in 2013 and is expected to reach approximately $66 billion in 2019, according to IBISWorld. The industry can be classified into the following asset categories: collection operations, transfer stations, landfills, recycling facilities and waste-to-energy plants. Vertical integration of these assets typically drives greater efficiency and superior operating margins and as a result, waste companies attempt to create integrated operations in an effort to enhance profitability, cash flow and return on capital.

        The solid waste industry is relatively resistant to cyclical economic trends due to the non-discretionary nature of the services provided and, as such, has experienced just one year of relatively modest decline since 1997. The industry is characterized by a range of attractive features, including: (i) high visibility of earnings due to predictable waste generation of residential and commercial customers; (ii) the absence of cost-effective substitutes for collection, beneficial re-use and landfill disposal; (iii) high barriers to entry created by the lengthy permitting process and significant capital costs of landfill development; and (iv) the ongoing trend of municipalities and local governments seeking to turn over management of public services, including waste services, to private firms.

 

3


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth historical and projected solid waste industry revenue growth:

GRAPHIC


Source:    Waste Business Journal's Waste Market Overview & Outlook 2012, IBISWorld US Waste Treatment & Disposal and US Waste Collection Reports April 2014

        The solid waste industry is served by a few large, national and regional publicly owned companies, which comprise approximately 57% of the total U.S. solid waste market, several regional privately owned solid waste companies, and thousands of small privately owned companies, which generally maintain collection operations with limited or no in-house transfer, recycling or disposal capabilities. Privately owned waste collection operations in the aggregate represent approximately 20% of the total solid waste market. In addition, municipalities continue to own and operate waste collection and / or disposal operations in certain markets, representing approximately 23% of the overall U.S. solid waste market. The industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, driven in large part by the high cost of developing and maintaining transfer and disposal assets. The implementation of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA") Subtitle D in 1991 significantly raised the environmental standards for landfill operators, requiring costly upgrades and closure of many disposal sites, and resulted in a trend toward fewer larger landfills. This consolidation trend and the resulting increased scarcity of active disposal locations have benefited larger waste companies by providing improved pricing and profitability dynamics.

        There are three principal markets in the solid waste industry, including:

    Residential Waste Market   

    Consists of the periodic curbside pickup of residential household waste and delivery to either a landfill, transfer station or recycling facility

    Waste volumes are driven primarily by population growth and GDP growth

    Commercial and Industrial Waste Market   

    Consists of the collection and disposal of waste generated by non-residential customers that utilize front load, rolloff containers or waste compactors

    Waste volumes are driven primarily by GDP growth, new business formations, industrial production and non-residential construction

    Construction & Demolition Waste Market   

    Consists of the collection and disposal of debris generated during construction, renovation and demolition typically using rolloff containers

 

4


Table of Contents

      Waste volumes are driven primarily by residential and non-residential construction activity

        In addition to the residential and C&I waste streams traditionally serviced by waste companies, regulatory and other market factors have created opportunities to expand services to other non-hazardous waste streams such as coal ash generated by coal-fired electricity producing plants and energy waste produced by oil & gas exploration and production firms.

Our Operating Strengths

Vertically Integrated Geographic Operations

        Our vertically integrated geographic operations enable us to provide high-quality service to our customers while simultaneously capitalizing on growth opportunities, capturing additional revenue streams and maximizing profitability. In most of the markets we serve, we integrate our network of collection, transfer and disposal assets into geographic operations that allow us to manage the waste stream throughout the entire value chain—from the point of collection to the point of disposal—exclusively using our own resources. This enables us to generate a steady, predictable stream of waste volume and capture the incremental disposal margin that otherwise would be paid to a third party. It also enables us to charge third-party collection service providers tipping fees for the use of our transfer stations or landfills, providing a source of recurring revenue at attractive EBITDA margins. In addition, our high internalization rate provides us with a meaningful cost advantage, positioning us well to win additional profitable business through new customer acquisition and municipal contract awards. Finally, our vertically integrated geographic operations position us well for inorganic growth, as we can acquire transfer stations or collection operations and efficiently integrate them into our existing platform.

Strategically Located Network of Landfill and Transfer Station Assets

        Our network of 39 active and strategically located landfills is a critical component of our integrated operations and provides a distinct competitive advantage in the markets that we serve. Our network of landfill assets is difficult to replicate due to a range of factors, including substantial upfront capital requirements for new landfill development, lengthy permitting processes, geographic and political constraints on new landfills and stringent requirements for ongoing environmental and regulatory compliance. Our landfill assets have substantial remaining capacity, which will help us to sustain the long-term competitive advantages that our vertically integrated model provides.

        The value of our landfill assets is further enhanced by our complementary network of transfer stations, which provides us with an additional competitive advantage by allowing us to capture waste volumes that we could not otherwise service. The shift toward fewer, larger landfills has resulted in landfills that are generally located farther from population centers and waste being transported longer distances between collection and disposal, often after consolidation at a transfer station. With a landfill and collection services, we can provide vertically integrated operations that cover a substantial geographic area surrounding the landfill. However, with one or more transfer stations strategically located at the periphery of this service area, and with additional collection operations around the transfer station(s), we can direct substantially more waste volume from a significantly broader service area to an existing landfill. By expanding the geographic reach of our landfills, our network of transfer stations enhances our economies of scale and strengthens the competitive advantage that our landfills provide.

 

5


Table of Contents

Well-Positioned in Secondary and Exclusive Markets

        We focus our business principally in secondary markets where the presence of large national providers is generally more limited. We also participate in certain disposal-neutral markets in which we provide services under exclusive arrangements with our municipal customers, which facilitates highly-efficient and profitable collection operations and lower capital requirements. We believe this strategic focus positions us to maintain significant share within our target markets, maximize customer retention and benefit from a higher and more stable pricing environment. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2015, revenue from our secondary markets and exclusive municipal contracts accounted for approximately 79% of total revenue.

Proven Ability to Identify, Execute and Integrate Acquisitions and Win New Municipal Contracts

        Our ability to execute and integrate value-enhancing, tuck-in acquisitions and win new municipal contracts has been a core component of our growth. Our scale, geographic reach, vertical integration and strong position in secondary markets position us well to identify and execute strategic acquisitions. From the Veolia Acquisition to date, we have completed 38 tuck-in acquisitions, and by integrating acquired operations into our existing network, we have been able to improve adjusted EBITDA margin and enhance cash flow from operations post-acquisition.

        We also have experience executing large-scale transactions, as highlighted by the Veolia Acquisition. In addition to significantly expanding our scale and scope of operations, the Veolia Acquisition enhanced our geographic footprint by providing us with complementary operations in our East and South regions, as well as strong, new positions in secondary markets in the Midwestern United States. We have also achieved cost efficiencies and economies of scale through improved internalization, increased route density and more efficient asset utilization while maintaining our strong positions in the local markets that we serve.

        Finally, we have demonstrated success in municipal contract bidding and capitalizing on privatization opportunities and, from the Veolia Acquisition to date, we have been awarded 120 new long-term municipal contracts. Due to the strength of our localized operations and our highly experienced regional management team, we maintain close relationships with key decision-makers throughout our markets, which position us well to capitalize on new municipal contracts and privatization opportunities.

Customer Diversification with Long-Term Contracts

        We serve approximately 2.8 million residential and 202,000 C&I customers and over 800 municipalities, with no single customer representing more than 2% of revenue in 2014. Our municipal customer relationships are generally supported by contracts ranging from three to ten years in initial duration with subsequent renewal periods, and we have historically achieved a renewal rate of approximately 85% with these customers. Our standard C&I service agreement is a five-year renewable agreement. Management believes we maintain strong relationships with our C&I customers, which is supported by an approximate 10% C&I customer churn rate since we started tracking this information seven quarters ago. Our breadth of customer relationships, long-term contracts and high renewal rates provide us with a high degree of revenue and earnings stability and visibility.

 

6


Table of Contents

Disciplined Focus on Service and Safety

        Our corporate slogan is "Service First, Safety Always." We maintain a relentless focus on customer service and we strive to consistently exceed our customers' expectations. Our localized approach to customer service and high quality management at our local operations result in a highly responsive, customer service oriented organization. By providing a high level of customer service, we maximize the value our customers receive from the services we deliver, which we believe ultimately increases customer loyalty and supports price stability.

        The safety of our workforce and our customers is paramount to us. We have a strong track record of safety and environmental compliance driven by company-wide programs centered on workforce training, stringent risk management and safety-related practices. Our shift toward an automated fleet has also enhanced our safety profile. Automated trucks, which only require a driver and collect waste automatically using a hydraulic lifting mechanism, are substantially safer than traditional rear-load vehicles, which require both a driver and an operator who manually loads waste into the rear of a vehicle. With a growing portion of our fleet comprised of automated vehicles, we have sought to create a safer work environment for our employees and to reduce the frequency of workplace injuries.

Industry Leading Management Team

        Led by CEO Richard Burke, CFO Steven Carn and COO John Spegal, our management team has extensive experience in the solid waste industry, consisting of operations, acquisitions and the development of disposal capacity. Our leadership team has instituted a strong, unified corporate culture and has successfully executed a differentiated growth strategy that positions us well to capitalize on continued organic and inorganic growth initiatives. While our leadership team drives our overall strategy, our decentralized management structure facilitates local management autonomy and enables us to capitalize on growth and cost reduction opportunities at the local level. Averaging more than 20 years of industry experience, our senior management team is supported by a talented group of regional, district and general managers who execute on our strategy in their respective markets.

Our Growth Strategies

Continue to Develop Vertically Integrated Geographic Operations

        Our vertically integrated geographic operating model serves as the foundation for our business strategy. We pursue a multi-faceted growth strategy within this operating framework, including both growth within our existing network of landfill and transfer stations and expansion into additional geographies in which we establish new vertically integrated operations. Further development of our existing vertically integrated operations will allow us to capitalize on incremental growth initiatives and efficiency gains, including the internalization of additional waste streams to expand volume, increase revenue and improve profitability.

Pursue Disciplined Acquisition Strategy

        Our ability to execute value-enhancing, tuck-in acquisitions has been a core component of our growth. From the Veolia Acquisition to date, we have completed 38 strategic tuck-in acquisitions at attractive EBITDA multiples. The U.S. solid waste industry remains highly fragmented, with approximately 43% of the total market consisting of either privately held providers or municipal operators. We believe that significant opportunities exist for further

 

7


Table of Contents

consolidation and that, as a result of our scale and broad geographic presence, we remain ideally positioned to capitalize on these opportunities.

        We intend to expand the scope of our operations by continuing to acquire solid waste management companies and disposal facilities in new markets and in existing or adjacent markets that are combined with, or tucked into, our existing operations. We intend to focus our acquisition efforts on markets that we believe provide significant growth opportunities. This focus typically highlights markets in which we can: (i) provide vertically integrated collection and disposal services; or (ii) provide waste collection services under exclusive arrangements. We believe that our experienced management team, decentralized operating strategy, financial strength and scale make us an attractive buyer to waste collection and disposal acquisition candidates.

Secure Additional Exclusive Municipal Contracts

        We intend to continue to devote significant resources to securing additional municipal contracts. We have established a systematic and replicable approach to municipal contract bidding and privatization opportunities. In bidding for municipal contracts, our management team draws on its experience in the solid waste industry and knowledge of local service areas in existing and target markets. Our highly aligned district and local general management and sales and marketing personnel maintain relationships with local decision-makers within their service areas and are responsible for renewing and renegotiating existing municipal contracts and securing additional agreements and contracts with attractive financial returns.

Drive Financial Performance through Operational Excellence

        We maintain a consistent operational focus on prudent cost management and pricing discipline to drive profitability. Our strategy is implemented by our district and local general managers who continuously monitor their local markets and target profit maximization rather than throughput alone. We closely align the incentive structure of our local managers to the safety and financial performance of the local operations that they oversee to drive adjusted EBITDA and operating cash flow growth at the local level. In addition to increasing earnings through this operational focus, we remain committed to financial discipline through prudent management of returns on equity and capital deployed. We seek to increase operating margins, adjusted EBITDA and cash flow from operations and drive higher returns on invested capital by implementing programs focused on areas such as sales productivity and pricing effectiveness, driver productivity and route optimization, maintenance efficiency and effective purchasing.

Invest in Strategic Infrastructure

        We will continue to invest in our strategic infrastructure to support growth and expand our adjusted EBITDA margin. Given the long remaining life of our existing network of landfills, we continuously invest resources toward the development and enhancement of our landfills to increase our disposal capacity. Similarly, we will continue to evaluate opportunities to maximize the efficiency of our collection operations. We are currently in the process of converting our collection fleet to compressed natural gas ("CNG") fueled vehicles in certain markets where we can achieve an attractive return on our investment. CNG-fueled vehicles, which can provide significant operating cost savings relative to diesel alternatives, currently comprise 14% of our routed fleet, and we continue to evaluate further conversion opportunities. We believe this will result in an improved profitability profile, as a result of the added fuel efficiency and labor savings. Finally, we have converted approximately 54% of our routed residential collection fleet to automated vehicles and continue to convert more of our

 

8


Table of Contents

routed collection fleet to automated vehicles, which should result in incremental operating cost savings. In addition to labor cost savings, management believes the shift toward an automated fleet will result in reduced injury claims and workers compensation expense.

Invest in Our People

        Employing and developing a broad base of highly talented employees is essential to success in our decentralized operating model. We will continue to invest in high-quality talent in order to most effectively manage our existing operations and execute our growth strategy. We rely on managers and employees with specific local market knowledge to not only operate our business but also to identify and integrate tuck-in acquisitions and new municipal contract wins. As such, we continuously recruit and hire talented local-level employees who are capable of supporting our growth initiatives and provide the best-in-class customer service we strive to deliver.

        We have consistently realized organic growth driven by a strong, dedicated sales force. Our team of professionals has executed our sales strategy by focusing not only on growth, but also on profitability. We will continue to drive this strategy by rewarding our managers who successfully monitor their local markets and have a proven track record of achieving profitable growth. We will also invest in new sales employees and marketing initiatives within markets that further our overall vertically integrated geographic operating strategy, driving new wins, enhancing our route density and increasing volumes to landfills.

Recent Developments

        Our financial results for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2015 are not yet available. Set forth below are certain preliminary estimates of the results of operations that we expect to report for our fourth quarter and full year fiscal 2015. Our actual results may differ materially from these estimates due to the completion of our financial closing procedures, final adjustments and other developments that may arise between now and the time the financial results for our fourth quarter are finalized.

U.S. GAAP Financial Results

        We estimate our revenue will be in the range of $347 million to $353 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2015 compared to $354 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2014. The estimated change in revenue is due to lower revenue associated with divested businesses, lower fuel cost recovery fees, lower special waste volumes and lower recyclables revenue impacted by lower commodity prices, partially offset by revenue associated with acquired businesses and pricing gains. We estimate our revenue will be in the range of $1,393 million to $1,399 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $1,403 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The estimated change in revenue is due to the same factors discussed in the preceding comparison of the three month periods ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

        We estimate our net loss will be in the range of $4 million to $10 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2015 compared to net income of $24 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2014. The estimated change in net income is primarily due to the release of a valuation allowance during the fourth quarter of 2014 related to a legal entity restructuring. The estimated decrease is expected to be partially offset by lower losses on fuel derivatives and pricing gains. We estimate our net loss will be in the range of $29 million to $35 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a net loss of $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The estimated change in the net loss is primarily due to the

 

9


Table of Contents

release of a valuation allowance during the fourth quarter of 2014 related to a legal entity restructuring and an increase in repairs and maintenance expense. The estimated increase in net loss is expected to be partially offset by lower net fuel costs, which is defined as fuel expense less fuel recovery fees, lower losses on fuel derivatives and pricing gains.

Non-GAAP Financial Results

        We estimate our adjusted EBITDA for the quarter ended December 31, 2015 will be in the range of $99 million to $105 million, an increase of 1.3% at the mid-point of the range, compared to $100 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted EBITDA margin is estimated to increase by 70 basis points from 28.3% during the fourth quarter of 2014 to 29.0% at the mid-point of the range for the fourth quarter 2015. The estimated increase in margin is primarily due to pricing gains, the favorable net impact of acquiring higher margin businesses while divesting of lower margin operations and lower net fuel costs. We estimate our adjusted EBITDA will be in the range of $397 million to $403 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of 5.6% at the mid-point of the range, as compared to $379 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted EBITDA margin is estimated to increase by 160 basis points from 27.0% for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 28.6% at the mid-point of the range for the year ended December 31, 2015. The estimated increase in adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin is primarily due to lower net fuel costs, the favorable net impact of acquiring higher margin businesses while divesting lower margin operations and pricing gains. These estimated increases are expected to be partially offset by an increase in repairs and maintenance expense. Our calculation of adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to that of similarly titled measures of other companies.

Capital Expenditures

        We estimate capital expenditures will be in the range of $47 million to $53 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2015 and in the range of $177 million to $183 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

        The preliminary estimated financial data included in this prospectus has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. Neither our independent registered accounting firm nor any other independent registered public accounting firm has audited, reviewed, prepared or compiled, examined or performed any procedures with respect to the estimated results, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on our preliminary estimated financial results. This preliminary estimated information reflects management's estimates based solely upon information available as of the date of this prospectus and is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the quarter or the year ended December 31, 2015. The information presented herein should not be considered a substitute for the financial information to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.

        The ranges for the preliminary estimated financial results described above constitute forward-looking statements. We have provided a range for the preliminary estimated financial results described above primarily because our financial closing procedures for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2015 are not yet complete and will not be publicly available until after the completion of this offering. There is a possibility that actual results will vary materially from these preliminary estimates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance upon these preliminary financial results. Please refer to "Forward-Looking Statements" in this prospectus for additional information. These preliminary estimated results should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results

 

10


Table of Contents

of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. For additional information, please see "Risk Factors."

Adjusted EBITDA Description and Reconciliation

        For the definition of adjusted EBITDA, see "Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data."

        We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our performance compared to other companies in our industry, because it eliminates the effect of financing, income taxes, and the accounting effects of capital spending as well as certain items that are not indicative of our performance on an ongoing basis, thereby providing additional information regarding our ability to service and/or incur debt. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and, when analyzing our operating performance, investors should not consider adjusted EBITDA in isolation or a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities, or other statement of operations or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

11


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth a reconciliation of estimated EBITDA and estimated adjusted EBITDA to estimated net loss, based on the high and low ends of the ranges as stated above.

 
  Three Months Ended December 31,   Fiscal Year Ended December 31  
 
  2015   2014   2015   2014  
 
  Low   High   Actual   Low   High   Actual  
 
  (in millions, except per share data and percentages)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (9.7 ) $ (3.7 ) $ 24.1   $ (34.5 ) $ (28.5 ) $ (17.1 )

Loss from discontinued operations, net

                                (0.3 )

(Loss)/income from continuing operations

    (9.7 )   (3.7 )   24.1     (34.5 )   (28.5 )   (17.4 )

Additions/deductions:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Income tax benefit

    (7.6 )   (3.6 )   (68.5 )   (21.4 )   (17.4 )   (80.6 )

Interest expense

    34.0     34.0     35.7     138.0     138.0     141.5  

Depreciation and amortization

    66.3     62.3     64.7     261.1     257.1     271.4  

Accretion and landfill retirement obligations

    3.2     3.2     4.2     13.2     13.2     13.5  

Accretion on loss contracts and other long term liabilities

    0.2     0.2     0.2     0.8     0.8     0.9  

EBITDA from continuing operations

  $ 86.4   $ 92.4   $ 60.4   $ 357.2   $ 363.2   $ 329.3  

Adjustments:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Acquisition and developments costs

    0.1     0.1     0.1     1.4     1.4     0.1  

Stock option vesting

    1.4     1.4     0.3     3.0     3.0     2.1  

Earnings in equity investee, net

    0.8     0.8     (0.2 )   0.3     0.3     (0.1 )

Restructuring charges

            1.0             4.6  

Loss on disposal of businesses and assets and other non-cash income

    3.3     3.3     1.0     15.2     15.2     1.2  

Asset impairment including goodwill

            5.3     6.4     6.4     5.3  

Unrealized (gain)/loss on fuel derivative instruments

    (2.3 )   (2.3 )   27.3     (11.0 )   (11.0 )   27.3  

Gain on redemption of security

                (2.5 )   (2.5 )    

Rebranding and integration costs

            3.2             7.1  

Realized loss on fuel derivative instruments

    8.2     8.2     1.8     26.4     26.4     1.9  

Other

    0.6     0.6         0.6     0.6      

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

  $ 98.5   $ 104.5   $ 100.2   $ 397.0   $ 403.0   $ 378.8  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin from continuing operations

    28.2 %   29.9 %   28.3 %   28.4 %   28.9 %   27.0 %

Risk Factors

        There are a number of risks you should consider before buying our shares. These risks are discussed more fully under "Risk Factors" beginning on page 22 of this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to:

    We have a history of losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

    We operate in a highly competitive industry and may not be able to compete effectively with larger and better capitalized companies and governmental service providers.

    We may lose contracts through competitive bidding, early termination or governmental action.

    Our results are vulnerable to economic conditions.

 

12


Table of Contents

    Some of our customers, including governmental entities, have suffered financial difficulties affecting their credit risk, which could negatively impact our operating results.

    Our financial and operating performance may be affected by the inability in some instances to renew landfill permits, obtain new landfills or expand existing ones. Further, the cost of operation and/or future construction of our landfills may become economically unfeasible causing us to abandon or cease operations.

    Our accruals for our landfill site closure and post-closure costs and contamination-related costs may be inadequate.

    Our business requires a high level of capital expenditures.

    We may engage in strategic acquisitions in the future, which may pose significant risks and could have an adverse effect on our operations.

    The seasonal nature of our business and "event-driven" waste projects cause our results to fluctuate.

    Fluctuations in the prices of commodities may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

    Increases in labor and disposal and related transportation costs could impact our financial results.

    Our operations are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations that may result in significant liabilities.

    Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and limit our financial flexibility. As of September 30, 2015, we had approximately $2,279.0 million of indebtedness outstanding and cash interest expense of $117.0 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2015.

    Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries will still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

    Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our History

        Our predecessor company was formed in November 2000 with the vision to build a vertically integrated non-hazardous solid waste business in the Southeastern United States. Following the acquisition of Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. ("ADS Inc."), a predecessor company, and Interstate Waste by Highstar Capital LP ("Highstar Capital") in 2006, our management team, together with Highstar Capital, successfully implemented growth and operational strategies to establish these companies as among the largest waste management companies in their respective markets. In addition to substantially increasing our overall scale, the Veolia Acquisition provided a synergistic overlap in key South and East market segments while establishing a strong presence in several secondary markets in the Midwest. Subsequent to the Veolia Acquisition, we divested certain operations in the Northeast and South regions, including substantially all of our New York, New Jersey, Massachusetts, Mississippi and Vermont operations, which did not align with our strategic focus. We have continued to pursue our vertically integrated approach to the market through both organic

 

13


Table of Contents

initiatives and through strategic tuck-in acquisitions, having completed 38 acquisitions since the Veolia Acquisition to date.

Our Corporate Information

        Our principal executive office is located at 90 Fort Wade Road, Ponte Vedra, Florida 32081. Our telephone number at that address is (904) 737-7900. Our website address is www.advanceddisposal.com. Information on our website is deemed not to be a part of this prospectus.

Our Sponsor

        Highstar Capital provides operationally focused, value-added investment management services. Since 2000, the Highstar Capital team has managed approximately $8 billion on behalf of its managed funds and co-investment vehicles in a diversified portfolio of energy, transportation and environmental services assets and businesses.

 

14


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure Following This Offering

        Concurrently with the consummation of this offering, Parent, which owns substantially all of the common stock of the Company, will be merged into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation. Parent has no assets other than the common stock of the Company and no liabilities except for liabilities under severance agreements with certain former members of management approximating $12.8 million at September 30, 2015. Star Atlantic Waste Holdings II, L.P. will be liquidated contemporaneously with the consummation of the offering and the other pre-IPO investors in Star Atlantic Waste Holdings II, L.P. will become direct shareholders of the Company. The Company will recapitalize in the merger, and immediately prior to this offering the Company will have 60,123,205 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. We refer to these transactions as the "Reorganization." On January 27, 2016, we changed our name from ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. to Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

        OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc., as the selling stockholder, is selling all shares of our common stock received by it in the Reorganization to generate proceeds equal to the value of its preferred partnership interest in Star Atlantic Waste Holdings II, L.P. Immediately following the Offering, OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc. will hold no shares of our common stock.

        The diagram below depicts our summary organizational structure immediately following this offering:

GRAPHIC


*
Based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock. See "Use of Proceeds."

 

15


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Total shares of common stock offered

 

21,428,571 shares

Shares of common stock offered by us

 

9,037,033 shares

Shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholder

 

12,391,538 shares

Option to purchase additional shares from us

 

3,214,285 shares

Shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

69,160,238 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount (including the underwriting discount applicable to the shares sold by the selling stockholder) and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $163.0 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, the mid-point range described on the cover of this prospectus. An increase or decrease in the initial public offering price by $1.00 would result in an increase or decrease of approximately $8.5 million of net proceeds to us, assuming the number of shares offered by us stays constant.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to repay certain outstanding indebtedness. We have obtained lender consent for certain amendments to our senior secured credit facilities, the effectiveness of which is conditioned on the consummation of this offering and a minimum Term Loan B paydown of $100.0 million. In connection with the amendment to our senior secured credit facility, we will pay total fees of approximately $5.0 million, which will be paid to the lenders and the administrative agent, at the closing of the consent, irrespective of whether the consent becomes effective. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—Amendments to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities."

 

OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc., as the selling stockholder, is selling all shares of our common stock received by it in the Reorganization to generate proceeds equal to the value of its preferred partnership interest in Star Atlantic Waste Holdings II, L.P. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

 

See "Use of Proceeds."

 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 22 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Dividend policy

 

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

Proposed symbol for trading on the NYSE

 

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE"), under the symbol "ADSW".

        Unless otherwise indicated, the shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and information based thereon excludes:

    4,260,000 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our new omnibus executive compensation plan; and

    3,214,285 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us.

All share numbers reflect the recapitalization of the Company to be effected in connection with the Reorganization.

All share numbers assume an initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

17


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER DATA

        The following table summarizes our historical consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary historical unaudited consolidated financial information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information as of September 30, 2014 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements in all material respects.

        The summary historical consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2012 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

        The financial data set forth in the following tables should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," each included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.

 

18


Table of Contents

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (in millions, except per share data and percentages)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data  (a):

                               

Service revenues

  $ 1,046.8   $ 1,049.2   $ 1,403.0   $ 1,319.1   $ 537.9  

Costs and expenses:

                               

Operating

    652.4     673.0     896.1     832.8     336.7  

Selling, general and administrative (b)

    110.4     115.6     154.9     170.9     101.0  

Depreciation and amortization

    194.8     206.7     271.4     278.9     104.1  

Acquisition and development costs            

    1.3     0.1     0.1     1.2     1.2  

Loss on disposal of businesses and assets

    11.4     1.1     1.2     2.6     2.1  

Asset impairment, including goodwill (c)

    6.4         5.3     0.6     43.7  

Restructuring

        3.6     4.6     10.0     9.9  

    976.7     1,000.1     1,333.6     1,297.0     598.7  

Operating income (loss)

    70.1     49.1     69.4     22.1     (60.8 )

Interest expense

    (104.0 )   (105.7 )   (141.5 )   (163.1 )   (49.4 )

Other income/(expense), net (d)

    (4.7 )   2.9     (25.9 )   0.3     (8.1 )

Loss before income taxes

    (38.6 )   (53.7 )   (98.0 )   (140.7 )   (118.3 )

Benefit for income taxes (e)

    (13.8 )   (12.0 )   (80.6 )   (45.4 )   (13.5 )

Net loss from continuing operations

    (24.8 )   (41.7 )   (17.4 )   (95.3 )   (104.8 )

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax (f)

        0.3     0.3     (22.5 )   (89.2 )

Net loss

    (24.8 )   (41.4 )   (17.1 )   (117.8 )   (194.0 )

Less: net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

                    (1.4 )

Net loss attributable to Advanced Disposal

  $ (24.8 ) $ (41.4 ) $ (17.1 ) $ (117.8 ) $ (192.6 )

Loss from continuing operations per share:

                               

Basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (24,800 ) $ (41,700 ) $ (17,400 ) $ (95,300 ) $ (103,400 )

Net loss per share:

                               

Basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (24,800 ) $ (41,400 ) $ (17,100 ) $ (117,800 ) $ (192,600 )

Pro forma net loss per share (g):

                               

Basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (.36 ) $ (.60 ) $ (.25 ) $ (1.70 ) $ (2.78 )

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data :

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 206.6   $ 194.8   $ 243.2   $ 180.3   $ 55.2  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (126.4 )   (148.7 )   (201.2 )   (154.8 )   (1,980.5 )

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

    (78.3 )   (27.9 )   (53.0 )   (32.3 )   1,937.2  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end) :

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Total assets

  $ 3,463.6   $ 3,580.5   $ 3,550.0   $ 3,626.8   $ 3,785.3  

Debt, including current portion (h)

    2,279.0     2,347.6     2,327.2     2,360.6     2,366.2  

Total Advanced Disposal stockholders' equity

    497.2     507.4     528.9     551.5     662.5  

Other Data :

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (i)

  $ 298.5   $ 278.8   $ 378.8     361.1     141.1  

Adjusted EBITDA margin from continuing operations (j)

    28.5 %   26.6 %   27.0 %   27.4 %   26.2 %

Free cash flow (k)

  $ 81.4   $ 91.4   $ 92.9   $ 70.0   $ 7.0  

(a)
We completed the Veolia Acquisition on November 20, 2012 and the results of operations have been consolidated from the date of acquisition.

(b)
Includes stock-based compensation expense. Stock based compensation expense for all periods presented was determined using the fair value method set forth in ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation."

(c)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.4 million in connection with the strategic decision to divest certain businesses in the South region and the decision not to pursue a landfill permit. In fiscal 2014, we recorded an impairment charge of $5.3 million in connection with the decision to divest a small brokerage business. In fiscal 2012, we recorded an impairment charge of $43.7 million in connection with recoverability testing performed on a long-lived asset.

(d)
Amounts included in other income/(expense) net for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and fiscal 2014 contain unrealized and realized losses, net related to fuel derivative instruments of $9.5 million and $27.3 million, respectively, and a gain on the sale of a debt investment security of $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

19


Table of Contents

(e)
In fiscal 2014, we completed a legal entity reorganization to achieve administrative efficiencies and as such recorded a valuation allowance release of $51.4 million related to certain net operating losses that are more likely than not to be utilized.

(f)
Amounts represent those operations that are considered to be discontinued operations. Refer to Note 4 "Discontinued Operations" in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information.

(g)
Pro forma net loss per share is based on the shares to be issued in the Reorganization and an offering by the Company of 9,037,033 shares at a price per share equal to the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock. Under certain circumstances, we may elect to increase the total number of shares issued and sold by us in this offering. See "Use of Proceeds." Any increase in the number of shares issued by us in this offering will increase the total number of shares outstanding after this offering and will decrease the pro forma net loss per share.

(h)
Total debt includes capital lease obligations of $26.5 million, $24.4 million, $23.3 million, $15.4 million and $12.3 million at September 30, 2015 and 2014 and December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

(i)
We define EBITDA as net income (loss) from continuing operations plus interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization. We define adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted to exclude non-cash and non-recurring items as well as other adjustments permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the agreements governing our outstanding debt securities and credit facilities. We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our performance compared to other companies in our industry, because it eliminates the effect of financing, income taxes and the accounting effects of capital spending as well as certain items that are not indicative of our performance on an ongoing basis, thereby providing additional information regarding our ability to service and/or incur debt. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures and, when analyzing our operating performance, investors should not consider EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA in isolation or as substitutes for net income, cash flows from operating activities or other statement of operations or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our calculations of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to those of similarly titled measures provided by other companies. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net loss.

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (in millions, except percentages)
 

Net loss

  $ (24.8 ) $ (41.4 ) $ (17.1 ) $ (117.8 ) $ (194.0 )

Less (loss) income from discontinued operations, net

        0.3     0.3     (22.5 )   (89.2 )

Loss from continuing operations

    (24.8 )   (41.7 )   (17.4 )   (95.3 )   (104.8 )

Additions/deductions:

                               

Income tax benefit

    (13.8 )   (12.0 )   (80.6 )   (45.4 )   (13.5 )

Interest expense

    104.0     105.7     141.5     163.1     49.4  

Depreciation and amortization

    194.8     206.7     271.4     278.9     104.1  

Accretion on landfill retirement obligations

    10.0     9.3     13.5     13.7     8.0  

Accretion on loss contracts and other long-term liabilities

    0.6     0.7     0.9     0.4      

EBITDA from continuing operations

    270.8     268.7     329.3     315.4     43.2  

EBITDA adjustments:

                               

Acquisition and development costs

    1.3     0.1     0.1     1.2     1.2  

Stock option vesting

    1.6     1.8     2.1     4.6     1.3  

Earnings in equity investee, net

    (0.5 )   0.1     (0.1 )   (0.3 )   (0.2 )

Restructuring charges

        3.6     4.6     10.0     9.9  

Loss on disposal of businesses and assets and other non-cash income

    11.9     0.5     1.2     2.6     2.1  

Asset impairment, including goodwill

    6.4         5.3     2.9     43.7  

Unrealized (gain) loss on fuel derivative instruments

    (8.7 )       27.3          

Gain on redemption of security

    (2.5 )                

Debt conversion and early extinguishment of debt

                    9.4  

Rebranding and integration costs

        3.9     7.1     25.8     32.2  

Realized loss (gain) on fuel derivative instruments

    18.2     0.1     1.9     (1.1 )   (1.7 )

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

  $ 298.5   $ 278.8   $ 378.8   $ 361.1   $ 141.1  

Revenue from continuing operations

  $ 1,046.8   $ 1,049.2   $ 1,403.0   $ 1,319.1   $ 537.9  

Adjusted EBITDA margin from continuing operations

    28.5 %   26.6 %   27.0 %   27.4 %   26.2 %

(j)
Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue from continuing operations.

 

20


Table of Contents

(k)
Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures (purchases of property and equipment net of proceeds from the sale of property and equipment). The following table sets forth a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities.

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (in millions, except percentages)
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 206.6   $ 194.8   $ 243.2   $ 180.3   $ 55.2  

Purchases of property & equipment *

    (129.7 )   (113.6 )   (166.0 )   (158.1 )   (86.4 )

Proceeds from sale of property & equipment

    1.7     1.9     3.0     3.4     1.5  

Free cash flow

    78.6     83.1     80.2     25.6     (29.7 )

Restructuring payments and rebranding and integration costs associated with the acquisition of Veolia

    2.8     8.3     12.7     44.4     36.7  

Adjusted free cash flow

  $ 81.4   $ 91.4   $ 92.9   $ 70.0   $ 7.0  

*
The nine months ended September 30, 2014 excludes the impact of land purchase for future airspace of $8.8 million at one landfill and capital related to the start of a major municipal contract of $21.6 million. The fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 excludes the impact of land purchases for future airspace of $8.8 million at one landfill and capital related to the start of a major municipal contract of $21.6 million.

 

21


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the risks and uncertainties described elsewhere in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

        We incurred net losses of $17.1 million, $117.8 million and $194.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $24.8 million and $41.4 million for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We may not achieve profitability in the foreseeable future, if at all. Although our revenue increased in fiscal 2012 through fiscal 2014, we may not be able to sustain this revenue growth. In addition, our operating expenses have increased with our revenue growth and we may be unable to fully utilize our net operating losses prior to their expiration, which may result in lower earnings going forward.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and may not be able to compete effectively with larger and better capitalized companies and governmental service providers.

        Our industry is highly competitive and requires substantial labor and capital resources. Some of the markets in which we compete or plan to compete are served by one or more large, national companies, as well as by regional and local companies of varying sizes and resources, some of which may have accumulated substantial goodwill in their markets. Some of our competitors may also be better capitalized than we are, have greater name recognition than we do or be able to provide or be willing to bid their services at a lower price than we may be willing to offer. Our inability to compete effectively could hinder our growth or adversely impact our operating results.

        We also compete with counties, municipalities and solid waste districts that maintain or could in the future choose to maintain their own waste collection and disposal operations, including through the implementation of flow control ordinances or similar legislation. These operators may have financial advantages over us because of their access to user fees and similar charges, tax revenues, tax-exempt financing or government subsidies.

We may lose contracts through competitive bidding, early termination or governmental action.

        We derive a significant portion of our revenues from markets in which we have exclusive arrangements, including municipal contracts. Our municipal contracts are for a specified term and are or will be subject to competitive bidding in the future. Although we intend to bid on additional municipal contracts in our target markets, we may not always, or ever, be the successful bidder. In addition, some or all of our customers, including municipalities, may terminate their contracts with us prior to their scheduled expiration dates. Similar risks may affect contracts that we are awarded to operate municipally owned assets, such as landfills.

        Governmental action may also affect our exclusive arrangements. Municipalities may annex unincorporated areas within counties where we provide collection services. As a result,

22


Table of Contents

our customers in such annexed areas may be required to obtain services from competitors that have been franchised by the annexing municipalities to provide those services. In addition, municipalities in which we provide services on a competitive basis may elect to franchise those services. Unless we are awarded franchises by these municipalities, we will lose customers. Municipalities may also decide to directly provide services to their residents, on an optional or mandatory basis, which may cause us to lose customers. If we are not able to replace lost revenues resulting from unsuccessful competitive bidding, early termination or the renegotiation of existing contracts with other revenues within a reasonable time period, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our results are vulnerable to economic conditions.

        Our business and financial results would be harmed by downturns in the general economy, or in the economy of the regions in which we operate as well as other factors affecting those regions. In an economic slowdown, we experience the negative effects of decreased waste generation, increased competitive pricing pressure, customer turnover, reductions in customer service requirements, and customer business closings and bankruptcies. Two lines of business that could see a more immediate impact would be construction and demolition and special waste disposal. In addition, a weaker economy may result in declines in recycled commodity prices. Worsening economic conditions or a prolonged or recurring economic recession could adversely affect our operating results and expected seasonal fluctuations. Further, we cannot assure you that any improvement in economic conditions after such a downturn will result in positive improvement in our operating results or cash flows.

Some of our customers, including governmental entities, have suffered financial difficulties affecting their credit risk, which could negatively impact our operating results.

        We provide service to a number of governmental entities and municipalities, some of which have suffered significant financial difficulties due to the downturn in the economy, reduced tax revenue and/or high cost structures. Some of these entities could be unable to pay amounts owed to us or renew contracts with us at previous or increased rates. Many non-governmental customers have also suffered serious financial difficulties, including bankruptcy in some cases. Purchasers of our recyclable commodities can be particularly vulnerable to financial difficulties in times of commodity price volatility. The inability of our customers to pay us in a timely manner or to pay increased rates, particularly large national accounts, could negatively affect our operating results.

Our financial and operating performance may be affected by the inability in some instances to renew landfill permits, obtain new landfills or expand existing ones. Further, the cost of operation and/or future construction of our existing landfills may become economically unfeasible causing us to abandon or cease operations.

        We currently own or operate 39 active landfills. Our ability to meet our financial and operating objectives may depend in part on our ability to acquire, lease or renew landfill permits, expand existing landfills and develop new landfill sites. It has become increasingly difficult and expensive to obtain required permits and approvals to build, operate and expand solid waste management facilities, including landfills and transfer stations. Operating permits for landfills in states where we operate generally must be renewed periodically (typically, every five to ten years). These operating permits often must be renewed several times during the permitted life of a landfill pursuant to a process that is often time-consuming, requires numerous hearings and compliance with zoning, environmental and other requirements, is frequently challenged by special interest and other groups and may result in the denial of a

23


Table of Contents

permit or renewal, the award of a permit or renewal for a shorter duration than we believed was otherwise required by law or the imposition of burdensome terms and conditions that may adversely affect our results of operations. We may not be able to obtain new landfill sites in order to expand into new, non-exclusive markets or expand existing landfill sites in order to support acquisitions and internal growth in our existing markets because increased volumes would further shorten the lives of these landfills. It is also possible that the operation or expansion of existing landfills may become economically unfeasible based on management's assessment of permitting issues, acceptable waste streams, available volumes and operating costs, in which case we may abandon expansion plans or abandon or cease operations entirely at a particular landfill. Any such decision could result in impairment charges as well as ongoing costs for closure and site remediation. For example, in 2012 we determined that the expansion of our Moretown landfill was not economically feasible based upon the volume of permissible waste streams and we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $43.7 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Landfill Accounting—Amortization of Landfill Assets."

We could be precluded from entering into or maintaining permits or certain contracts if we are unable to obtain sufficient third-party financial assurance or adequate insurance coverage.

        Public solid waste collection, recycling and disposal contracts, obligations associated with landfill closure and post-closure monitoring typically require us to obtain performance or surety bonds, letters of credit or other means of financial assurance to secure our contractual performance. We currently obtain performance and surety bonds from multiple financial institutions. However, if we are unable to obtain financial assurance in the future in sufficient amounts from appropriately rated sureties or at acceptable rates, we could be precluded from entering into additional municipal contracts or from obtaining or retaining landfill management contracts or operating permits. Any future difficulty in obtaining insurance could also impair our ability to secure future contracts conditioned upon having adequate insurance coverage.

Our accruals for our landfill site closure and post-closure costs and contamination-related costs may be inadequate.

        We are required to pay capping, closure and post-closure maintenance costs for all of our landfill sites. Our obligations to pay closure or post-closure costs or other contamination-related costs may exceed the amount we have accrued and reserved and other amounts available from funds or reserves established to pay such costs. In addition, subsequent to the completion or closure of a landfill site, we may be liable for unforeseen environmental issues, which could result in our payment of substantial remediation costs that could adversely affect our financial condition or operating results. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Landfill Accounting—Amortization of Landfill Assets."

Our business requires a high level of capital expenditures.

        Our business is capital-intensive. We must use a substantial portion of our cash flows from operating activities toward capital expenditures, which reduces our flexibility to use such cash flows for other purposes, such as reducing our indebtedness. Our capital expenditures could increase if we make acquisitions or further expand our operations or as a result of factors beyond our control, such as changes in federal, state, local or non-U.S. governmental requirements. The amount that we spend on capital expenditures may exceed current

24


Table of Contents

expectations, which may require us to obtain additional funding for our operations or impair our ability to grow our business.

We may engage in strategic acquisitions in the future, which may pose significant risks and could have an adverse effect on our operations.

        We seek to grow through strategic acquisitions in addition to internal growth. We may engage in acquisitions in order to acquire or develop additional disposal capacity or businesses that are complementary to our core business strategy. We expect that increased consolidation in the solid waste services industry will continue to reduce the number of attractive acquisition candidates. If we identify suitable acquisition candidates, we may be unable to negotiate successfully their acquisition at a price or on terms and conditions acceptable to us, including as a result of the limitations imposed by our debt obligations. We may have to borrow money or incur liabilities in order to finance any future obligations and we may not be able to do so on terms favorable to us or at all. In addition, we may be unable to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals to complete potential acquisitions. The integration of acquired businesses and other assets may require significant management time and resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing management of our existing operations. Furthermore, acquired assets may be subject to liabilities and risks that were not identified at the time they were acquired.

A portion of our growth and future financial performance depends on our ability to integrate acquired businesses and the success of our acquisitions.

        One component of our growth strategy involves achieving economies of scale and operating efficiencies by growing through acquisitions. We may not achieve these goals unless we are able effectively to combine the operations of acquired businesses with our existing operations. Similar risks may affect contracts that we are awarded to operate municipally-owned assets, such as landfills. In addition, we are not always able to control the timing of our acquisitions. Our inability to complete acquisitions within the time frames that we expect may cause our operating results to be less favorable than expected, which could cause our stock price to decline.

        Even if we are able to make acquisitions on advantageous terms and are able to integrate them successfully into our operations and organization, some acquisitions may not fulfill our anticipated financial or strategic objectives in a given market due to factors that we cannot control, such as market conditions, including the price of crude oil, market position, competition, customer base, loss of key employees, third-party legal challenges or governmental actions. In addition, we may change our strategy with respect to a market or acquired businesses and decide to sell such operations at a loss, or keep those operations and recognize an impairment of goodwill and/or intangible assets. Similar risks may affect contracts that we are awarded to operate municipally owned assets, such as landfills.

Each business that we acquire or have acquired may have liabilities or risks that we fail or are unable to discover, or that become more adverse to our business than we anticipated at the time of acquisition.

        It is possible that the operations or sites we have acquired in the past, or which we may acquire in the future, have liabilities or risks in respect of former or existing operations or properties, or otherwise, which we have not been able to identify and assess through our due diligence investigations. As a successor owner, we may be legally responsible for those liabilities that arise from businesses that we acquire. Even if we obtain legally enforceable representations, warranties and indemnities from the sellers of such businesses, they may not cover the liabilities fully or the sellers may not have sufficient funds to perform their

25


Table of Contents

obligations. Some environmental liabilities, even if we do not expressly assume them, may be imposed on us under various regulatory schemes and other applicable laws regardless of whether we caused or contributed to any conditions that result in such liabilities. In addition, our insurance program may not cover such sites and will not cover liabilities associated with some environmental issues that may have existed prior to attachment of coverage. A successful uninsured claim against us could harm our financial condition or operating results. Furthermore, risks or liabilities of which we are unaware or we judge to be not material or remote at the time of acquisition may develop into more serious risks to our business. Any adverse outcome resulting from such risks or liabilities could harm our operations and financial results and create negative publicity, which could damage our reputation, competitive position and stock price.

The seasonal nature of our business and "event-driven" waste projects cause our results to fluctuate.

        Based on historic trends, we expect our operating results to vary seasonally, with revenues typically lowest in the first quarter, higher in the second and third quarters, and lower in the fourth quarter than in the second and third quarters. This seasonality reflects the lower volume of solid waste generated during the late fall, winter and early spring because of decreased construction and demolition activities during the winter months in the U.S., and reduced drilling activity during harsh weather conditions. Conversely, mild winter weather conditions may reduce demand for oil and natural gas, which may cause our customers to curtail their drilling programs, which could result in production of lower volumes of waste.

        Our business is located mainly in the Southern, Midwestern and Eastern United States. Therefore, our business, financial condition and results of operations are susceptible to downturns in the general economy in these geographic regions and other factors affecting the regions, such as state regulations and severe weather conditions.

        Adverse winter weather conditions slow waste collection activities, resulting in higher labor and operational costs. Greater precipitation in the winter increases the weight of collected waste, resulting in higher disposal costs, which are calculated on a per ton basis, and increased leachate disposal costs. Certain weather conditions, including severe storms, may result in temporary suspension of our operations, which can significantly impact the operating results of the affected areas. Conversely, weather-related occurrences and other "event-driven" waste projects can boost revenues through heavier weight loads or additional work for a limited time period. These factors impact period-to-period comparisons of financial results.

We may be subject in the normal course of business to judicial, administrative or other third-party proceedings that could interrupt or limit our operations, result in adverse judgments, settlements or fines and create negative publicity.

        Individuals, citizens groups, trade associations, community groups or environmental activists may bring actions against us in connection with our operations that could interrupt or limit the scope of our business. Many of these matters raise difficult and complicated factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties and complexities. The timing of the final resolutions to lawsuits, regulatory inquiries, and governmental and other legal proceedings is uncertain. Additionally, the possible outcomes or resolutions to these matters could include adverse judgments or settlements, either of which could require substantial payments or other financial obligations. Any adverse outcome in such proceedings could harm our operations and financial results and create negative publicity, which could damage our reputation and competitive position. See "Business—Legal Proceedings."

26


Table of Contents

Fuel supply and prices may fluctuate significantly and we may not be able to pass on cost increases to our customers.

        The price and supply of fuel can fluctuate significantly based on international, political and economic circumstances, as well as other factors outside our control, such as actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other gas producers, regional production patterns, weather conditions, political instability in oil and gas producing regions and environmental concerns. We rely on fuel to run our collection and transfer trucks and our equipment used in our transfer stations and landfill operations. Supply shortages could substantially increase our operating expenses. Additionally, as fuel prices increase, our direct and indirect operating expenses increase and many of our vendors raise their prices as a means to offset their own rising costs.

        To manage our exposure to volatility in fuel prices, we enter into fuel derivative contracts as a risk management tool to mitigate the potential impact of certain market risks associated with fluctuations in fuel prices; however, because energy prices can fluctuate significantly in a relatively short amount of time, we must also continually monitor and adjust our risk management strategies to address not only fuel price increases, but also fuel price volatility. As evidenced by the extreme decline in diesel fuel prices during the fourth quarter of 2014, and in the first quarter of 2016 to date, diesel fuel prices are subject to significant volatility based on a variety of factors. In addition, the cost of these risk management tools generally increases with sustained high potential for volatility in the fuel market. During 2014, we utilized fuel derivative contracts to manage approximately 4.9 million gallons of our fuel purchases. We have utilized fuel derivative contracts to manage 17.9 million gallons for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, and will utilize fuel derivative contracts to manage 5.9 million gallons for the last quarter of 2015. For 2016, we will utilize fuel derivative contracts to manage 13.4 million gallons. We have and may in future periods realize losses from these fuel derivative contracts.

        A portion of our contracts have cost pass-through provisions pursuant to which we pass through to our customers the incremental cost or benefit from higher or lower fuel prices, respectively. Since we economically hedge our fuel costs, depending on the extent and level of our fuel derivative contracts, we are subject to the risk that fuel prices will fall below the level of our fuel derivative contracts and we will have to pass such lower prices through to our customers resulting in lower fuel fee revenue, even though our fuel costs remain higher under our fuel derivative contracts.

        Over the last several years, regulations have been adopted mandating changes in the composition of fuels for motor vehicles. The renewable fuel standards that the United States Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") sets annually affect the type of fuel our motor vehicle fleet uses. Pursuant to the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, the EPA establishes annual renewable fuel volume requirements and separate volume requirements for four different categories of renewable fuels (renewable fuel, advanced biofuel, cellulosic biofuel and biomass-based diesel). These volume requirements set standards for the proportion of refiners' or importers' total fuel volume that must be renewable and must take into account the fuels' impact on reducing greenhouse gas ("GHG") emissions. These regulations are one of many factors that may affect the cost of the fuel we use.

        Our operations also require the use of products (such as liners at our landfills) the costs of which may vary with the price of petrochemicals. An increase in the price of petrochemicals could increase the cost of those products, which would increase our operating and capital costs. We are also susceptible to increases in indirect fuel fees from our vendors.

27


Table of Contents

We are expanding our CNG truck fleet, which makes us increasingly dependent on the availability of CNG and CNG fueling infrastructure and vulnerable to CNG prices.

        We currently operate CNG trucks which make up a portion of our fleet. We plan to continue to transition an additional portion of our collection fleet from diesel fuel to CNG. However, CNG is not yet broadly available in North America; as a result, we have constructed and operate natural gas fueling stations, some of which also serve the public or pre-approved third parties. Until the public and third parties in North America broadly adopt CNG, which may not be on the timetable we anticipate, it will remain necessary for us to invest capital in CNG fueling infrastructure in order to power our CNG fleet. Concerns have been raised about the potential for emissions from fueling infrastructure that serve natural gas-fueled vehicles. New regulation of, or restrictions on, CNG fueling infrastructure or reductions in associated tax incentives could increase our operating costs.

        Additionally, fluctuations in the price and supply of CNG could substantially increase our operating expenses, and a reduction in the existing cost differential between CNG and diesel fuel could materially reduce the benefits we anticipate from our investment in CNG vehicles.

Fluctuations in the prices of commodities may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        We collect and process recyclable materials such as paper, cardboard, plastics, aluminum and other metals for sale to third parties. Our results of operations may be affected by changing prices or market requirements for recyclable materials. The resale and purchase prices of, and market demand for, recyclable materials fluctuate due to changes in economic conditions and numerous other factors beyond our control. These fluctuations may affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Increases in labor and disposal and related transportation costs could impact our financial results.

        Our continued success will depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. We compete with other businesses in our markets for qualified employees. From time to time, the labor supply is tight in some of our markets. A shortage of qualified employees, such as truck drivers or mechanics, would require us to enhance our wage and benefits packages to compete more effectively for employees, to hire more expensive temporary employees or to contract for services with more expensive third-party vendors. Labor is one of our highest costs and relatively small increases in labor costs per employee could materially affect our cost structure. If we fail to attract and retain qualified employees, control our labor costs during periods of declining volumes or recover any increased labor costs through increased prices we charge for our services or otherwise offset such increases with cost savings in other areas, our operating margins could suffer. Disposal and related transportation costs are a significant cost category for us. If we incur increased disposal and related transportation costs to dispose of solid waste and if we are unable to pass these costs on to our customers, our operating results would suffer.

Efforts by labor unions could divert management attention and adversely affect operating results.

        From time to time, labor unions attempt to organize our employees. Some groups of our employees are represented by unions, and we have negotiated collective bargaining agreements with most of these groups. We are currently engaged in negotiations with other groups of employees represented by unions. Additional groups of employees may seek union representation in the future. From time to time, we are subject to unfair labor practice

28


Table of Contents

charges, complaints and other legal, administrative and arbitration proceedings initiated against us by unions, the National Labor Relations Board or our employees, which could negatively impact our operating results. Negotiating collective bargaining agreements could divert management attention, which could also adversely affect operating results. If we are unable to negotiate acceptable collective bargaining agreements, we may be subject to labor disruptions, such as union-initiated work stoppages, including strikes. Depending on the type and duration of any labor disruptions, our operating expenses could increase significantly, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We could face significant withdrawal liability if we withdraw either individually or as part of a mass withdrawal from participation in any underfunded multiemployer pension plans in which we participate.

        We participate in a number of "multiemployer" pension plans administered by employer and employee trustees. We make periodic contributions to these plans pursuant to our various contractual obligations to do so. In the event that we withdraw from participation in or otherwise cease our contributions to one of these plans, then applicable law regarding withdrawal liability could require us to make additional contributions to the plan if it is underfunded, and we would have to reflect that as an expense in our consolidated statement of operations and as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability that would be paid to any multiemployer plan would depend on the extent of the plan's funding of vested benefits. In the ordinary course of our renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements with labor unions that participate in these plans, we may decide to discontinue participation in a plan, and in that event, we could face a withdrawal liability. Some multiemployer plans in which we participate may from time to time have significant underfunded liabilities. Such underfunding could increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability.

Increases in insurance costs and the amount that we self-insure for various risks could reduce our operating margins and reported earnings.

        We maintain high deductible insurance policies for automobile, general, employer's, environmental, directors' and officers', employment practices and fiduciary liability as well as for employee group health insurance, property insurance and workers' compensation. We carry umbrella policies for certain types of claims to provide excess coverage over the underlying policies and per incident deductibles. The amounts that we self-insure could cause significant volatility in our operating margins and reported earnings based on the occurrence and claim costs of incidents, accidents, injuries and adverse judgments. Our insurance accruals are based on claims filed and estimates of claims incurred but not reported and are developed by our management with assistance from our third-party actuary and our third-party claims administrator. To the extent these estimates are inaccurate, we may recognize substantial additional expenses in future periods that would reduce operating margins and reported earnings. From time to time, actions filed against us include claims for punitive damages, which are generally excluded from coverage under all of our liability insurance policies. A punitive damage award could have an adverse effect on our reported earnings in the period in which it occurs. Significant increases in premiums on insurance that we retain also could reduce our margins.

We may record material charges against our earnings due to any number of events that could cause impairments to our assets.

        In accordance with GAAP, we capitalize certain expenditures and advances relating to disposal site development, expansion projects, acquisitions, software development costs and

29


Table of Contents

other projects. Events that could, in some circumstances, lead to an impairment include, but are not limited to, shutting down a facility or operation or abandoning a development project or the denial of an expansion permit. Additionally, declining waste volumes and development of, and customer preference for, alternatives to traditional waste disposal could warrant asset impairments. If we determine an asset or expansion project is impaired, we will charge against earnings any unamortized capitalized expenditures and advances relating to such asset or project reduced by any portion of the capitalized costs that we estimate will be recoverable, through sale or otherwise. We also carry a significant amount of goodwill on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, which is required to be assessed for impairment annually, and more frequently in the case of certain triggering events. We may be required to incur charges against earnings if such impairment tests indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value. Any such charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We depend significantly on the services of the members of our senior, regional and local management teams, and the departure of any of those persons could cause our operating results to suffer.

        Our success depends significantly on the continued individual and collective contributions of our senior, regional and local management teams. The loss of the services of any member of our senior, regional or local management or the inability to hire and retain experienced management personnel could have a material adverse effect on us.

If we are not able to develop new service offerings or if a competitor develops or obtains exclusive rights to a breakthrough technology, our financial results may suffer.

        Our existing and proposed service offerings to customers may require that we invest in, develop or license, and protect, new technologies. We may experience difficulties or delays in the research, development, production or marketing of new services, which may negatively impact our operating results and prevent us from recouping or realizing a return on the investments required to bring new services to market. We and others in the industry are increasingly focusing on new technologies that provide alternatives to traditional disposal and maximize the resource value of waste. If a competitor develops or obtains exclusive rights to a breakthrough technology that provides a revolutionary change in traditional waste management, our financial results may suffer.

We are increasingly dependent on technology in our operations and, if our technology fails, our business could be adversely affected.

        We may experience problems with the operation of our current information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely, as well as the development and deployment of new information technology systems, that could adversely affect, or even temporarily disrupt, all or a portion of our operations until resolved. Inabilities and delays in implementing new systems can also affect our ability to realize projected or expected cost savings. Despite the implementation of network security measures, our information technology could be penetrated by outside parties (such as computer hackers or cyber terrorists) intent on extracting information, corrupting information or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorized access could disrupt our business and could result in a loss of assets or reputational damage. Additionally, any systems failures could impede our ability to timely collect and report financial results in accordance with applicable laws.

30


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to operational and safety risks, including the risk of personal injury to employees and others.

        Provision of environmental and waste management services involves risks, such as truck accidents, equipment defects, malfunctions and failures and natural disasters, which could potentially result in releases of hazardous materials, injury or death of employees and others or a need to shut down or reduce operation of our facilities while remedial actions are undertaken. These risks expose us to potential liability for pollution and other environmental damages, personal injury, loss of life, business interruption and property damage or destruction.

        While we seek to minimize our exposure to such risks through comprehensive training and compliance programs, as well as vehicle and equipment maintenance programs, if we were to incur substantial liabilities in excess of any applicable insurance, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The adoption of new accounting standards or interpretations could adversely affect our financial results.

        Our implementation of and compliance with changes in accounting rules and interpretations could adversely affect our operating results or cause unanticipated fluctuations in our results in future periods. The accounting rules and regulations that we must comply with are complex and continually changing. Recent actions and public comments from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") have focused on the integrity of financial reporting generally. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") has recently introduced several new or proposed accounting standards, or is developing new proposed standards, which would represent a significant change from current industry practice. In addition, many companies' accounting policies are being subjected to heightened scrutiny by regulators and the public. While our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, we cannot predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies on our financial statements going forward.

We are subject to substantial governmental regulation and failure to comply with these requirements, as well as enforcement actions and litigation arising from an actual or perceived breach of such requirements, could subject us to fines, penalties and judgments, and impose limits on our ability to operate and expand.

        We are subject to potential liability and restrictions under environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to the transportation, recycling, treatment, storage and disposal of wastes, discharges of pollutants to air and water, and the remediation of contaminated soil, surface water and groundwater. The waste management industry has been and will continue to be subject to regulation, including permitting and related financial assurance requirements, as well as attempts to further regulate the industry, including efforts to regulate the emission of GHG. Our operations are subject to a wide range of federal, state and, in some cases, local environmental, odor and noise and land use restrictions. Further restrictions could include:

    limitations on siting and constructing new waste disposal, transfer, recycling or processing facilities or on expanding existing facilities;

    regulations or levies on collection and disposal prices, rates and volumes;

    limitations or bans on disposal or transportation of out-of-state waste or certain categories of waste;

31


Table of Contents

    mandates regarding the management of solid waste, including requirements to recycle, divert or otherwise process certain waste, recycling and other streams; or

    limitations or restrictions on the recycling, processing or transformation of waste, recycling and other streams.

        Regulations affecting the siting, design and closure of landfills could require us to undertake investigatory or remedial activities, curtail operations or close landfills temporarily or permanently. Future changes in these regulations may require us to modify, supplement or replace equipment or facilities. The costs of complying with these regulations could be substantial. In order to develop, expand or operate a landfill or other waste management facility, we must have various facility permits and other governmental approvals, including those relating to zoning, environmental protection and land use. These permits and approvals are often difficult, time consuming and costly to obtain and could contain conditions that limit our operations.

        We also have significant financial obligations relating to final capping, closure, post-closure and environmental remediation at our existing landfills. We establish accruals for these estimated costs, but we could underestimate such accruals. Environmental regulatory changes could accelerate or increase capping, closure, post-closure and remediation costs, requiring our expenditures to materially exceed our current accruals.

        Legislation allowing restrictions on interstate transportation of out-of-state or out-of-jurisdiction waste and certain types of flow control, or judicial interpretations of interstate waste and flow control legislation, could adversely affect our solid and hazardous waste management services.

        Additionally, regulations establishing extended producer responsibility ("EPR") are being considered or implemented in many places around the world, including in the U.S. EPR regulations are designed to place either partial or total responsibility on producers to fund the post-use life cycle of the products they create. Along with the funding responsibility, producers may be required to take over management of local recycling programs by taking back their products from end users or managing the collection operations and recycling processing infrastructure. There is no federal law establishing EPR in the U.S.; however, state and local governments could, and in some cases have, taken steps to implement EPR regulations. If wide-ranging EPR regulations were adopted, they could have a fundamental impact on the waste streams we manage and how we operate our business, including contract terms and pricing. A significant reduction in the waste, recycling and other streams we manage could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        Enforcement or implementation of foreign regulations can affect our ability to export products. In 2013, the Chinese government began to strictly enforce regulations that establish limits on moisture and non-conforming materials that may be contained in imported recycled paper and plastics. The higher quality expectations resulting from initiatives such as Operation Green Fence can drive up operating costs in the recycling industry, particularly for single stream materials recovery facilities ("MRFs"). Single stream MRFs process a wide range of commingled materials and tend to receive a higher percentage of non-recyclables, which results in increased processing and residual disposal costs. If Operation Green Fence or other similar initiatives or new regulations increase our operating costs in the future, and we are not able to recapture those costs from our customers, such regulations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        If we are not able to comply with the requirements that apply to a particular facility or if we operate without the necessary approvals or permits, we could be subject to administrative

32


Table of Contents

or civil, and possibly criminal, fines and penalties, and we may be required to spend substantial capital to bring an operation into compliance, to temporarily or permanently discontinue activities and/or take corrective actions, possibly including the removal of landfilled materials. We may be liable for any environmental damage that our current or former facilities cause, including damage to neighboring landowners or residents, particularly as a result of the contamination of soil, groundwater or surface water, and especially drinking water, or to natural resources. We may also be liable for any on-site environmental contamination caused by pollutants or hazardous substances whose transportation, treatment or disposal we or our predecessors arranged or conducted. Those costs or actions could be significant to us and impact our results of operations, cash flows and available capital. We may not have sufficient insurance coverage for our environmental liabilities, such coverage may not cover all of the potential liabilities to which we may be subject and we may not be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future at reasonable expense or at all.

        We may make additional acquisitions from time to time in the future, and we have tried and will continue to try to evaluate and limit environmental risks and liabilities presented by businesses to be acquired prior to the acquisition. It is possible that some liabilities, including ones that may exist only because of the past operations of an acquired business, may prove to be more difficult or costly to address than we anticipate.

        It is also possible that government officials responsible for enforcing environmental laws and regulations may believe an issue is more serious than we expect, or that we will fail to identify or fully appreciate an existing liability before we become legally responsible for addressing it. Some of the legal sanctions to which we could become subject could cause the suspension or revocation of a needed permit, prevent us from, or delay us in, obtaining or renewing permits to operate or expand our facilities, or harm our reputation.

Future changes in regulations applicable to oil and gas drilling and production could adversely affect our energy services business.

        Demand in our energy services business may be adversely affected if drilling activity slows due to industry conditions beyond our control, in addition to changes in oil and gas prices. Changes in laws or government regulations regarding GHG emissions from oil and gas operations and/or hydraulic fracturing could increase our customer's costs of doing business and reduce oil and gas exploration and production by customers. Recently, there has been increased attention from the public, some states and the EPA to the alleged potential for hydraulic fracturing to impact drinking water supplies. There is also heightened regulatory focus on emissions of methane that occur during drilling and transportation of natural gas, as well as protective disposal of drilling residuals. Increased regulation of oil and gas exploration and production and new rules regarding the treatment and disposal of wastes associated with exploration and production operations could increase our costs to provide oilfield services, decrease demand for our energy services business, and reduce our margins and revenue from such services.

Our operations are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations that may result in significant liabilities.

        There is risk of incurring significant environmental, health and safety liabilities in the use, treatment, storage, transfer and disposal of waste materials. Under applicable environmental laws and regulations, we could be liable if our operations have a negative impact on human health or cause environmental damage to our properties or to the property of other landowners, particularly as a result of the contamination of air, drinking water or soil. Under current law, we could also be held liable for damage caused by conditions that existed before we acquired the assets or operations involved. This risk is of particular concern as we execute

33


Table of Contents

our growth strategy, partially through acquisitions, because we may be unsuccessful in identifying and assessing potential liabilities during our due diligence investigations. Further, the counterparties in such transactions may be unable to perform their indemnification obligations owed to us. Our operations include the hauling of medical waste and the hauling and disposal of asbestos. If, notwithstanding our efforts, we inadvertently arrange for the transportation, disposal or treatment of hazardous substances that cause environmental contamination, or if a predecessor owner made such arrangements and, under applicable law, we are treated as a successor to the prior owner, we could be held liable. Any substantial liability for environmental damage or violations of health and safety laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        In the ordinary course of our business, we have in the past, we are currently, and we may in the future, become involved in legal and administrative proceedings relating to land use and environmental laws and regulations. These include proceedings in which:

    agencies of federal, state, local or foreign governments seek to impose liability on us under applicable statutes, sometimes involving civil or criminal penalties for violations, or to revoke or deny renewal of a permit we need;

    local communities, citizen groups, landowners or governmental agencies oppose the issuance of a permit or approval we need, allege violations of the permits under which we operate or laws or regulations to which we are subject, or seek to impose liability on us for environmental damage.

        We generally seek to work with the authorities or other persons involved in these proceedings to resolve any issues raised. If we are not successful, the adverse outcome of one or more of these proceedings could result in, among other things, material increases in our costs or liabilities as well as material charges for asset impairments. At December 31, 2014, we had recorded approximately $6.1 million in environmental remediation liabilities. There can be no assurance that the cost of such potential cleanup or that our share of the cost will not exceed our estimates.

The adoption of climate change legislation or regulations restricting emissions of GHGs could increase our costs to operate.

        Our landfill operations emit methane, which is identified as a GHG. There are a number of legislative and regulatory efforts at the state, regional and federal levels to curtail the emission of GHGs to ameliorate the effect of climate change. On August 3, 2015, the EPA finalized the Clean Power Plan rule, which regulates CO 2 emissions from existing power plants, and the Carbon Pollution Standards for new, modified, and reconstructed power plants. Also, on January 14, 2015, the Obama Administration announced the goal of limiting methane emissions via a host of proposed and anticipated regulations directed at the oil and gas industry. On August 18, 2015, the EPA proposed updated methane emissions standards for new and modified oil and gas emissions sources. On August 14, 2015, the EPA proposed updates to its 1996 Emission Guidelines for existing MSW landfills that would further reduce methane emissions, and, in a separate action, the EPA issued a supplemental proposal for reducing methane emissions from new and modified landfills. Comprehensive federal climate change legislation could impose costs on our operations that might not be offset by the revenue increases associated with our lower-carbon service options, the materiality of which we cannot predict. In 2010, the EPA published a Prevention of Significant Deterioration ("PSD") and Title V GHG Tailoring Rule, which expanded the EPA's federal air permitting authority to include the six GHGs. The rule sets new thresholds for GHG emissions that define when the Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended (the "Clean Air Act"), permits are required. In

34


Table of Contents

June 2015, the EPA and the Department of Transportation's National Highway Traffic Safety Administration proposed a national program that would establish the next phase of GHG emissions and fuel efficiency standards for medium and heavy-duty vehicles. The current requirements of these rules have not significantly affected our operations or cash flows, due to the tailored thresholds and exclusions of certain emissions from regulation. However, if certain changes to these regulations were enacted, such as lowering the thresholds or the inclusion of biogenic emissions, then the amendments could have an adverse effect on our operating costs.

Future changes in laws or renewed enforcement of laws regulating the flow of solid waste in interstate commerce could adversely affect our operating results.

        Various state and local governments have enacted, or are considering enacting, laws and regulations that restrict the disposal within the jurisdiction of solid waste generated outside the jurisdiction. In addition, some state and local governments have promulgated, or are considering promulgating, laws and regulations which govern the flow of waste generated within their respective jurisdictions. These "flow control" laws and regulations typically require that waste generated within the jurisdiction be directed to specified facilities for disposal or processing, which could limit or prohibit the disposal or processing of waste in our transfer stations and landfills. Such flow control laws and regulations could also require us to deliver waste collected by us within a particular jurisdiction to facilities not owned or controlled by us, which could increase our costs and reduce our revenues. In addition, such laws and regulations could require us to obtain additional costly licenses or authorizations to be deemed an authorized hauler or disposal facility.

The waste management industry is undergoing fundamental change as traditional waste streams are increasingly viewed as renewable resources and changes in laws and environmental policies may limit the items that enter the waste stream, any of which may adversely impact volumes and tipping fees at our landfills. Alternatives to landfill disposal may cause our revenues and operating results to decline.

        As we have continued to develop our landfill capacity, the waste management industry has increasingly recognized the value of the waste stream as a renewable resource and new alternatives to landfilling are being developed that seek to maximize the renewable energy and other resource benefits of waste. We are increasingly competing with companies that seek to use parts of the waste stream as feedstock for renewable energy supplies. In addition, environmental initiatives, such as product stewardship and EPR, which hold manufacturers or other actors in the product life cycle responsible for the disposal of manufactured goods, may reduce the volume of products that enter the waste stream. Further, there may be changes in the laws that reclassify items in the waste stream as hazardous or that prohibit the disposal of certain wastes in our landfills. These alternatives and changes in laws may impact the demand for landfill space, which may affect our ability to operate our landfills at full capacity, as well as the tipping fees and prices that we can charge for utilization of landfill space. As a result, our revenues and operating margins could be adversely affected.

        Counties and municipalities in which we own operate landfills may be required to formulate and implement comprehensive plans to reduce the volume of solid waste deposited in landfills through waste planning, composting, recycling or other programs. Some state and local governments prohibit the disposal of certain types of wastes, such as yard waste, at landfills. Such actions have reduced and may in the future further reduce the volume of waste going to landfills in certain areas, which may affect our ability to operate our landfills at full capacity and could adversely affect our operating results.

35


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and limit our financial flexibility.

        As of September 30, 2015, we had approximately $2,279.0 million of indebtedness outstanding and cash interest expense of $117.0 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2015. We may incur additional debt in the future. This amount of our indebtedness could:

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions or increases in interest rates;

    limit our ability to obtain additional financing or refinancings at attractive rates;

    require the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flow to fund our growth strategy, working capital, capital expenditures, dividends, share repurchases and other general corporate purposes;

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry; and

    place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors with less debt.

        Further, our outstanding indebtedness is subject to financial and other covenants, which may be affected by changes in economic or business conditions or other events that are beyond our control. If we fail to comply with the covenants under any of our indebtedness, we may be in default under the documents governing such indebtedness, which may entitle the lenders thereunder to accelerate the debt obligations. A default under any of our indebtedness could result in cross-defaults under our other indebtedness. In order to avoid defaulting on our indebtedness, we may be required to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, reducing or eliminating dividends or stock repurchases, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing all or part of our existing debt, or seeking additional equity capital, any of which may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, if at all.

Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries will still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

        We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

        The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness and our existing senior secured credit facility contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants may limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, under certain circumstances, to, among other things:

    incur additional indebtedness and issue certain preferred stock;

    pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted payments;

36


Table of Contents

    place limitations on distributions from restricted subsidiaries;

    issue or sell capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

    guarantee certain indebtedness;

    make certain investments;

    sell or exchange assets;

    enter into transactions with affiliates;

    create certain liens; and

    consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

        A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result of cross default provisions, and, in the case of our existing revolving credit facility, permit the lenders to cease making loans to us.

We may utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of these instruments.

        We may enter into pay-fixed interest rate swaps to limit our exposure to changes in variable interest rates. Such instruments may result in economic losses should exchange rates decline to a point lower than our fixed rate commitments. We will be exposed to credit-related losses which could impact the results of operations in the event of fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to a change in the credit worthiness or non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps. See Note 8, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

No market currently exists for our common stock, and an active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may cause our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult for you to sell the common stock you purchase.

        Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or otherwise or how active and liquid that market may become. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop or continue, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering.

        Existing stockholders have paid substantially less per share of our common stock than the price in this offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of outstanding common stock prior to

37


Table of Contents

completion of the offering. Based on our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 and upon the issuance and sale of shares of common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing stockholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $34.36 per share in net tangible book value. Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering will exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon completion of this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, you will experience additional dilution. You may experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees, executive officers and directors under our current and future stock incentive plans. See "Dilution."

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly following the offering, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.

        The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. Market volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. We and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors such as those listed in "—Risks Related to Our Business" and the following:

    results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

    results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

    changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors;

    declines in the market prices of stocks generally, or those of waste management companies;

    strategic actions by us or our competitors;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new services or products, acquisitions, joint ventures, other strategic relationships or capital commitments;

    changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets;

    future sales of our common stock or other securities;

    investor perceptions or the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;

    the public's response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;

    announcements relating to litigation;

    guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance;

    the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock;

    changes in accounting principles; and

38


Table of Contents

    other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events.

        These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock is low.

        In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

        We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants contained in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by covenants contained in any future indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

        After this offering, the sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

        Upon consummation of this offering we will have a total of 69,160,238 shares of common stock outstanding. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

39


Table of Contents

        Any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act ("Rule 144"), including our directors, executive officers and other affiliates (including affiliates of Highstar Capital) may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        The remaining shares will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 and subject to certain restrictions on resale following the consummation of this offering. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration such as Rule 144, as described in "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers, affiliates of Highstar Capital, and our other key pre-IPO investors receiving our common stock in the Reorganization prior to this offering have each agreed to customary lock-up agreements with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. Securities subject to these lock-up agreements represent substantially all shares of common stock outstanding prior to this offering. See "Underwriting" for a description of these lock-up agreements.

        Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, the remaining shares will be eligible for resale, which would be subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144. In addition, pursuant to a registration rights agreement, our existing owners have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of shares, our existing owners could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to decline. Following completion of this offering, the shares covered by registration rights would represent approximately 69.0% of our outstanding common stock (or 66.0%, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        As restrictions on resale end or if these stockholders exercise their registration rights, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities. In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.

        Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.

40


Table of Contents

        These provisions will provide for, among other things:

    a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

    the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock;

    advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at our annual meetings;

    certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings;

    the removal of directors for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors if Highstar Capital and its affiliates hold less than 50% of our outstanding shares of common stock; and

    that certain provisions may be amended only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of common stock entitled to vote.

        These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third-party's offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. See "Description of Capital Stock."

Affiliates of Highstar Capital control us and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

        Immediately following this offering, affiliates of Highstar Capital will beneficially own approximately 60.3% of our common stock, based on a public offering price of $21.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, or approximately 57.6% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. Moreover, under our stockholders' agreement with Highstar Capital, for so long as Highstar Capital and its affiliates own shares of our common stock representing at least 50% of the total voting power, we have agreed to nominate to our board individuals designated by Highstar Capital, representing a majority of seats on the board. Even when Highstar Capital and its affiliates cease to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as Highstar Capital and its affiliates continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, Highstar Capital will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and thereby influence our policies and operations, including the appointment of management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock, the incurrence or modification of debt by us, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the entering into of extraordinary transactions, and their interests may not in all cases be aligned with your interests. In addition, Highstar Capital may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, Highstar Capital could cause us to make acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or cause us to sell revenue-generating assets. Additionally, in certain circumstances, acquisitions of debt at a discount by purchasers that are related to a debtor can give rise to cancellation of indebtedness income to such debtor for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        So long as Highstar Capital continues to own a significant amount of our combined voting power, even if such amount is less than 50%, Highstar Capital will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. In addition, Highstar Capital will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval and will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of the Company or a change in the composition of

41


Table of Contents

our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of the Company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of the Company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

We will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and the rules of the SEC. As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that would otherwise provide protection to stockholders of other companies.

        After completion of this offering, Highstar Capital will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

    the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

    the requirement that our director nominees be selected, or recommended for our board of directors' selection by a nominating/governance committee comprised solely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the nominations process;

    the requirement that the compensation of our executive officers be determined, or recommended to our board of directors for determination, by a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors; and

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

        Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating/corporate governance committee, and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

        In addition, on June 20, 2012, the SEC passed final rules implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 pertaining to compensation committee independence and the role and disclosure of compensation consultants and other advisers to the compensation committee. The SEC's rules direct each of the national securities exchanges (including the NYSE on which we intend to list our common stock) to develop listing standards requiring, among other things, that:

    compensation committees be composed of fully independent directors, as determined pursuant to new independence requirements;

    compensation committees be explicitly charged with hiring and overseeing compensation consultants, legal counsel and other committee advisors; and

    compensation committees be required to consider, when engaging compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisors, certain independence factors, including factors that examine the relationship between the consultant or advisor's employer and us.

        As a "controlled company," we will not be subject to these compensation committee independence requirements.

42


Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws. All statements other than statements of historical facts in this prospectus, including, without limitation, those regarding our business strategy, financial position, results of operations, plans, prospects and objectives of management for future operations (including development plans and objectives relating to our activities), are forward-looking statements. Many, but not all, of these statements can be found by looking for words like "expect," "anticipate," "goal," "project," "plan," "believe," "seek," "will," "may," "forecast," "estimate," "intend," "future" and similar words. Statements that address activities, events or developments that we intend, expect or believe may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements do not guarantee future performance and may involve risks, uncertainties and other factors which could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from the future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied in those forward-looking statements.

        Examples of these risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to:

    risks relating to our history of losses;

    risks relating to operating in a highly competitive industry and the inability to compete effectively with larger and better capitalized companies and governmental service providers;

    risks relating to results being vulnerable to economic conditions;

    risks that we may lose contracts through competitive bidding, early termination or governmental action;

    risks that some of our customers, including governmental entities, have suffered financial difficulties affecting their credit risk, which could negatively impact our operating results;

    risks that our financial and operating performance may be affected by the inability in some instances to renew landfill operating permits, obtain new landfills or expand existing ones;

    risks that the cost of operation and/or future construction of our existing landfills may become economically unfeasible causing us to abandon or cease operations;

    risks that we could be precluded from entering into or maintaining permits or certain contracts if we are unable to obtain sufficient third-party financial assurance or adequate insurance coverage;

    risks that our accruals for our landfill site closure and post-closure costs may be inadequate;

    risks that our business requires a high level of capital expenditures;

    risks relating to our acquisitions, including our ability to integrate acquired businesses, or that the acquired businesses will have unexpected risks or liabilities;

    risks relating to the seasonal nature of our business and "event-driven" waste projects that could cause our results to fluctuate;

    risks that we may be subject in the normal course of business to judicial, administrative or other third-party proceedings that could interrupt or limit our operations, result in adverse judgments, settlements or fines and create negative publicity;

43


Table of Contents

    risks relating to fuel supply and prices that may fluctuate significantly and that we may not be able to pass on cost increases to our customers or effectively hedge such costs;

    risks relating to fluctuations in the prices of commodities;

    risks that increases in labor and disposal and related transportation costs could adversely impact our financial results;

    risks that commodity derivatives could adversely affect our results;

    risks that efforts by labor unions to organize our workforce could divert management attention and adversely affect operating results;

    risks that we depend significantly on the services of the members of our senior, regional and local management teams, and that the departure of any of those persons could cause our operating results to suffer;

    risks that we are increasingly dependent on technology in our operations and, if our technology fails, our business could be adversely affected;

    risks relating to operational and safety risks, including the risk of personal injury to employees and others;

    risks that we are subject to substantial governmental regulation and failure to comply with these requirements, as well as enforcement actions and litigation arising from an actual or perceived breach of such requirements, could subject us to fines, penalties and judgments, and impose limits on our ability to operate and expand;

    risks from our operations being subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations that may result in significant liabilities;

    risks that future changes in laws or renewed enforcement of laws regulating the flow of solid waste in interstate commerce could adversely affect our operating results;

    risks relating to fundamental change in the waste management industry as traditional waste streams are increasingly viewed as renewable resources and changes in laws and environmental policies may limit the items that enter the waste stream, any of which may adversely impact volumes and tipping fees at our landfills;

    risks that alternatives to landfill disposal may cause our revenues and operating results to decline;

    risks relating to our substantial indebtedness;

    risks relating to our ability to implement growth strategy as and when planned; and

    the other risks described in "Risk Factors."

        The above examples are not exhaustive and new risks may emerge from time to time. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Such forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs, assumptions, expectations, estimates and projections regarding our present and future business strategies and the environment in which we will operate in the future. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statement contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change of events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement was based.

44


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount (including the underwriting discount relating to the shares sold by the selling stockholder) and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $163.0 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. An increase or decrease in the initial public offering price by $1.00 per share above or below the mid-point of the proposed range would result in an increase or decrease of approximately $8.5 million, as applicable, in net proceeds to us assuming the number of shares offered by us stays constant. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

        We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale by us of common stock in this offering to repay outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan B portion of our senior secured credit facilities. The Term Loan B borrowings accrue interest at 3.75% (as of September 30, 2015) and mature October 2019. We have obtained lender consent for certain amendments to our senior secured credit facilities, the effectiveness of which is conditioned on the consummation of this offering and a minimum paydown of $100.0 million of borrowings under our Term Loan B (the "Minimum Debt Paydown") with the net proceeds of this offering. In connection with the amendment to our senior secured credit facility, we will pay total fees of approximately $5.0 million, which will be paid to the lenders and the administrative agent, at the closing of the consent, irrespective of whether the consent becomes effective. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—Amendments to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities." If the price per share in this offering exceeds the mid-point of the proposed range, we intend to use the additional net proceeds to repay additional borrowings under our Term Loan B.

        The selling stockholder is selling shares of our common stock received by it in the Reorganization to generate proceeds equal to the value of its preferred partnership interest (the "Preferred Payment"). If the price per share in this offering is less than the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the selling stockholder intends to sell additional shares in this offering in order to generate sufficient net proceeds for the Preferred Payment. If the price per share in this offering exceeds the mid-point of the proposed range, the selling stockholder intends to sell fewer shares in this offering. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

45


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

        We paid dividends to Parent in the amount of $7.5 million and $9.0 million on our shares of common stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively. We paid no dividends in the year ended December 31, 2013.

46


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2015:

    on an actual basis from continuing operations; and

    on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the following transactions:

    the Reorganization, as defined in "Prospectus Summary—Organizational Structure Following This Offering;" and

    the sale by us of 9,037,033 shares of our common stock in this offering, based on a public offering price of $21.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount (including the underwriting discount relating to the shares sold by the selling stockholder) and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the intended application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in "Use of Proceeds."

        You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections entitled "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma as adjusted column assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares.

 
  As of September 30,
2015
 
 
  Actual   As Adjusted  
 
  (in millions, except share
and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2.9   $ 2.9  

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations:

             

Revolving Credit Facility

  $   $  

Term Loan B

    1,685.5     1,522.5  

8 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2020

    550.0     550.0  

Capital lease obligations

    26.5     26.5  

Other debt

    17.0     17.0  

Total debt

    2,279.0     2,116.0  

Stockholders' Equity:

             

Common stock: $.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (a)

         

Additional paid-in capital

    1,099.6     1,262.6  (b)

Accumulated deficit

    (602.4 )   (602.4 )

Total stockholders' equity

    497.2     660.2  

Total capitalization

  $ 2,776.2   $ 2,776.2  

(a)
In conjunction with the Reorganization, our authorized capital will be increased to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 per value per share, and we will be recapitalized so that there will be 60,123,205 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, prior to the sale of shares by us in this offering. No shares of preferred stock will be outstanding following the offering.

(b)
Does not reflect $1.5 million of deferred offering costs that will be recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the offering.

47


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in shares of our common stock in this offering, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the net tangible book deficit per share of common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible value per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by existing owners.

        Our net tangible book deficit as of September 30, 2015 was approximately $(1,087.0) million, or $(18.08) per share of common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Reorganization.

        After giving effect to the Reorganization and our sale of shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts (including the underwriting discount relating to the shares sold by the selling stockholder) and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book deficit as of September 30, 2015 would have been $(924.0) million, or $(13.36) per share of common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book deficit of $4.72 per share of common stock to our existing owners and an immediate and substantial dilution of $34.36 per share of common stock to investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of common stock basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock:

Initial public offering price per share

        $ 21.00  

Net tangible book deficit per share as of September 30, 2015

  $ (18.08 )      

Decrease in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share attributable to new investors in this offering

  $ 4.72        

As adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to this offering

        $ (13.36 )

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

        $ 34.36  

        A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share of common stock would increase our net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock by $0.14, assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share will be $(11.89) per share, the decrease in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share attributable to new investors in this offering will be $6.19 per share and the dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering will be $32.89 per share. If we elect to increase the number of shares issued by us in this offering, the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering will be increased. See "Use of Proceeds."

48


Table of Contents

        The table below summarizes as of September 30, 2015, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration, and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders (determined based on our additional paid-in capital) and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares), before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming an initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 
   
   
  Total Consideration
(in thousands)
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    60,123,205     86.9 % $ 1,099,600     85.3 % $ 18.29  

New investors

    9,037,033     13.1 %   189,778     14.7 %   21.00  

Total

    69,160,238     100.0 % $ 1,289,378     100.0 %      

        If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to 83.1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 12,251,318 shares, or 16.9% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

49


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following table is derived from our historical consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The selected historical unaudited consolidated financial information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of September 30, 2014 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements in all material respects.

        The selected historical consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

        The financial data set forth in the following tables should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," each included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.

50


Table of Contents

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
  For the Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in millions, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data  (a):

                                           

Service revenues

  $ 1,046.8   $ 1,049.2   $ 1,403.0   $ 1,319.1   $ 537.9   $ 427.4   $ 372.6  

Costs and expenses:

                                           

Operating

    652.4     673.0     896.1     832.8     336.7     261.8     222.9  

Selling, general and administrative (b)

    110.4     115.6     154.9     170.9     101.0     61.6     61.2  

Depreciation and amortization

    194.8     206.7     271.4     278.9     104.1     76.5     63.6  

Acquisition and development costs

    1.3     0.1     0.1     1.2     1.2     3.5     2.3  

Loss on disposal of businesses and assets

    11.4     1.1     1.2     2.6     2.1     14.1     0.3  

Asset impairment, including goodwill (c)

    6.4         5.3     0.6     43.7         101.3  

Restructuring

        3.6     4.6     10.0     9.9          

Total operating costs and expenses

    976.7     1,000.1     1,333.6     1,297.0     598.7     417.5     451.6  

Operating income (loss)

    70.1     49.1     69.4     22.1     (60.8 )   9.9     (79.0 )

Interest expense

    (104.0 )   (105.7 )   (141.5 )   (163.1 )   (49.4 )   (24.5 )   (35.5 )

Other income/(expense), net (d)

    (4.7 )   2.9     (25.9 )   0.3     (8.1 )   (4.3 )   (0.3 )

Loss before income taxes

    (38.6 )   (53.7 )   (98.0 )   (140.7 )   (118.3 )   (18.9 )   (114.8 )

(Benefit) expense for income taxes (e)

    (13.8 )   (12.0 )   (80.6 )   (45.4 )   (13.5 )   3.5     (0.7 )

Net loss from continuing operations

    (24.8 )   (41.7 )   (17.4 )   (95.3 )   (104.8 )   (22.4 )   (114.1 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (f)

        0.3     0.3     (22.5 )   (89.2 )   0.2     (0.3 )

Net loss

    (24.8 )   (41.4 )   (17.1 )   (117.8 )   (194.0 )   (22.2 )   (114.4 )

Less: net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

                    (1.4 )   (0.2 )   (1.4 )

Net loss attributable to Advanced Disposal

  $ (24.8 ) $ (41.4 ) $ (17.1 ) $ (117.8 ) $ (192.6 ) $ (22.0 ) $ (113.0 )

Loss attributable to common stockholder from continuing operations per share

                                           

Basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (24,800 ) $ (41,700 ) $ (17,400 ) $ (95,300 ) $ (103,400 ) $ (22,200 ) $ (112,700 )

Net loss per share:

                                           

Basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (24,800 ) $ (41,400 ) $ (17,100 ) $ (117,800 ) $ (192,600 ) $ (22,000 ) $ (113,000 )

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                                           

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 206.6   $ 194.8   $ 243.2   $ 180.3   $ 55.2   $ 86.8   $ 78.3  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (126.4 )   (148.7 )   (201.2 )   (154.8 )   (1,980.5 )   (133.7 )   (157.4 )

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

    (78.3 )   (27.9 )   (53.0 )   (32.3 )   1,937.2     40.7     79.2  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                                           

Total assets

  $ 3,463.6   $ 3,580.5   $ 3,550.0   $ 3,626.8   $ 3,785.3   $ 1,374.6   $ 1,338.9  

Debt, including current portion (g)

    2,279.0     2,347.6     2,327.2     2,360.6     2,366.2     439.4     513.5  

Total Advanced Disposal stockholder's equity

    497.2     507.4     528.9     551.5     662.5     721.5     619.7  

(a)
We completed the Veolia Acquisition on November 20, 2012 and the results of operations have been consolidated from the date of acquisition.

(b)
Includes stock-based compensation expense. Stock based compensation expense for all periods presented was determined using the fair value method set forth in ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation."

(c)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.4 million in connection with the strategic decision to divest certain businesses in the South region and the decision not to pursue a landfill permit. In fiscal 2014, we recorded an impairment charge of $5.3 million in connection with the decision to divest a small brokerage business. In fiscal 2012, we recorded an impairment charge of $43.7 million in connection with recoverability testing performed on a long-lived asset. In fiscal 2010, we performed an impairment test of goodwill and intangibles and recorded an impairment charge of $101.3 million based upon the results of recoverability testing for a business that was combined with our financial results as an entity under our common control.

(d)
Amounts included in other income/(expense) net for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and fiscal 2014 contain unrealized and realized losses related to fuel derivative instruments of $9.5 million and $27.3 million,

51


Table of Contents

    respectively, and a gain on the sale of a debt investment security of $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

(e)
In fiscal 2014, we completed a legal entity reorganization to achieve administrative efficiencies and as such recorded a valuation allowance release of $51.4 million related to certain net operating losses that are more likely than not to be utilized.

(f)
Amounts represent those operations that are considered to be discontinued operations. Refer to Note 4 "Discontinued Operations" in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information.

(g)
Total debt includes capital lease obligations of $26.5 million, $24.4 million, $23.3 million, $15.4 million and $12.3 million at September 30, 2015 and 2014 and December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

52


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the "Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data," "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in "Risk Factors."

Overview

        We are a leading integrated provider of non-hazardous solid waste collection, transfer, recycling and disposal services, operating primarily in secondary markets or under exclusive arrangements. We have a presence in 18 states across the Midwest, South and East regions of the United States, serving approximately 2.8 million residential and 202,000 C&I customers through our extensive network of 93 collection operations, 74 transfer stations, 22 owned or operated recycling facilities and 39 owned or operated landfills. We seek to drive financial performance in markets in which we own or operate a landfill or in certain disposal-neutral markets, where the landfill is owned by our municipal customer. In markets in which we own or operate a landfill, we aim to create and maintain vertically integrated operations through which we manage a majority of our customers' waste from the point of collection through the point of disposal, a process we refer to as internalization. By internalizing a majority of the waste in these markets, we are able to deliver high quality customer service while also ensuring a stable revenue stream and maximizing profitability and cash flow from operations. In disposal-neutral markets, we focus selectively on opportunities where we can negotiate exclusive arrangements with our municipal customers, facilitating highly-efficient and profitable collection operations with lower capital requirements.

        Geographically, we focus our business principally in secondary, or less densely populated non-urban, markets where the presence of large national providers is generally more limited. We also compete selectively in primary, or densely populated urban, markets where we can capitalize on opportunities for vertical integration through our high-quality transfer and disposal infrastructure and where we can benefit from highly-efficient collection route density. We maintain an attractive mix of revenue from varying sources, including residential collections, C&I collections, landfill gas and special waste streams, and fees charged to third parties for disposal in our network of transfer stations and landfills, with limited exposure to commodity sales. We also benefit from a high degree of customer diversification, with no single customer accounting for more than 2% of revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2015. Our business mix and large and diverse customer base, combined with our long term contracts and historically high renewal rates, provide us with significant revenue and earnings stability and visibility.

        We intend to grow our business and expand the scope of our operations by adding new C&I customers, securing additional exclusive municipal contracts and executing value enhancing, tuck-in acquisitions, while maintaining a relentless focus on prudent cost management and pricing discipline. To this end, we are committed to investing in strategic infrastructure including the development and enhancement of our landfills, the conversion of our residential collection fleet to automated vehicles and the conversion of our collection fleet to CNG-fueled vehicles in certain markets in which we can achieve an attractive return on our investment. In addition to our focus on growing revenues and enhancing profitability, we

53


Table of Contents

remain financially disciplined through our careful management of returns on equity and capital deployed.

        Our fiscal year ends December 31 of each year and we refer to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 as "fiscal 2015," the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 as "fiscal 2014," the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 as "fiscal 2013" and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 as "fiscal 2012."

How We Generate Revenue

        Through our subsidiaries, we generate revenue primarily by providing collection and disposal services to commercial, industrial, municipal and residential customers. Our remaining revenue is generated from recycling, fuel fees and environmental fees, landfill gas-to-energy operations and other ancillary revenue-generating activities. Revenues from our collection operations consist of fees we receive from municipal, subscription, residential and C&I customers and are influenced by factors such as collection frequency, type of collection equipment furnished, type and volume or weight of the waste collected, distance to the recycling, transfer station or disposal facilities and our disposal costs. Our standard C&I service agreement is a five-year renewable agreement. Management believes we maintain strong relationships with our C&I customers, which is supported by an approximate 10% C&I customer churn rate since we started tracking this information seven quarters ago. Our municipal customer relationships are generally supported by exclusive contracts ranging from three to ten years, in initial duration with subsequent renewal periods, and we have historically achieved a renewal rate of approximately 85% with these customers. Certain of our municipal contracts have annual price escalation clauses that are tied to changes in an underlying base index such as the consumer price index. We provide commercial front load and temporary and permanent rolloff service offerings to our customers. While the majority of our rolloff services are provided to customers under long-term service agreements, we generally do not enter into contracts with our temporary rolloff customers due to the relatively short-term nature of most C&D projects.

        Our transfer stations and landfills generate revenue from disposal or tipping fees. Revenues from our landfill operations consist of fees which are generally based on the type and weight or volume of waste being disposed of at our disposal facilities. Fees charged at transfer stations are generally based on the weight or volume of waste deposited, taking into account our cost of loading, transporting and disposing of the solid waste at a disposal site. Recycling revenue consists of disposal or tipping fees and proceeds from the sale of recyclable commodities to third parties.

        The amounts charged for collection, disposal, and recycling services may include fuel fees and environmental fees. Fuel fees and environmental fees are not designed to be specific to the direct costs and expenses to service an individual customer's account, but rather are designed to address and to help recover for changes in our overall cost structure and to achieve an operating margin acceptable to us.

        Other revenue is comprised of ancillary revenue-generating activities, such as trucking, landfill gas-to-energy operations at municipal solid waste ("MSW") landfills, management of third-party owned landfills, customer service charges relating to overdue payments and customer administrative fees relating to customers who request paper copies of invoices rather than opting for electronic invoices and a small brokerage business (which we divested in 2015), which is earned by managing waste services for our customers.

54


Table of Contents

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Business Expansion and Rationalization

        Our results of operations are affected by our ability to complete tuck-in acquisitions and retain existing and win new municipal contracts at favorable margins. When we determine to pursue a new acquisition or contract, we focus particularly on operational efficiencies, including route optimization and our ability to leverage our network of landfills and transfer stations. We have completed 38 tuck-in acquisitions, primarily of collection operations, since the consummation of the Veolia Acquisition to date, and we have been awarded 120 new long-term exclusive municipal contracts. We also seek to divest lower margin businesses which may result in impairment charges in the period of sale but benefit us by allowing us to redeploy capital to higher margin businesses.

General Economic Conditions and C&I Activity

        Our results of operations are also affected by the strength of the economy and the level of C&I activity near our collection operations. Economic conditions have a direct effect on construction, demolition, new business formations and roll-off activity which impacts volumes of C&I waste. Residential waste volumes are also impacted by economic conditions, although to a lesser extent. Special waste volume, such as coal ash, energy waste, soil projects and other industrial process waste, which is driven by C&I projects and other general economic conditions, can vary substantially year to year based on economic and industrial conditions as well as the timing and size of projects in proximity to our collection operations. For example, our special waste volume was particularly high in 2014, primarily driven by a number of large soil projects and a higher level of shale gas activity, which have not persisted in 2015. During periods of strong GDP growth, our business is fueled by increases in the C&D business, new business formations and new residential housing.

Pricing Discipline

        Our ability to maintain or increase the price of our services, has a significant effect on our results of operations. Our focus on secondary markets enhances our ability to maintain or increase prices. We also intend to enter into contracts or service agreements that permit rate increases and contain favorable pricing structures.

Operational Efficiency

        We maintain a focus on prudent cost management and efficiency. We have implemented programs to increase sales productivity and pricing effectiveness, driver productivity, route optimization, maintenance efficiency and effective purchasing. Our ability to manage costs is a significant driver of our results.

        Fuel costs represent a significant operating expense. When economically practical, we may enter into contracts or engage in other strategies to mitigate fuel price risk. In certain cases, we enter into fuel derivative contracts as a risk management tool to mitigate the potential impact of market risks associated with fluctuations in fuel prices. When available, we implement a fuel fee that is designed to recover a portion of our direct and indirect increases in fuel costs. Furthermore, we seek to minimize fuel costs through route optimization and the adoption of more CNG vehicles in our fleet. See "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Fuel Price Risk."

55


Table of Contents

Seasonality and Severe Weather

        Based on historic trends, we expect our operating results to vary seasonally, with revenues typically lowest in the first quarter, higher in the second and third quarters, and lower in the fourth quarter than in the second and third quarters. This seasonality reflects the lower volume of solid waste generated during the late fall, winter and early spring because of decreased construction and demolition activities during the winter months in the U.S., and lower volumes of energy waste due to reduced drilling activity during harsh weather conditions. Conversely, mild winter weather conditions may reduce demand for oil and natural gas, which may cause some of our mining and exploration customers to curtail their drilling programs, which could result in production of lower volumes of waste.

        Adverse winter weather conditions can slow waste collection activities, resulting in higher labor and operational costs. Greater precipitation in the winter increases the weight of collected waste, resulting in higher disposal costs, which are calculated on a per ton basis and increased leachate disposal costs. Certain weather conditions, including severe storms, may result in temporary suspension of our operations, which can significantly impact the operating results of the affected areas. Conversely, weather related occurrences and other "event driven" waste projects can boost revenues through heavier weight loads or additional work for a limited time period. These factors impact period to period comparisons of financial results.

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth for the periods indicated our consolidated results of operations and the percentage relationship that certain items from our consolidated financial statements bear to revenue (in millions and as a percentage of our revenue).

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  

Service revenues

  $ 1,046.8     100.0 % $ 1,049.2     100.0 % $ 1,403.0     100.0 % $ 1,319.1     100.0 % $ 537.9     100.0 %

Operating costs and expenses

                                                             

Operating

    652.4     62.3 %   673.0     64.1 %   896.1     63.9 %   832.8     63.1 %   336.7     62.6 %

Selling, general and administrative

    110.4     10.5 %   115.6     11.0 %   154.9     11.0 %   170.9     13.0 %   101.0     18.8 %

Depreciation and amortization

    194.8     18.6 %   206.7     19.7 %   271.4     19.3 %   278.9     21.1 %   104.1     19.4 %

Acquisition and development costs

    1.3     0.1 %   0.1     %   0.1     %   1.2     0.1 %   1.2     0.2 %

Loss on disposal of businesses and assets

    11.4     1.1 %   1.1     0.1 %   1.2     0.1 %   2.6     0.2 %   2.1     0.4 %

Asset impairment, including goodwill

    6.4     0.6 %       %   5.3     0.4 %   0.6     %   43.7     8.1 %

Restructuring charges

        %   3.6     0.3 %   4.6     0.3 %   10.0     0.8 %   9.9     1.8 %

Total operating costs and expenses

    976.7     93.3 %   1,000.1     95.3 %   1,333.6     95.1 %   1,297.0     98.3 %   598.7     111.3 %

Operating income (loss)

  $ 70.1     6.7 % $ 49.1     4.7 % $ 69.4     4.9 % $ 22.1     1.7 % $ (60.8 )   (11.3 )%

        Operating income increased $21.0 million, or 42.8%, to $70.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was primarily due to completed acquisitions, growth in rolloff collection as a result of improved economic conditions, new municipal contracts particularly in the Detroit market, lower operating costs as a result of reduced fuel expense and lower selling, general and administrative costs due to cost control actions implemented in the latter half of fiscal 2014, as well as completion of the rebranding and integration efforts associated with the Veolia

56


Table of Contents

Acquisition, partially offset by lower special waste volumes, reduced revenue from sale of recyclables, reduced fuel fee revenue and higher repairs and maintenance costs.

        Operating income increased $47.3 million, or 214.0%, in fiscal 2014 to $69.4 million from $22.1 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of organic growth, the full year impact of acquisitions, decreased selling, general and administrative costs, and lower restructuring charges.

        Operating income in fiscal 2013 increased $82.9 million compared to fiscal 2012 as a result of the full year impact of the Veolia Acquisition and lower asset impairment charges.

Revenue

        The following table sets forth our consolidated revenues for the periods indicated (in millions and as a percentage of our total revenue).

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,   Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  

Collection

  $ 728.1     69.6 % $ 710.3     67.7 % $ 950.8     67.8 % $ 897.3     68.0 % $ 370.8     68.9 %

Disposal

    372.2     35.6 %   368.7     35.1 %   492.8     35.1 %   453.8     34.4 %   168.1     31.3 %

Sale of recyclables

    18.8     1.8 %   26.0     2.5 %   33.5     2.4 %   35.9     2.7 %   16.6     3.1 %

Fuel fees and environmental fees

    64.4     6.2 %   69.2     6.6 %   92.8     6.6 %   81.5     6.2 %   25.3     4.7 %

Other

    62.7     6.0 %   71.4     6.8 %   95.5     6.8 %   95.2     7.2 %   44.0     8.2 %

Intercompany eliminations

    (199.4 )   (19.0 )%   (196.4 )   (18.7 )%   (262.4 )   (18.7 )%   (244.6 )   (18.5 )%   (86.9 )   (16.2 )%

Total

  $ 1,046.8     100.0 % $ 1,049.2     100.0 % $ 1,403.0     100.0 % $ 1,319.1     100.0 % $ 537.9     100.0 %

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

        Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $1,046.8 million, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 0.2%, from revenue of $1,049.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The change was primarily impacted by the following:

    Collection revenue increased by $17.8 million, or 2.5%, of which $5.7 million was from residential volume primarily from new contract wins, $0.5 million was from increased rolloff volumes, $7.0 million was from price increases and $9.7 million was contributed by acquisitions. Declines in shale volume offset collection revenue.

    Disposal revenue increased by $3.5 million, or 0.9%, which was driven primarily by higher pricing for municipal solid waste ("MSW") and special waste, offset by declines in special waste volumes.

    Sale of recyclables decreased by $7.2 million, or 27.7%, primarily resulting from decreases in pricing as a result of continued decline in average commodity prices.

    Fuel fees and environmental fees decreased by $4.8 million, or 6.9%, driven primarily by decreased fuel fees which contributed $12.8 million, offset primarily by increased environmental fees.

    Other revenue decreased by $8.7 million, or 12.2%, mainly due to the sale of a small brokerage business which accounted for $10.1 million of revenue offset by sub-contracting or trucking revenue increases of $2.9 million.

57


Table of Contents

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

        Revenue for fiscal 2014 was $1,403.0 million, an increase of $83.9 million, or 6.4%, from revenue of $1,319.1 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in revenue in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was due to increases in collection volume of $36.5 million, acquisition volume of $16.7 million, landfill volume of $19.6 million and pricing of $19.6 million. Offsetting the increases in revenue were declines in volume within a small brokerage business of $2.7 million, driven by the loss of contracts. The increase in the collection volume was driven by strong residential growth of $18.8 million, which included new contract wins of approximately $8.6 million, increased rolloff volumes of $9.3 million and increased commercial volumes of $8.4 million. Landfill volume increases were driven by special waste projects and MSW, which contributed $14.0 million and $4.4 million, respectively. Landfill pricing was driven by MSW and special waste increases, which accounted for $5.5 million and $2.9 million of the pricing increases. Fuel fees and environmental fees contributed $10.3 million and was offset by headwinds from recycling pricing. All amounts presented in the foregoing paragraph are net of intercompany eliminations.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

        Revenue for 2013 was $1,319.1 million, an increase of $781.2 million, or 145.2%, from revenue of $537.9 million in 2012. The increase in revenue in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 was due primarily to the Veolia Acquisition. All amounts presented in the foregoing paragraph are net of intercompany eliminations.

Operating Expenses

        The following table summarizes our operating expenses (in millions and as a percentage of our revenue).

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  

Operating

  $ 642.4     61.4 % $ 663.7     63.3 % $ 882.6     62.9 % $ 819.1     62.1 % $ 328.8     61.1 %

Accretion of landfill retirement obligations

    10.0     1.0 %   9.3     0.9 %   13.5     1.0 %   13.7     1.0 %   7.9     1.5 %

Operating expense

  $ 652.4     62.3 % $ 673.0     64.1 % $ 896.1     63.9 % $ 832.8     63.1 % $ 336.7     62.6 %

        Our operating expenses include the following:

    Labor and related benefits, which consist of salaries and wages, health and welfare benefits, incentive compensation and payroll taxes.

    Transfer and disposal costs, which include tipping fees paid to third-party disposal facilities and transfer stations and transportation and subcontractor costs (which include costs for independent haulers who transport waste from transfer stations to our disposal facilities and costs for local operators who provide waste handling services associated with our national accounts in markets outside our standard operating areas).

    Maintenance and repairs expenses, which include labor, maintenance and repairs to our vehicles, equipment and containers.

    Fuel costs, which include the direct cost of fuel used by our vehicles, net of fuel tax credits. We also incur certain indirect fuel costs in our operations that are not taken into account in the foregoing sentence.

58


Table of Contents

    Franchise fees and taxes, which consist of municipal franchise fees, host community fees and royalties.

    Risk management expenses, which include casualty insurance premiums and claims payments and estimates for claims incurred but not reported.

    Other expenses, which include expenses such as facility operating costs, equipment rent, leachate treatment and disposal, and other landfill maintenance costs.

    Accretion expense related to landfill capping, closure and post-closure is included in "Operating Expenses" in our consolidated financial statements, however, it is excluded from the table below (refer to discussion below "Accretion of Landfill Retirement Obligations" for a detailed discussion of the changes in amounts).

        The following table summarizes the major components of our operating expenses, excluding accretion expense on our landfill retirement obligations (in millions and as a percentage of our revenue):

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  

Labor and related benefits

  $ 214.0     20.4 % $ 209.7     20.0 % $ 281.3     20.0 % $ 261.7     19.8 % $ 103.4     19.2 %

Transfer and disposal costs

    146.2     14.0 %   156.4     14.9 %   207.8     14.8 %   189.1     14.3 %   83.7     15.6 %

Maintenance and repairs

    92.7     8.9 %   85.7     8.2 %   114.9     8.2 %   102.5     7.8 %   40.5     7.5 %

Fuel

    52.9     5.1 %   79.3     7.6 %   101.3     7.2 %   99.7     7.6 %   43.5     8.1 %

Franchise fees and taxes

    50.2     4.8 %   47.9     4.6 %   64.8     4.6 %   57.1     4.3 %   15.4     2.9 %

Risk management

    20.2     1.9 %   21.0     2.0 %   28.4     2.0 %   23.5     1.8 %   10.9     2.0 %

Other

    66.2     6.3 %   63.7     6.1 %   84.1     6.1 %   85.5     6.5 %   31.4     5.8 %

Total operating expenses

  $ 642.4     61.4 % $ 663.7     63.3 % $ 882.6     62.9 % $ 819.1     62.1 % $ 328.8     61.1 %

        The cost categories shown above may not be comparable to similarly titled categories used by other companies. Thus, you should exercise caution when comparing our cost of operations by cost component to that of other companies.

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

        Operating expenses decreased by $21.3 million, or 3.2%, to $642.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 from $663.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The change was due to the following:

    Labor and related benefits increased by $4.3 million, or 2.1%, to $214.0 million, which was primarily attributable to merit increases and acquisition activity offset by disposal of certain businesses, as discussed in Note 1 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Transfer and disposal costs decreased by $10.2 million, or 6.5%, to $146.2 million, which was primarily attributable to decreased fuel surcharges from vendors, divestitures of certain businesses (Note 1 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus), decreased trucking costs as a result of decreased special waste volumes and reduced sub-contract costs.

    Maintenance and repairs expense increased by $7.0 million, or 8.2%, to $92.7 million, due to the implementation of a standardized preventive maintenance plan on our collection fleet and landfill equipment and increased container repair costs related to increases in collection volume, as well as acquisition activity.

59


Table of Contents

    Fuel costs decreased $26.4 million, or 33.3%, to $52.9 million primarily resulting from decreases in fuel prices per gallon, less severe weather, and converting trucks to compressed natural gas fuel which is cheaper than diesel fuel.

    Franchise fees and taxes increased $2.3 million, or 4.8%, to $50.2 million primarily due to changes in the mix of waste in disposal volumes.

    Risk management expenses decreased $0.8 million, or 3.8%, to $20.2 million primarily due to favorable settlements of prior year claims and an improvement in the development of existing claims compared to the same period in the prior year.

    Other operating costs increased $2.5 million, or 3.9%, to $66.2 million in 2015 as a result of increases in leachate costs due to wet weather, increased gas system costs and our continued focus on enhancing safety programs.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

        Operating expenses increased by $63.5 million, or 7.8%, to $882.6 million for fiscal 2014 from $819.1 million in fiscal 2013. Operating expenses, as a percentage of revenue, increased by 80 basis points in fiscal 2014 over fiscal 2013. Labor and related benefits increased by $19.6 million, or 7.5%, to $281.3 million. Approximately $4.2 million of this increase was attributable to merit-based wage increases, $1.3 million was attributable to weather-related impacts in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 and the remainder primarily due to acquisitions and increased overtime costs and temporary labor due to driver shortages. Transfer and disposal costs increased by $18.7 million, or 9.9%, to $207.8 million. The increase was primarily driven by increased volume in the collection operation, increased third party disposal costs and higher transportation costs. Maintenance and repairs expense increased by $12.4 million, or 12.1%, to $114.9 million. The increase was driven by weather impacts in the first quarter of fiscal 2014, as well as increased cost of parts and increased overtime wages due to a shortage of mechanics. Fuel costs increased $1.6 million, or 1.6%, to $101.3 million, of which $0.4 million was driven by weather impacts on the fuel burn in the first quarter of fiscal 2014, and the remaining increase was primarily attributable to acquisition volume. Franchise fees and taxes increased $7.7 million, or 13.5%, to $64.8 million during fiscal 2014 primarily due to increased volumes. Risk management expenses increased $4.9 million, or 20.9%, to $28.4 million during fiscal 2014 primarily due to adverse development in the severity of claims. Other operating costs decreased $1.4 million, or 1.6%, to $84.1 million in fiscal 2014, of which $0.6 million was related to weather impacts in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 and an increase in the cost of leachate treatment due to wet weather and taxes and utilities at our operating sites.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

        Operating expenses increased by $490.3 million, or 149.1%, to $819.1 million for fiscal 2013 from $328.8 million in fiscal 2012. Labor and related benefits increased by $158.3 million, or 153.1%, to $261.7 million, which was attributable to the Veolia Acquisition and other acquisition activity, as well as merit-based wage increases in fiscal 2013 and increases in health care costs. Transfer and disposal costs increased by $105.4 million, or 125.9%, to $189.1 million, of which the Veolia Acquisition accounted for $101.1 million. Offsetting this increase were the benefits of increased internalization of waste which reduces the cost base. Maintenance and repairs expense increased by $62.0 million, or 153.1%, to $102.5 million, all attributable to the Veolia Acquisition. Absent the Veolia Acquisition, maintenance and repairs expenses decreased due to an effort to standardize maintenance programs. During fiscal 2013,

60


Table of Contents

our fuel costs increased $56.2 million, or 129.2%, to $99.7 million. The impact of the Veolia Acquisition accounted for $57.5 million of our fiscal 2013 fuel costs. Excluding the impact of the Veolia Acquisition our fuel costs were relatively stable year over year. Franchise fees and taxes increased $41.7 million, or 270.8%, to $57.1 million during fiscal 2013 primarily due to the Veolia Acquisition businesses in franchise markets. Risk management expenses increased $12.6 million, or 115.6%, to $23.5 million during fiscal 2013 primarily due to the Veolia Acquisition offset by the favorable development of existing claims compared to the prior year. Other operating costs increased $54.1 million, or 172.3%, to $85.5 million in fiscal 2013, of which $46.9 million relates to the Veolia Acquisition. Additional costs were incurred in fiscal 2013 as a result of extremely wet weather, which increased landfill leachate disposal costs and costs incurred to control odor issues at our Moretown landfill.

Accretion of Landfill Retirement Obligations

        Accretion expense was $10.0 million and $9.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. The increase of $0.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily attributable to the timing of certain capping obligations.

        Accretion expense was $13.5 million, $13.7 million and $7.9 million for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accretion expense decreased by $0.2 million in 2014 from 2013 primarily due to lower average interest rates and expenditures of capping and post-closure related costs. The increase in 2013 over 2012 was primarily related to the Veolia Acquisition contributing approximately $8.1 million in 2013 offset by expenditures on capping and post-closure related costs. For a discussion of factors affecting capping obligations, see the "—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Landfill Accounting."

Selling, General and Administrative

        Selling, general and administrative expenses include salaries, legal and professional fees, rebranding and integration costs and other expenses. Salaries expenses include salaries and wages, health and welfare benefits and incentive compensation for corporate and field general management, field support functions, sales force, accounting and finance, legal, management information systems, and clerical and administrative departments. Rebranding and integration costs are those costs associated with rebranding all of the acquired and merged businesses' trucks and containers and those costs expended to align the corporate and strategic operations of the acquired and merged businesses. Other expenses include rent and office costs, fees for professional services provided by third parties, marketing, directors' and officers' insurance, general employee relocation, travel, entertainment and bank charges, but exclude any such amounts recorded as restructuring charges.

        The following table provides the components of our selling, general and administrative expenses for the periods indicated (in millions and as a percentage of our revenue):

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  

Salaries

  $ 68.1     6.5 % $ 69.1     6.6 % $ 90.1     6.4 % $ 89.7     6.8 % $ 42.4     7.9 %

Legal and professional

    9.2     0.9 %   7.7     0.7 %   10.7     0.8 %   8.7     0.7 %   6.4     1.2 %

Rebranding and integration costs

        %   3.9     0.4 %   7.1     0.5 %   25.8     2.0 %   32.2     6.0 %

Other

    33.1     3.2 %   34.9     3.3 %   47.0     3.3 %   46.7     3.5 %   20.0     3.7 %

Total selling, general and administrative expenses

  $ 110.4     10.5 % $ 115.6     11.0 % $ 154.9     11.0 % $ 170.9     13.0 % $ 101.0     18.8 %

61


Table of Contents

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

        Our salaries expenses decreased by $1.0 million, or 1.4%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014, primarily attributable to a reduction in force that occurred in August 2014, offset by merit raises.

        Legal and professional fees increased $1.5 million, or 19.5%, to $9.2 million, primarily as a result of timing related to defense of legal matters and strategic transactions. Refer to Note 7 "Commitments and Contingencies" in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Rebranding and integration costs are mainly comprised of professional fees, including legal, accounting, and rebranding costs and relate to rebranding all of the acquired and merged businesses' trucks and containers and those costs expended to align the corporate and strategic operations of the acquired and merged businesses. These costs are mainly comprised of professional fees, including legal, accounting, and rebranding costs. The decrease in the nine months ended September 30, 2015 is a result of completing the overall programs associated with the rebranding and integration of the Veolia ES Solid Waste division acquisition.

        Other selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $1.8 million, or 5.2%, as a result of an increased focus on customer collection efforts, which resulted in reducing bad debt expense and other cost reduction efforts.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

        Salaries expenses increased by $0.4 million for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, but decreased 40 basis points as a percentage of revenue. The increase was primarily due to merit increases in fiscal 2014, offset by lower salaries expense related to a reduction in force that occurred in August 2014 and the resignation of an executive in the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

        Legal and professional fees increased by $2.0 million in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily as a result of increased fees related to the defense of a legal matter. Refer to Note 20 "Commitments and Contingencies" in the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding the legal matter.

        Rebranding and integration costs were primarily related to the costs associated with the integration program from the Veolia Acquisition and other entities. The decrease of $18.7 million in fiscal 2014 from fiscal 2013 was primarily a result of efforts to complete the integration program in fiscal 2014.

        Other selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.3 million, but decreased 20 basis points as a percentage of revenue, mainly due to an increase in bank charges and payroll processing costs.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

        Salaries expenses increased by $47.3 million in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 primarily due to the Veolia Acquisition, which contributed $47.3 million. Other contributing factors to the increase included increases in stock compensation expense of $3.3 million, retention bonuses paid to certain employees of $3.2 million, merit-based wage increases of $1.9 million and increased Corporate employees and region staff.

62


Table of Contents

        Legal and professional fees increased by $2.3 million in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 primarily as a result of increased fees related to union contract negotiations and costs incurred in connection with the defense of a legal matter. Refer to Note 20 "Commitments and Contingencies" in the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding the legal matter.

        Rebranding and integration costs are mainly related to the costs associated with the Veolia Acquisition. These costs are mainly comprised of professional fees, including legal, accounting, engineering and rebranding fees paid to outside parties to rebrand all containers and equipment. The decrease of $6.4 million in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 is primarily a result of due diligence and merger and acquisition costs paid in fiscal 2012 in connection with the Veolia Acquisition, which did not recur in fiscal 2013.

        Other selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $26.7 million mainly due to the Veolia Acquisition and increased rent for a corporate and regional offices.

Depreciation and Amortization

        The following table summarizes the components of depreciation and amortization expense by asset type (in millions and as a percentage of our revenue).

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  

Depreciation, amortization and depletion of property and equipment expense

  $ 162.3     15.5 % $ 175.0     16.7 % $ 229.1     16.3 % $ 236.7     17.9 % $ 88.6     16.5 %

Amortization of other intangible assets and other assets

    32.5     3.1 %   31.7     3.0 %   42.3     3.0 %   42.2     3.2 %   15.5     2.9 %

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 194.8     18.6 % $ 206.7     19.7 % $ 271.4     19.3 % $ 278.9     21.1 % $ 104.1     19.4 %

Depreciation, Amortization and Depletion of Property and Equipment

        Depreciation, amortization and depletion expense includes depreciation of fixed assets over the estimated useful life of the assets using the straight-line method, and amortization and depletion of landfill airspace assets under the units-of-consumption method. We depreciate all fixed assets to a zero net book value, and do not apply salvage values.

        The following table summarizes depreciation, amortization and depletion of property and equipment for the periods indicated (in millions and as a percentage of our revenue):

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

  $ 95.0     9.1 % $ 92.6     8.8 % $ 122.8     8.7 % $ 141.8     10.7 % $ 58.7     10.9 %

Landfill depletion and amortization

    67.3     6.4 %   82.4     7.9 %   106.3     7.6 %   94.9     7.2 %   29.9     5.6 %

Depreciation, amortization and depletion expense

  $ 162.3     15.5 % $ 175.0     16.7 % $ 229.1     16.3 % $ 236.7     17.9 % $ 88.6     16.5 %

        Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment increased by $2.4 million to $95.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014, primarily due to acquisitions completed and new contract starts during the prior period. Landfill depletion and amortization decreased $15.1 million to

63


Table of Contents

$67.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014, primarily due to an increase in landfill densities, which drove a decrease in the overall landfill depletion rates and reduced volumes.

        Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment decreased by $19.0 million for fiscal 2014, as compared to fiscal 2013, to $122.8 million, primarily due to certain assets acquired in the Veolia Acquisition becoming fully depreciated, which were offset by acquisitions completed during the respective periods. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment increased by $83.1 million for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to the Veolia Acquisition.

        Landfill depletion and amortization increased by $11.4 million in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 due to increased costs associated with increased disposal volume and cost of landfill construction. Landfill depletion and amortization increased $65.0 million in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 mainly due to the Veolia Acquisition, which contributed $59.3 million. The remaining increase is primarily due to unfavorable adjustments in landfill depletion expense that were recorded in connection with changes in cost related to individual capping events with full waste in place that have not yet been capped.

Amortization of Other Intangible Assets and Other Assets

        Amortization of other intangible assets was $32.5 million and $31.7 million or as a percentage of revenue, 3.1% and 3.0%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. The increase in amortization expense is directly attributable to increased acquisition activity.

        Amortization of intangibles and other assets was $42.3 million, $42.2 million and $15.5 million for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, or, as a percentage of revenue, 2.9% to 3.2% for all years presented. Our other intangible assets and other assets primarily relate to customer lists, municipal and customer contracts, operating permits and non-compete agreements.

Acquisitions

        In the ordinary course of our business, we regularly evaluate and pursue acquisition opportunities that could further enhance our vertical integration strategy.

        We completed seven acquisitions during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 for a cash purchase price of $25.0 million and notes payable of $3.3 million, subject to net working capital adjustments, which we expect to be completed within the year. Six acquisitions were completed during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 for a purchase price of $8.7 million. The results of operations of each acquisition are included in our respective unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations subsequent to the closing date of each acquisition.

        In fiscal 2014, we completed the acquisitions of eight collection companies for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $8.6 million, of which $0.8 million will be paid in fiscal 2015. Transaction costs related to these acquisitions were not significant for fiscal 2014. Purchase price adjustments related to acquisitions in prior years amounted to approximately $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

        In fiscal 2013, we completed the acquisitions of seventeen collection companies for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $31.3 million, of which $1.5 million was paid in fiscal 2014. Transaction costs related to these acquisitions were not significant for fiscal 2013.

64


Table of Contents

        As discussed in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, effective November 20, 2012, we acquired the stock of the Veolia ES Solid Waste division from Veolia Environnement S.A. for a purchase price of approximately $1.9 billion subject to a working capital and net debt adjustment which was completed within one year from date of purchase. In September 2013, we paid an additional $20.6 million related to the working capital and net debt adjustment and in November 2013 completed the final opening balance sheet adjustments which were not significant and the amount was primarily attributed to goodwill. Approval of the transaction by the United States Department of Justice (the "DOJ") was granted pursuant to a consent decree issued in November 2012, which required us to sell certain assets, including one landfill and two transfer stations in Central Georgia, three commercial waste collection routes in the Macon, Georgia area and three transfer stations in northern New Jersey. The sale of those assets was completed in 2013.

        Goodwill of $861.3 million was calculated as the excess of the consideration paid over the net assets recognized and represented the synergies that are expected to arise as a result of the acquisition, as well as additional acquisitions of companies in the proximity of the geographic area of the businesses acquired in the Veolia Acquisition and the potential for growth opportunities. The amount of goodwill deductible for tax purposes was $113.7 million and $132.6 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Asset Impairments and Divestitures/Discontinued Operations

        From time to time, we may divest certain components of our business. Such divestitures may be undertaken for a number of reasons, including as a result of a determination that a specified asset will no longer provide adequate returns to us or will no longer serve a strategic purpose in connection with our business.

        We disposed of certain businesses in June 2015 and recorded a loss on disposal of $10.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. In connection with the sale in June 2015, we impaired certain assets in the amount of $4.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Further, we strategically allowed an inactive landfill permit to lapse and in connection with the permit lapse recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $2.1 million primarily for permitting costs in the nine months ended September 30, 2015. No such amounts were recorded for the nine months ending September 30, 2014.

        We entered into a letter of intent in December 2013 to sell certain assets in Panama City, Florida, for approximately $2.0 million and in connection with the planned divestiture recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $3.6 million for fiscal 2013, as the fair value determined through the selling price was less than the carrying value. The sale was completed in January 2014. The assets are classified as held for sale in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and the results of operations have been included in discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.

        In connection with the Veolia Acquisition, we were required by the DOJ to divest certain businesses. We completed these divestitures in fiscal 2013 and recorded no additional impairment charge upon sale for fiscal 2013. A non-cash impairment charge of $13.7 million was recorded for fiscal 2012, as the fair value determined through the selling price was less than the carrying value. The results of operations have been included in discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.

65


Table of Contents

        We completed the sale in fiscal 2013 of certain assets and liabilities in the New York and New Jersey area for approximately $45.0 million, of which $25.0 million was received in cash on the date of closing, $5.0 million was received in December 2013 and the remainder in the form of a debt security, which matures in 2017 and was paid in fiscal 2015. We also reacquired the outstanding minority interest of $2.5 million previously held by the minority shareholder in August 2013. In connection with the divestiture, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $7.6 million and $26.7 million for fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively. The results of operations have been included in discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.

        We terminated a long-term lease agreement for our landfill in South Hadley, Massachusetts. A non-cash impairment charge of approximately $39.8 million was recorded to long-lived landfill assets no longer being used for fiscal 2012. We have classified the results of operations of this landfill as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        Losses from discontinued operations before income tax for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $0.7 million, $29.6 million and $93.8 million, respectively. The decrease in the loss from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 was due to the completion of the sale of businesses that were classified within discontinued operations. The decrease in the loss from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 was mainly a result of the impairment charge of $39.8 million related to the discontinued operations of a leased landfill and our decision to sell certain assets and liabilities in the New York and New Jersey area which resulted in an impairment charge of $25.5 million.

Restructuring Charges

        In fiscal 2014, we recognized approximately $0.4 million of severance costs, $0.6 million of lease termination costs and $0.3 million of relocation costs in the Midwest region; $0.4 million of severance costs and $0.3 million of relocation costs in the East region; $0.2 million of severance costs and $0.8 million of relocation costs in the South region; as well as $1.6 million of primarily relocation costs for Corporate.

        In fiscal 2013, we recognized approximately $2.5 million of severance costs, $1.7 million of lease termination costs and $2.3 million of relocation costs in the Midwest region; $0.6 million of lease termination costs in the East region; $0.3 million of lease termination costs in the South region and $0.3 million of other expenses; as well as $2.3 million of severance costs for Corporate.

        In fiscal 2012, we recognized employee severance and benefits restructuring charges of approximately $7.4 million, of which $4.3 million related to the East region and the remaining amount in the Midwest region. The asset impairments were the result of the decision to consolidate locations in connection with relocation of corporate and regional offices and the decision to close certain landfills and divest assets. Other expenses are primarily for lease termination costs for exiting facilities of $2.3 million associated with accomplishing the restructuring actions in the East region.

        In September 2012, we announced a reorganization of our operations, designed to consolidate management and staff in connection with the merging of the legacy companies. Subsequent to the closing of the Veolia Acquisition, further organizational changes were announced and implemented. Principal changes included consolidation and elimination of management, relocation of staff to new regional headquarter's locations and divesting of certain locations. Through this reorganization we eliminated approximately 130 positions throughout the Company and offered voluntary separation agreements to those impacted.

66


Table of Contents

Other, Net

        Changes in the fair value and settlements of the fuel derivative instruments are recorded in other income (expense), net in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and amounted to an expense of $9.5 million and $0 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and $27.3 million, $0 million and $0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Income from equity investee for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 was $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $1.2 million, $0.9 million and $0.2 million. We realized a gain on sale of $2.5 million from the disposition of an investment security for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Interest Expense

        The following table provides the components of interest expense for the periods indicated (in millions and as a percentage of our revenue):

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  

Interest expense on debt and capital lease obligations

  $ 89.7     8.6 % $ 92.8     8.8 % $ 123.1     8.8 % $ 140.1     10.6 % $ 42.6     7.9 %

Accretion of original issue discounts and amortization of loan costs

    14.5     1.4 %   14.0     1.3 %   20.0     1.4 %   17.6     1.3 %   6.1     1.1 %

Amortization of terminated interest rate swaps

        %       %       %   6.0     0.5 %   1.0     0.2 %

Less: Capitalized interest

    (0.2 )   %   (1.1 )   (0.1 )%   (1.6 )   (0.1 )%   (0.6 )   %   (0.3 )   (0.1 )%

Total interest expense

  $ 104.0     10.0 % $ 105.7     10.0 % $ 141.5     10.1 % $ 163.1     12.4 % $ 49.4     9.2 %

        The decrease in interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 is principally due to lower average debt balances and lower interest rates on the debt as a result of a re-pricing transaction that was effected on the Term Loan B in February 2014, which lowered the margin by 50 basis points as well as decreased average debt levels during the applicable period.

        Interest expense decreased in fiscal 2014 from fiscal 2013 as a result of refinancing our Term Loan B which lowered the overall interest rate on the Term Loan B by 50 basis points. Additionally, we benefited from lower debt levels in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 on the Term Loan B. Interest expense increased in fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 principally as a result of a full year of debt outstanding associated with the Veolia Acquisition.

Debt Modifications

        We modified our Term Loan B in February 2014 and February 2013 and incurred approximately $1.3 million and $22.5 million, respectively, of costs in connection with the modifications, which are being amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining term of the debt. The modification in February 2014 lowered the interest rate floor by 50 basis points and the modification in February 2013 lowered the margin by 100 basis points. No gain or loss was recorded upon consummation of the transaction, as it was treated as a modification of debt in accordance with current accounting guidance.

67


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes the refinancing transactions that resulted in non-cash losses on extinguishments of outstanding debt for the year ended December 31, 2012 (in millions):

 
  Principal
Repaid
  Total Loss on
Extinguishment
of Debt
 

2012

             

Credit facilities due December 2014

  $ 128.5   $ 1.8  

Revolving line of credit due April 2016

    358.4     7.5  

Subordinated debt due November 2015 at 11.33%

    5.0     0.1  

Total

  $ 491.9   $ 9.4  

Income Taxes

Continuing Operations

        Our benefit for income taxes from continuing operations was $13.8 million and $12.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $80.6 million, $45.4 million and $13.5 million, for fiscal 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Our effective income tax rate was 36% and 22% for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and 82%, 32%, and 11% for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our tax rate is affected by recurring items, such as differences in tax rates in state jurisdictions and the relative amount of income we earn in each jurisdiction, which we expect to be fairly consistent in the near term. It is also affected by discrete items that may occur in any given year, but are not consistent from year to year. In addition to state income taxes, the following items had the most significant impact on the difference between our statutory U.S. federal income tax rate and our effective tax rate:

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014

        The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 35% and reported income taxes from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was primarily due to recording additional valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets, as well as mix of income in the states in which we operate. The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 34% and reported income taxes from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was primarily due to a permanent difference from an employee stock option plan and the effect of recording additional valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014

        The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 34% and reported income taxes from continuing operations was due to a $51.4 million valuation allowance release primarily related to a legal entity restructuring undertaken by us in order to drive administrative and legal efficiencies. As a result of the restructuring completed during the fourth quarter, we project that we will be able to utilize certain federal net operating losses ("NOLs") that previously required a full valuation allowance. We believe that it is more likely than not that the full benefit of these NOLs and net deferred tax assets will be realized.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

        The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 34% and reported income taxes from continuing operations was due to a $3.4 million increase in recorded valuation allowance against certain federal and state NOLs, capital loss carryovers,

68


Table of Contents

and net deferred tax assets. We believe that it is more likely than not that the full benefit of these NOLs, capital loss carryovers, and net deferred tax assets will not be realized.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

        The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 34% and reported income taxes from continuing operations was due to a $16.2 million increase in recorded valuation allowance against certain federal and state NOLs, capital loss carryovers, and net deferred tax assets. We believe that it is more likely than not that the full benefit of these NOLs, capital loss carryovers, and net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Additionally, our effective income tax rate for fiscal 2012 was lowered due to changes in the estimated tax rate at which existing temporary differences will be realized. This change was the result of the merger of the legacy businesses and the Veolia Acquisition, and resulted in a reduction of the benefit from income taxes by $8.8 million. Also in fiscal 2012, the tax rate was adversely affected by $4.0 million as the result of nondeductible transaction costs associated with the Veolia Acquisition.

Discontinued Operations

        Our benefit for income taxes from discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, was $1.0 million and $1.0 million, $7.1 million and $4.6 million for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012. Our effective income tax rate was 143% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 143%, 24% and 54% for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Similar to income taxes from continued operations, our tax rate is affected by recurring items, such as differences in tax rates in state jurisdictions and the relative amount of income we earn in each jurisdiction. It is also affected by discrete items that may occur in any given year, but are not consistent from year to year. In addition to state income taxes, the following items had the most significant impact on the difference between our statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% and our effective tax rate:

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014

        The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 34% and reported income taxes from discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was due to recording of a benefit related to unanticipated tax benefits associated with prior divestitures.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014

        The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 34% and reported income taxes from discontinued operations was due to the result of unanticipated tax benefits associated with prior divestitures that were realized upon the filing of our tax return.

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

        The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 34% and reported income taxes from discontinued operations was due to an increase in the valuation allowance of $2.7 million related to the loss on asset disposals for we will not receive a tax benefit.

69


Table of Contents

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

        The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 34% and reported income taxes from discontinued operations was due to an increase in the valuation allowance against certain federal and state NOLs, capital loss carryovers, and net deferred tax assets. We believe that it is more likely than not that the full benefit of these NOLs, capital loss carryovers, and net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Additionally, impairment charges were recorded against goodwill for which there was no tax basis. This resulted in the recognition of additional tax expense of $9.6 million.

State Audits

        During fiscal 2014, we did not have settlements as a result of state tax audits. During fiscal 2013, we settled tax audits with the states of Florida and Mississippi. The settlement of these audits resulted in $0.1 million of additional income tax expense for fiscal 2013.

        For additional discussion and detail regarding our income taxes, see Note 18, Income Taxes, to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Noncontrolling Interests

        Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests was $1.4 million for fiscal 2012. The noncontrolling interest was reacquired in third quarter of fiscal 2013.

Reportable Segments

        Our operations are managed through three geographic regions (South, East and Midwest) that we designate as our reportable segments. Revenues and operating income/(loss) for our reportable segments for the periods indicated is shown in the following tables (in millions):

 
  Services
Revenue
  Operating
Income (Loss)
  Depreciation and
Amortization
 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015

                   

South

  $ 368.6   $ 49.8   $ 54.6  

East

    272.8     16.4     56.7  

Midwest

    405.4     45.5     77.3  

Corporate

        (41.6 )   6.2  

  $ 1,046.8   $ 70.1   $ 194.8  

 

 
  Services
Revenue
  Operating
Income (Loss)
  Depreciation and
Amortization
 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

                   

South

  $ 372.0   $ 54.3   $ 55.7  

East

    268.4     4.8     63.0  

Midwest

    408.8     38.5     81.7  

Corporate

        (48.5 )   6.3  

  $ 1,049.2   $ 49.1   $ 206.7  

70


Table of Contents


 
  Services
Revenue
  Operating
Income (Loss)
  Depreciation and
Amortization
 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

                   

South

  $ 493.7   $ 72.2   $ 70.3  

East

    364.3     8.7     85.1  

Midwest

    545.2     51.2     108.1  

Corporate

    (0.2 )   (62.7 )   7.9  

  $ 1,403.0   $ 69.4   $ 271.4  

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

                   

South

  $ 475.4   $ 66.4   $ 79.0  

East

    331.1     7.7     78.7  

Midwest

    512.6     39.6     112.6  

Corporate

        (91.6 )   8.6  

  $ 1,319.1   $ 22.1   $ 278.9  

 

 
  Services
Revenue
  Operating
Income (Loss)
  Depreciation and
Amortization
 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

                   

South

  $ 336.9   $ 53.3   $ 51.6  

East

    146.2     (42.3 )   33.7  

Midwest

    54.8     2.8     12.7  

Corporate

        (74.6 )   6.1  

  $ 537.9   $ (60.8 ) $ 104.1  

Comparison of Reportable Segments—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

South Segment

        Revenue decreased $3.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Approximately $13.0 million of the decline was due to divestitures of businesses (see Note 1 "Business Operations" in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information), $3.4 million was due to declines in commodity revenue and $3.1 million was due to declines in fuel fee revenue. Partially offsetting the declines noted above were $10.7 million of increases in collection, landfill and recycling volumes and trucking revenue, as well as, pricing, excluding fuel fees and commodity pricing, of $3.7 million and acquisition revenue growth of $1.3 million.

        Operating income from our South Segment decreased by $4.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Excluding the loss on disposal of businesses, assets and non-cash impairment charges, operating income would have increased $12.5 million driven by stronger volumes as discussed above, lower fuel costs and cost reduction efforts that were implemented in the latter half of 2014.

East Segment

        Revenue increased by $4.4 million, or 1.6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014. New municipal contracts contributed approximately $5.4 million, acquisitions contributed $4.8 million and pricing, excluding fuel fees, contributed $12.2 million. Partially, offsetting these amounts were declines in volumes in the collection, landfill (primarily special waste), recycling and trucking businesses of $17.0 million and fuel fee revenue of $2.8 million.

71


Table of Contents

        Operating income from our East Segment increased by $11.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in operating income was driven by increased revenues, as discussed above, cost reduction efforts as a result of a reduction in force, lower fuel costs of $6.3 million, favorable development from settlement of prior claims and the less severe winter weather in the first three months of 2015 compared to the first three months of 2014.

Midwest Segment

        Revenue decreased $3.4 million, or 0.8%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The decline was mainly attributable to decreased landfill volume of $7.4 million primarily in special waste, lower fuel fee revenue of $7.0 million, lower trucking revenue of $0.7 million and lower recycling pricing of $3.8 million due to declines in average commodity pricing. The declines were offset by acquisitions, which contributed $6.2 million, pricing, excluding fuel fees and commodity pricing, of $7.6 million and strong rolloff volumes of $1.8 million.

        Operating income from our Midwest Segment increased by $7.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014, which is attributable to decreased fuel expense, less severe winter weather in the first quarter of 2015 compared to 2014 and cost reduction efforts as a result of a reduction in force, partially offset by declines in special waste volumes.

Corporate Region

        Operating loss decreased $6.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014, primarily as a result of completing the rebranding and integration efforts and restructuring programs in connection with the Veolia acquisition and the cost reduction efforts as a result of the reduction in force action.

Comparison of Reportable Segments—Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

South Segment

        Revenue for fiscal 2014 increased $18.3 million, or 3.8%, from fiscal 2013. The segment's revenue increase was driven by strong collection volume of $14.9 million, acquisition volume of $3.1 million and MSW landfill pricing of $5.1 million, offset by headwinds from recycling pricing of $1.8 million and lower trucking revenue and broker revenue of $4.6 million.

        Operating income from our South Region increased by $5.8 million, or 8.7%, from fiscal 2013. The increase in operating income was driven by the revenue increases discussed above as well as a focus on reducing administrative costs, partially offset by the severe winter weather in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 which had an impact of $0.6 million.

East Segment

        Revenue for fiscal 2014 increased $33.2 million, or 10.0%, from fiscal 2013. The segment's revenue increase was driven by new contract wins, which accounted for approximately $8.6 million, acquisition volume of $7.8 million, strong rolloff volume of $4.3 million, landfill volumes of $4.5 million and pricing increases of approximately $5.7 million.

        Operating income from our East Region increased by $1.0 million from fiscal 2013 to $8.7 million in fiscal 2014, which was impacted by adverse weather in the first quarter of fiscal

72


Table of Contents

2014 by $2.5 million, higher repairs and maintenance costs, higher transportation and disposal costs, increased overtime costs and increased fuel costs.

Midwest Segment

        Revenue for fiscal 2014 increased $32.6 million, or 6.4%, which was attributable to strong special waste volume of $10.1 million, acquisition volume of $5.8 million, overall strong collection volumes in all lines of business of $7.1 million and pricing initiatives of $7.6 million, offset by headwinds from recycling pricing of $2.5 million.

        Operating income for fiscal 2014 increased $11.6 million, or 29.3%, which was driven by the revenue generating activities described above, partially offset by the severe winter weather in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 of $1.9 million.

Corporate Region

        Operating loss decreased by $28.9 million to a loss of $62.7 million in fiscal 2014 as a result of the substantial completion of the costs associated with the rebranding and integration efforts and the merger and restructuring programs.

Comparison of Reportable Segments—Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

South Segment

        Revenue for fiscal 2013 increased $138.5 million, or 41.1%, from fiscal 2012. The segment's revenue increase was driven by the Veolia Acquisition, which accounted for $138.1 million of the increase.

        Operating income from our South Region increased by $13.1 million, or 24.6%, from fiscal 2012. The increase in operating income was driven by the Veolia Acquisition, which accounted for $14.5 million offset by a contract loss in the ordinary course of business and an impairment charge of $0.6 million related to tradenames from a prior acquisition that is no longer utilized.

East Segment

        Revenue for fiscal 2013 increased $184.9 million, or 126.5%, from fiscal 2012. The segment's revenue increase was driven by the Veolia Acquisition, which accounted for $179.4 million of the increase. Other acquisitions completed during fiscal 2013 as well as the increases in the fuel fees and environmental fees contributed to the increase in revenue year over year.

        Operating income from our East Region increased by $50.0 million from fiscal 2012 to $7.7 million in fiscal 2013. The operating loss in fiscal 2012 was driven by an impairment charge at one of our landfills, which contributed $43.7 million to the loss in the prior year. The impairment charges did not recur in the current year. The Veolia Acquisition was the other main driver of the increase in operating income and contributed $14.5 million year over year. Offsetting these increases in operating income, were additional bad debt charges in the current year.

73


Table of Contents

Midwest Segment

        Revenue for fiscal 2013 increased $457.8 million, or 835.4%, which is attributable to the Veolia Acquisition, as the entire segment is comprised of locations that were acquired as part of the November 2012 Veolia Acquisition.

        Operating income for fiscal 2013 increased $36.8 million, or 1,314.3%, which is attributable to the Veolia Acquisition, as the entire segment is comprised of locations that were acquired as part of the November 2012 Veolia Acquisition.

Corporate Region

        Operating loss increased by $17.0 million to a loss of $91.6 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of costs associated with the rebranding and integration efforts and the merger and restructuring of the businesses, as well as increased payroll expenses related to stock options plans for Corporate employees.

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

        The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations data and a reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the most recent eight fiscal quarters. We have prepared the quarterly data on a basis that is consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of these data. This information is not a complete set of financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  December 31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2014
  March 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  September 30,
2015
 
 
  (in millions, unaudited)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                                 

Service revenues

  $ 333.6   $ 321.2   $ 359.9   $ 368.1   $ 353.8   $ 330.4   $ 355.2     361.3  

Costs and expenses

    332.3     313.1     343.9     343.0     333.6     306.4     341.5     328.8  

Operating income (loss)

    1.3     8.1     16.0     25.1     20.2     24.0     13.7     32.5  

Total other income/(expense), net (a)

    (42.7 )   (34.6 )   (34.5 )   (33.7 )   (64.6 )   (38.5 )   (27.5 )   (42.7 )

Loss before income taxes

    (41.4 )   (26.5 )   (18.5 )   (8.6 )   (44.4 )   (14.5 )   (13.8 )   (10.2 )

Benefit for income taxes

    (11.0 )   (7.6 )   (3.2 )   (1.3 )   (68.5 )   (3.7 )   (5.3 )   (4.7 )

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

    (30.4 )   (18.9 )   (15.3 )   (7.3 )   24.1     (10.8 )   (8.5 )   (5.5 )

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    (5.5 )   (0.4 )   (0.1 )   0.8                  

Net (loss) income attributable to Advanced Disposal

  $ (35.9 ) $ (19.3 ) $ (15.4 ) $ (6.5 ) $ 24.1   $ (10.8 ) $ (8.5 ) $ (5.5 )

Other Data:

                                                 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

  $ 88.5   $ 77.0   $ 96.0   $ 105.6   $ 100.2   $ 90.5   $ 102.3   $ 105.6  

(a)
Includes "interest expense" and "other income/(expense), net"

74


Table of Contents

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  December 31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2014
  March 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  September 30,
2015
 
 
  (in millions, unaudited)
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (35.9 ) $ (19.3 ) $ (15.4 ) $ (6.5 ) $ 24.1   $ (10.8 ) $ (8.5 ) $ (5.5 )

Less (loss) income from discontinued operations, net

    (5.5 )   (0.4 )   (0.1 )   0.8                  

Loss from continuing operations

    (30.4 )   (18.9 )   (15.3 )   (7.3 )   24.1     (10.8 )   (8.5 )   (5.5 )

Additions/deductions:

                                                 

Income tax benefit

    (11.0 )   (7.6 )   (3.2 )   (1.3 )   (68.5 )   (3.8 )   (5.3 )   (4.7 )

Interest expense

    41.0     35.4     35.0     35.4     35.7     34.2     35.6     34.2  

Depreciation and amortization

    69.1     62.2     70.7     73.8     64.7     60.9     66.5     67.5  

Accretion on landfill retirement obligations

    2.1     3.1     3.1     3.1     4.2     3.4     3.3     3.3  

Accretion on loss contracts and other long-term liabilities

    0.5     0.3     0.2     0.2     0.2     0.2     0.2     0.2  

EBITDA from continuing operations

    71.3     74.5     90.5     103.9     60.4     84.1     91.8     95.0  

EBITDA adjustments:

                                                 

Acquisition and development costs

    0.2                 0.1     0.7     0.4     0.2  

Stock option vesting

    1.6     0.3     1.1     0.4     0.3     0.7     0.5     0.4  

Earnings in equity investee, net

    0.1     0.1     0.2     (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (0.1 )

Restructuring charges

    5.9     1.5     0.5     1.6     1.0              

Loss (gain) on disposal of businesses and assets and other non-cash income

    1.9     0.3     0.5     (0.6 )   1.0     0.1     10.8     0.7  

Asset impairment, including goodwill

    3.1                 5.3         6.4      

Unrealized (gain) loss on fuel derivative instruments

                    27.3     (0.9 )   (10.0 )   2.3  

Gain on redemption of security

                            (2.5 )    

Rebranding and integration costs

    4.6     0.3     3.2     0.4     3.2              

Realized (gain) loss on fuel derivative instruments

    (0.2 )           0.1     1.8     6.0     5.1     7.1  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

  $ 88.5   $ 77.0   $ 96.0   $ 105.6   $ 100.2   $ 90.5   $ 102.3   $ 105.6  

Capital Expenditure

        Historically, we have allocated our capital expenditure by balancing replacement and growth capital expenditure needs and expect to continue to do so. In 2014, we spent $166.0 million on capital expenditure (excluding the impact of land purchased for future airspace of $8.8 million at one landfill and capital related to the start of a major municipal contract of $21.6 million), representing 11.8% of our revenue, of which approximately $123 million was spent on replacement capital expenditure, $35 million on growth and $8 million on infrastructure. In 2014, our capital expenditure across asset classes was trucks of $59 million, cell construction and landfill infrastructure of $57 million, containers of $32 million with the remainder spent on other needs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our primary sources of cash are cash flows from operations, bank borrowings and debt offerings. We intend to use excess cash on hand and cash from operating activities, together with bank borrowings, to fund purchases of property and equipment, working capital, acquisitions and debt repayments. Actual debt repayments may include purchases of our outstanding indebtedness in the secondary market or otherwise. We believe that our current

75


Table of Contents

cash balances, cash from operating activities and funds available under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) will provide us with sufficient financial resources to meet our anticipated capital requirements and maturing obligations as they come due. At June 30, 2015, we had negative working capital, which was driven by the annual payments due for landfill taxes in certain states. At September 30, 2015, we had negative working capital, which was driven by the accrual for the annual payments due for landfill taxes in certain states and semi-annual interest accrual payments on our outstanding 8 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2020. At December 31, 2013, we had negative working capital which was driven by draws under our Revolving Credit Facility to fund acquisitions that were completed in December 2013. At December 31, 2014, we had negative working capital which was driven by repayments of our Term Loan B and our Revolving Credit Facility in the fourth quarter of 2014.

        We expect to have a working capital deficit for the foreseeable future as excess cash flows from operations are utilized to either complete acquisitions or pay additional amounts on our Term Loan B. We have more than adequate availability on our Revolving Credit Facility, which was $241.5 million, $232.5 million, $241.9 million and $221.3 million at September 30, 2015 and 2014 and December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, to fund short term working capital requirements. We have no amounts currently available for borrowing on our Term Loan B, nor were any such amounts available as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 and December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Summary of Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Debt Obligations

        The table below presents a summary of our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and debt balances as of September 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

 
   
  December 31,  
 
  September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2.9   $ 1.0   $ 12.0  

Total restricted funds

  $   $ 0.2   $ 2.4  

Debt:

                   

Current portion

    12.5     25.3     29.1  

Long-term portion

    2,245.2     2,278.2     2,302.8  

Total debt

  $ 2,257.7   $ 2,303.5   $ 2,331.9  

        As of September 30, 2015, cash on hand increased primarily as a result of a decrease in days sales outstanding and increased cash flow from operations. Debt decreased primarily due to payments on our Term Loan B, partially offset by debt issuance costs associated with the financing of equipment, acquisitions and landfill expansion properties purchases. Cash on hand decreased from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 primarily as a result of payments made on the Term Loan B at year-end. Restricted cash decreased from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 as a result of placing a surety bond in lieu of the restricted funds as collateral support for closure and post closure financial support. Debt decreased during the same period due to payments on the Term Loan B and Revolving Credit Facility which amounted to approximately $41.0 million, offset by increases in capital leases for machinery and equipment of $7.9 million.

76


Table of Contents

Summary of Cash Flow Activity

        The following table sets forth for the periods indicated a summary of our cash flows (in millions):

 
  For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
  For the Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2014   2013   2012  

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 206.6   $ 194.8   $ 243.2   $ 180.3   $ 55.2  

Net cash used in investing activities

  $ (126.4 ) $ (148.7 ) $ (201.2 ) $ (154.8 ) $ (1,980.5 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  $ (78.3 ) $ (27.9 ) $ (53.0 ) $ (32.3 ) $ 1,937.2  

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities

        We generated $206.6 million of cash flows from operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, compared with $194.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase of $11.8 million was driven primarily by the following factors:

    decrease in the days sales outstanding of accounts receivable;

    reduced spending on integration and rebranding activities;

    lower operating expenses;

    lower interest payments on debt due to refinancing of the Term Loan B and lower outstanding Term Loan B balances; and

    offset by increased spending on capping, closure and post-closure activities.

Cash flows from operations are used to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions, interest payments and debt repayments.

        In fiscal 2014, we generated $243.2 million of cash flows from operating activities compared to $180.3 million in fiscal 2013, representing an increase of $62.9 million. The increase in cash flows is a result of lower integration and restructuring costs of approximately $18.7 million, a focus on days sales outstanding, as well as organic and acquisition growth year over year. In fiscal 2013, we generated $180.3 million of cash flows from operating activities compared to $55.2 million in fiscal 2012, representing an increase of $125.1 million, which was driven primarily by a full year of operations of the business acquired in the Veolia Acquisition.

        Cash flows from operations are used to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions, interest payments and debt repayments.

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

        We used $126.4 million of cash in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with $148.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $22.3 million, which was primarily attributable to reduced capital spending of $14.3 million, proceeds from redemption of a debt security of $15.0 million, increased proceeds from the strategic divestitures of businesses of $9.5 million offset by increased acquisition spending of $16.3 million.

        We used $201.2 million of cash in fiscal 2014 in investing activities, of which $196.4 million was utilized to acquire property and equipment and for landfill cell construction

77


Table of Contents

and development and $9.9 million was utilized for acquisitions. Further, we divested certain businesses and received $2.1 million in cash related to those divestitures.

        We used $154.8 million of cash in investing activities in fiscal 2013, of which $158.1 million was utilized to acquire property and equipment and for landfill construction and development, $29.8 million was utilized to acquire new businesses and $20.6 million was paid to settle the net working capital and net company debt adjustment related to the prior year Veolia Acquisition. Further, we divested certain businesses and received $50.2 million in cash related to those divestitures, of which $45.2 million was received upon sale and $5.0 million was received through the maturity of a debt security.

        We used $1,980.5 million of cash in fiscal 2012 in investing activities, of which $1,895.4 million was for acquisitions of businesses (including the Veolia Acquisition) and $86.4 million was for acquisition of property and equipment.

Cash Flows Used in Financing Activities

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net cash used in financing activities was $78.3 million compared to $27.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $50.4 million. The most significant items impacting the change in our financing cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 are noted below:

    Reductions in the amount of borrowing on the Revolver of $40.0 million due to increased cash flow from operating activities funding working capital needs and acquisitions.

    Repayments of the Revolver and long-term debt totaled $103.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to $100.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

    We returned capital to our Parent of $7.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to $1.9 million in the comparable period in 2014.

        Cash flows used in financing activities in fiscal 2014 were $53.0 million, as compared to $32.3 million in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014, we incurred approximately $1.3 million in costs paid to our lenders in connection with refinancing our Term Loan B and payments of other costs associated with the original Term Loan B.

        Cash flows used in financing activities in fiscal 2013 were $32.3 million, as compared to an inflow from financing activities of $1.94 billion in fiscal 2012. In fiscal 2013, we incurred approximately $22.9 million in costs paid to our lenders in connection with refinancing our Term Loan B and payments of other costs associated with the original Term Loan B.

        We made payments on our Revolving Credit Facility and long-term debt obligations in the amount of $141.3 million and borrowed approximately $95.0 million in fiscal 2014. Borrowings on the Revolving Credit Facility were utilized to fund working capital, acquisition of businesses and for interest payments on debt.

        We made payments on our Revolving Credit Facility and long-term debt obligations in the amount of $196.8 million during fiscal 2013 and borrowed approximately $184.0 million on the Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings on the Revolving Credit Facility were utilized to fund acquisition of businesses and for interest payments on debt.

78


Table of Contents

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

        In November 2012, we entered into (i) a $1,800.0 million Term Loan B facility and (ii) a $300.0 million revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility," and together with the Term Loan B, the "Senior Secured Credit Facilities") with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent, and affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and other lenders from time to time party thereto and effected re-pricing transactions on the Term Loan B in February 2014 and February 2013, that reduced the applicable interest rate floor by 50 basis points and the applicable margin by 100 basis points, respectively. We paid down $63.5 million outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan B during the nine months ended September 30, 2015. See Note 4 "Debt" to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Term Loan B matures in October 2019 and the Revolving Credit Facility matures in October 2017.

        Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities can be used for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2015, we had an aggregate committed capacity of $300.0 million, of which $100.0 million was available for letters of credit under its credit facilities. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had an aggregate of approximately $58.5 million and $58.1 million of letters of credit outstanding under its credit facilities. No other amounts were outstanding as of September 30, 2015 or December 31, 2014. The agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities requires us to comply with certain financial and other covenants, including a total leverage ratio for the benefit of the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility that is applicable when there are outstanding loans or letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility. Compliance with these covenants is a condition to any incremental borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and failure to meet these covenants would enable the lenders to require repayment of any outstanding loans (which would adversely affect our liquidity). As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Our ability to maintain compliance with our covenants will be highly dependent on our results of operations and, to the extent necessary, our ability to implement remedial measures such as reductions in operating costs.

        We are subject to the following total leverage ratio covenant for the applicable periods as indicated.

 
  Maximum
Total Leverage
Ratio

Fiscal Quarter Ended

   

December 31, 2014 through December 30, 2015

  7.50:1.00

December 31, 2015 through December 30, 2016

  7.00:1.00

December 31, 2016 and thereafter

  6.50:1.00

        The actual total leverage ratio as of September 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was 6.00:1.00, 6.12:1.00 and 6.26:1.00, respectively.

8 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2020

        On October 9, 2012, we issued $550 million aggregate principal amount of 8 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2020 pursuant to the Indenture between us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. In December 2013, we exchanged all of the outstanding notes for registered notes with identical terms. The Senior Notes mature in October 2020. As of

79


Table of Contents

September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Indenture. See Note 13, Long-Term Debt, to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 4 "Debt" to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding the notes, each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had no off-balance sheet debt or similar obligations, other than financial assurance instruments and operating leases, which are not classified as debt. We do not guarantee any third-party debt.

Liquidity Impacts of Income Tax Items

        Uncertain Tax Positions —As of September 30, 2015, we had $8.3 million of liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits and related interest. These liabilities are primarily included as a component of long-term "Other liabilities" in our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet because we generally do not anticipate that settlement of the liabilities will require payment of cash within the next 12 months. We are not able to reasonably estimate when we would make any cash payments required to settle these liabilities, but we do not believe that the ultimate settlement of our obligations will materially affect our liquidity.

Financial Assurance

        We must provide financial assurance to governmental agencies and a variety of other entities under applicable environmental regulations relating to our landfill operations for capping, closure and post-closure costs, and related to our performance under certain collection, landfill and transfer station contracts. We satisfy these financial assurance requirements by providing surety bonds and letters of credit. The amount of the financial assurance requirements for capping, closure and post-closure costs is determined by applicable state environmental regulations. The financial assurance requirements for capping, closure and post- closure costs may be associated with a portion of the landfill or the entire landfill. Generally, states require a third-party engineering specialist to determine the estimated capping, closure and post-closure costs that are used to determine the required amount of financial assurance for a landfill. The amount of financial assurance required can, and generally will, differ from the obligation determined and recorded under GAAP. The amount of the financial assurance requirements related to contract performance varies by contract. Additionally, we must provide financial assurance for our insurance program and collateral for certain performance obligations. We do not expect a material increase in financial assurance requirements in the foreseeable future, although the mix of financial assurance instruments may change.

        These financial instruments are issued in the normal course of business and are not considered company indebtedness. Because we currently have no liability for these financial assurance instruments, they are not reflected in our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. However, we record capping, closure and post-closure liabilities and self-insurance liabilities as they are incurred. The underlying obligations of the financial assurance instruments, in excess of those already reflected in our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets, would be recorded if it is probable that we would be unable to fulfill our related obligations. We do not expect this to occur.

80


Table of Contents

Contractual Commitments

        We have various contractual obligations in the normal course of our operations and financing activities. The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2014 (in millions):

 
  Operating
Leases
  Final Capping,
Closure and
Post-Closure (a)
  Debt
Payments (b)
  Unconditional
Purchase
Commitments (c)
  Total  

2015

  $ 5.8   $ 33.1   $ 138.1   $ 5.1   $ 182.1  

2016

    5.2     26.6     133.5     4.7     170.0  

2017

    4.3     15.1     132.5     3.5     155.4  

2018

    3.9     21.6     131.0     3.6     160.1  

2019

    3.4     19.7     1,773.7     3.6     1,800.4  

Thereafter

    20.6     226.0     604.2     47.7     898.5  

Total

  $ 43.2   $ 342.1   $ 2,913.0   $ 68.2   $ 3,366.5  

(a)
The estimated remaining final capping, closure and post-closure and remediation expenditures presented above are not inflated or discounted and reflect the estimated future payments for liabilities incurred and recorded as of December 31, 2014

(b)
Debt payments include both principal and interest payments on debt and capital lease obligations. Interest on variable rate debt was calculated at 3.75%, which is the LIBOR floor plus applicable spread in effect as of December 31, 2014.

(c)
Unconditional purchase commitments consist primarily of disposal related agreements that include fixed or minimum royalty payments and host agreements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

General

        Our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We believe the following accounting policies and estimates are the most critical and could have the most impact on our results of operations. For a discussion of these and other accounting policies, see the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We have noted examples of the residual accounting and business risks inherent in the accounting for these areas. Residual accounting and business risks are defined as the inherent risks that we face after the application of our policies and processes that are generally outside of our control or ability to forecast.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenues are generally recognized as the services are provided. Revenue is recognized as waste is collected, as tons are received at the landfill or transfer stations, as recycled commodities are delivered to a customer or as services are rendered to customers. Certain customers are billed in advance and, accordingly, recognition of the related revenues is deferred until the services are provided. Revenues are reported net of state landfill taxes. No single customer individually accounted for more than 2% of our consolidated revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 or for the year ended December 31, 2014.

81


Table of Contents

Landfill Accounting

        Costs Basis of Landfill Assets —Landfills are typically developed in a series of cells, each of which is constructed, filled and capped in sequence over the operating life of the landfill. When the final cell is filled and the operating life of the landfill is completed, the cell must be capped and then closed and post-closure care and monitoring activities begin. Capitalized landfill costs include expenditures for land (which includes the land of the landfill footprint and landfill buffer property and setbacks) and related airspace associated with the permitting, development and construction of new landfills, expansions at existing landfills, landfill gas systems and landfill cell development. Landfill permitting, development and construction costs represent direct costs related to these activities, including land acquisition, engineering, legal and construction. These costs are deferred until all permits are obtained and operations have commenced at which point they are capitalized and amortized. If necessary permits are not obtained, costs are charged to operations. The cost basis of our landfill assets also includes asset retirement costs, which represent estimates of future costs associated with landfill final capping, closure and post-closure activities.

        Final Capping, Closure and Post-Closure Costs —The following is a description of our asset retirement activities and related accounting:

        Final Capping —Includes installing flexible geosynthetic membrane and clay liners, drainage and compact soil layers, and topsoil, and is constructed over an area of the landfill where total airspace capacity has been consumed and waste disposal operations have ceased. These final capping activities occur in phases as needed throughout the operating life of a landfill as specific areas are filled to capacity and the final elevation for that specific area is reached in accordance with the provisions of the operating permit. Final capping asset retirement obligations are recorded on a units-of-consumption basis as airspace is consumed related to the specific final capping event with a corresponding increase in the landfill asset. Each final capping event is accounted for as a discrete obligation and recorded as an asset and a liability based on estimates of the discounted cash flows and capacity associated with each final capping event.

        Closure and post-closure —These activities involve methane gas control, leachate management and groundwater monitoring, surface water monitoring and control, and other operational and maintenance activities that occur after the site ceases to accept waste. The post-closure period generally runs for 30 years after final site closure for landfills. Landfill costs related to closure and post-closure are recorded as an asset retirement obligation as airspace is consumed over the life of the landfill with a corresponding increase in the landfill asset. Obligations are recorded over the life of the landfill based on estimates of the discounted cash flows associated with performing closing and post-closure activities.

        We update our estimates for these obligations annually considering the respective State regulatory requirements, input from our internal engineers, operations, and accounting personnel and external consulting engineers. The closure and post-closure requirements are established under the standards of the EPA's Subtitle D regulations as implemented and applied on a state-by-state basis. These estimates involve projections of costs that will be incurred as portions of the landfill are closed and during the post-closure monitoring period.

        Capping, closure and post-closure costs are estimated assuming such costs would be incurred by a third party contractor in present day dollars and are inflated by the 20-year average change in the historical consumer price index ("CPI") (consistent historical rate which agrees to historical CPI per government website of 2.50% from 1991 to 2014) to the time periods within which it is estimated the capping, closure and post-closure costs will be

82


Table of Contents

expended. We discount these costs to present value using the credit-adjusted, risk-free rate effective at the time an obligation is incurred, consistent with the expected cash flow approach. Any change that results in an upward revision to the estimated cash flows are treated as a new liability and discounted at the current rate while downward revisions are discounted at the historical weighted-average rate of the recorded obligation. As a result, the credit-adjusted, risk-free discount rate used to calculate the present value of an obligation is specific to each individual asset retirement obligation. The range of rates utilized within the calculation of our asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2014 is between 6.4% and 10.5%.

        We record the estimated fair value of the final capping, closure and post-closure liabilities for our landfills based on the capacity consumed to date. The fair value of the final capping obligations is developed based on our estimates of the airspace consumed to date for each final capping event and the expected timing of each final capping event. The fair value of closure and post-closure obligations is developed based on our estimates of the airspace consumed to date for the entire landfill and the expected timing of each closure and post-closure activity. Because these obligations are measured at estimated fair value using present value techniques, changes in the estimated cost or timing of future final capping, closure and post-closure activities could result in a material change in these liabilities, related assets and results of operations. We assess the appropriateness of the estimates used to develop our recorded balances annually, or more often if significant facts change.

        Changes in inflation rates or the estimated costs, timing or extent of future final capping, closure and post-closure activities typically result in both (i) a current adjustment to the recorded liability and landfill asset; and (ii) a change in liability and asset amounts to be recorded prospectively over either the remaining capacity of the related discrete final capping event or the remaining permitted and expansion airspace (as defined below) of the landfill. Any changes related to the capitalized and future cost of the landfill assets are then recognized in accordance with our amortization policy, which would generally result in amortization expense being recognized prospectively over the remaining capacity of the final capping event or the remaining permitted and expansion airspace of the landfill, as appropriate. Changes in such estimates associated with airspace that has been fully utilized result in an adjustment to the recorded liability and landfill assets with an immediate corresponding adjustment to landfill airspace amortization expense.

        Interest accretion on final capping, closure and post-closure liabilities is recorded using the effective interest method and is recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Amortization of Landfill Assets —The amortizable basis of a landfill includes (i) amounts previously expended and capitalized; (ii) capitalized and projected landfill final capping, closure and post-closure costs; (iii) projections of future acquisition and development costs required to develop the landfill site to its remaining permitted and expansion capacity; and (iv) land underlying both the footprint of the landfill and the surrounding required setbacks and buffer land.

        Amortization is recorded on a units-of-consumption basis, applying expense as a rate per ton. The rate per ton is calculated by dividing each component of the amortizable basis of a landfill by the number of tons needed to fill the corresponding asset's airspace. For landfills that we do not own, but operate through operating or lease arrangements, the rate per ton is calculated based on expected capacity to be utilized over the lesser of the contractual term of the underlying agreement or the life of the landfill.

83


Table of Contents

        Landfill site costs are depleted to zero upon final closure of a landfill. We develop our estimates of the obligations using input from our operations personnel, engineers and accountants and the obligations are based upon interpretation of current requirements and proposed regulatory changes and intended to approximate fair value. The estimate of fair value is based upon present value techniques using historical experience and, where available, quoted or actual market prices paid for similar work.

        The determination of airspace usage and remaining airspace is an essential component in the calculation of landfill asset depletion. This estimation is performed by conducting periodic topographic surveys, using aerial survey techniques, of our landfill facilities to determine remaining airspace in each landfill. The surveys are reviewed by our external consulting engineers, internal operating staff, and our management, financial and accounting staff.

        Remaining airspace includes additional "deemed permitted" or unpermitted expansion airspace if the following criteria are met:

    (1)
    We must either own the property for the expansion or have a legal right to use or obtain property to be included in the expansion plan;

    (2)
    Conceptual design of the expansion must have been completed

    (3)
    Personnel are actively working to obtain land use and local and state approvals for an expansion of an existing landfill and the application for expansion must reasonably be expected to be received within the normal application and processing time periods for approvals in the jurisdiction in which the landfill is located;

    (4)
    There are no known significant technical, community, business, or political restrictions or similar issues that would likely impair the success of the expansion;

    (5)
    Financial analysis has been completed and the results demonstrate that the expansion has a positive financial and operational impact.

        Senior management has reviewed and approved all of the above. Of our 39 landfills, eight included deemed permitted airspace.

        Upon successful meeting of the preceding criteria, the costs associated with developing, constructing, closing and monitoring the total additional future capacity are considered in the calculation of the amortization and closure and post-closure rates.

        Once expansion airspace meets these criteria for inclusion in our calculation of total available disposal capacity, management continuously monitors each site's progress in obtaining the expansion permit. If at any point it is determined that an expansion area no longer meets the required criteria, the probable expansion airspace is removed from the landfill's total available capacity, and the rates used at the landfill to amortize costs to acquire, construct, close and monitor the site during the post-closure period are adjusted prospectively. In addition, any amounts related to the probable expansion are charged to expense in the period in which it is determined that the criteria are no longer met.

        Once the remaining permitted and expansion airspace is determined in cubic yards, an airspace utilization factor ("AUF") is established to calculate the remaining permitted and expansion capacity in tons. The AUF is established using the measured density obtained from previous annual surveys and is then adjusted to account for future settlement. The amount of settlement that is forecasted will take into account several site-specific factors including: current and projected mix of waste type, initial and projected waste density, estimated number of years of life remaining, depth of underlying waste, anticipated access to moisture through precipitation or recirculation of landfill leachate and operating practices. In addition,

84


Table of Contents

the initial selection of the AUF is subject to a subsequent multi-level review by our engineering group, and the AUF used is reviewed on a periodic basis and revised as necessary. Our historical experience generally indicates that the impact of settlement at a landfill is greater later in the life of the landfill when the waste placed at the landfill approaches its highest point under the permit requirements.

        After determining the costs and remaining permitted and expansion capacity at each of our landfills, we determine the per ton rates that will be expensed as waste is received and deposited at the landfill by dividing the costs by the corresponding number of tons. We calculate per ton amortization rates for each landfill for assets associated with each final capping event, for assets related to closure and post-closure activities and for all other costs capitalized or to be capitalized in the future. These rates per ton are updated annually, or more often, as significant facts change.

        It is possible that our estimates or assumptions could ultimately be significantly different from actual results. In some cases we may be unsuccessful in obtaining an expansion permit or we may determine that an expansion permit that we previously thought was probable has become unlikely. To the extent that such estimates, or the assumptions used to make those estimates, prove to be significantly different than actual results, or the belief that we will receive an expansion permit changes adversely in a significant manner, the costs of the landfill, including the costs incurred in the pursuit of the expansion, may be subject to impairment testing and lower profitability may be experienced due to higher amortization rates, higher capping, closure and post-closure rates, and higher expenses or asset impairments related to the removal of previously included expansion airspace.

        The assessment of impairment indicators and the recoverability of our capitalized costs associated with landfills and related expansion projects require significant judgment due to the unique nature of the waste industry, the highly regulated permitting process and the estimates involved. During the review of a landfill expansion application, a regulator may initially deny the expansion application although the permit is ultimately granted. In addition, management may periodically divert waste from one landfill to another to conserve remaining permitted landfill airspace, or a landfill may be required to cease accepting waste, prior to receipt of the expansion permit. However, such events occur in the ordinary course of business in the waste industry and do not necessarily result in an impairment of our landfill assets because, after consideration of all facts, such events may not affect our belief that we will ultimately obtain the expansion permit. As a result, our tests of recoverability, which generally make use of a cash flow estimation approach, may indicate that an impairment loss should be recorded. No landfill impairments were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In 2012, we concluded that the cash flows from the acceptable waste stream at our Moretown, Vermont landfill did not support the carrying value of the landfill and recorded an impairment charge of $43.7 million to write the carrying value to zero and in 2013 we ceased accepting waste at the site.

Self-Insurance Reserves and Related Costs

        Our insurance programs for workers' compensation, general liability, vehicle liability and employee-related health care benefits are effectively self-insured. Accruals for self-insurance reserves are based on claims filed and estimates of claims incurred but not reported. We maintain high deductibles for commercial general liability, vehicle liability and workers' compensation coverage of $0.5 million, $1.0 million and $0.75 million, respectively as of December 31, 2014.

85


Table of Contents

        Accruals for self-insurance reserves are based on claims filed and estimate of claims incurred but not reported and are recorded gross of expected recoveries. The accruals for these liabilities could be revised if future occurrences of loss development differ significant from our assumptions.

Loss Contingencies

        We are subject to various legal proceedings, claims and regulatory matters, the outcomes of which are subject to significant uncertainty. We determine whether to disclose or accrue for loss contingencies based on an assessment of whether the risk of loss is remote, reasonably possible or probable, and whether it can be reasonably estimated. We analyze our litigation and regulatory matters based on available information to assess the potential liabilities. Management's assessment is developed based on an analysis of possible outcomes under various strategies. We record and disclose loss contingencies pursuant to the applicable accounting guidance for such matter.

        We record losses related to contingencies in cost of operations or selling, general and administrative expenses, depending on the nature of the underlying transaction leading to the loss contingency.

Asset Impairment

        We monitor the carrying value of our long-lived assets for potential impairment and test the recoverability of such assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances, including management decisions pertaining to such assets, are referred to as impairment indicators. Typical indicators that an asset may be impaired include (i) a significant adverse change in legal factors in the business climate, (ii) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, and (iii) a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being utilized or in its physical condition. If an impairment indicator occurs, we perform a test of recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset or asset group to its undiscounted expected future cash flows. If cash flows cannot be separately and independently identified for a single asset, we will determine whether an impairment has occurred for the asset group for which we can identify the projected cash flows. If the carrying values are in excess of undiscounted expected future cash flows, we measure any impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset or asset group to its carrying value. Fair value is generally determined by considering: (i) an internally developed discounted projected cash flow analysis of the asset or asset group; (ii) third-party valuations; and/or (iii) information available regarding the current market for similar assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset.

Goodwill

        Goodwill is the excess of our purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets of acquired businesses. We do not amortize goodwill. Goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by evaluating quantitative factors.

        We perform a quantitative assessment or two-step impairment test to determine whether a goodwill impairment exists at a reporting unit. The reporting units are equivalent to our segments and when an individual business within an integrated operating segment is divested, goodwill is allocated to that business based on its fair value relative to the fair value of its operating segment. We compare the fair value with its carrying amount to determine if

86


Table of Contents

there is potential impairment of goodwill. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment. Fair value is estimated using an income approach based on forecasted cash flows. Fair value computed via this method is arrived at using a number of factors, including projected future operating results, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and comparable marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and to our judgment in applying them to this analysis. However, we believe that this method provides a reasonable approach to estimating the fair value of its reporting units.

        We perform our annual assessment as of December 31 of each year. The impairment test indicated the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. If we do not achieve our anticipated disposal volumes, our collection or disposal rates decline, our costs or capital expenditures exceed our forecasts, costs of capital increase, or we do not receive landfill expansions, the estimated fair value could decrease and potentially result in an impairment charge. Refer to Note 4 "Discontinued Operations" of our audited consolidated financial statements for information regarding impairment charges recorded in connection with discontinued operations. We recorded no goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in connection with the assessment.

Income Taxes

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets (other than non-deductible goodwill) and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the income tax rate in effect during the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

        We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. In the event we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we will make an adjustment to the valuation allowance which would reduce our provision for income taxes.

        Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities and reserves for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management's best assessment of estimated future taxes to be paid. We are subject to U.S. federal income taxes and numerous state jurisdictions. Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining the combined income tax expense.

        Regarding the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements, we record a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within the provision for income taxes in our consolidated statements of income. Accrued interest and penalties are included within other accrued liabilities and deferred income taxes and other long-term tax liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 18 "Income Taxes" in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for details regarding adjustments to our valuation allowance in fiscal 2014.

Recently Issued and Proposed Accounting Standards

        In May 2014, the FASB issued authoritative guidance regarding revenue recognition from contracts with customers that will supersede most current revenue recognition guidance,

87


Table of Contents

including industry-specific guidance. The underlying principle is that an entity will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers at an amount that the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. Other major provisions include capitalization of certain contract costs, consideration of time value of money in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity's contracts with customers. The guidance is effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The guidance permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We have not yet selected a transition method and we are currently evaluating the impact of the amended guidance on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

        Furthermore, the FASB issued guidance governing classification of discontinued operations. Upon adoption in 2015, certain future business dispositions no longer meet the criteria for classification as discontinued operations.

        In June 2014, the FASB issued guidance that applies to all reporting entities that grant their employees share based payments in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. It requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition and follows existing accounting guidance for the treatment of performance conditions. The standard will be effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

        In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance which requires debt issuance costs (other than those paid to a lender) to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount. The standard does not affect the recognition and measurement of debt issuance costs. Therefore, the amortization of such costs should continue to be calculated using the interest method and be reported as interest expense. The standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The balance sheet presentation of our debt issuance costs and related debt liabilities will be affected beginning January 1, 2016.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market Risk

        We are exposed to various types of market risk in the normal course of business, including the impact of interest rate changes and changes in the prices of fuel and commodities. We employ risk management strategies that may include the use of derivatives, such as interest rate cap agreements and fuel derivative contracts, to manage these exposures. We do not enter into derivatives for trading purposes. While we are exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties to our derivative agreements, in all cases such counterparties are highly rated financial institutions and we do not anticipate non-performance. We monitor our derivative positions by regularly evaluating the positions at market and by performing sensitivity analysis over the fuel and variable rate debt exposures.

88


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

        Our major market risk exposure of our financial instruments is changing interest rates in the United States and fluctuations in LIBOR. The interest rate on borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities varies depending on prevailing interest rates from time to time. We intend to manage interest rate risk through the use of a combination of fixed and floating rate debt. The carrying value of our variable rate debt approximates fair value because interest rates are variable and, accordingly, approximates current market rates for instruments with similar risk and maturities. The fair value of our debt is determined as of the balance sheet date and is subject to change. The Term Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility each bear interest at a base or LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin. The base rate is defined as the greater of the prime rate, federal funds rate plus 50 basis points or LIBOR subject to a 0.75% floor. A 100 basis point change in the Term Loan B interest rate would result in a $12.9 million change in interest expense.

        We use interest rate caps to manage a portion of our debt obligations at a fixed interest rate, which are currently treated as effective hedges for accounting purposes.

Fuel Price Risk

        Fuel costs represent a significant operating expense. When economically practical, we may enter into new or renew contracts, or engage in other strategies to mitigate market risk. Where appropriate, we have implemented a fuel fee that is designed to recover a portion of our direct and indirect increases in our fuel costs. While we charge fuel fees to many of our customers, we are unable to charge fuel fees to all customers. Consequently, an increase in fuel costs results in (1) an increase in our cost of operations, (2) a smaller increase in our revenue (from the fuel fee) and (3) a decrease in our operating margin percentage, because the increase in revenue is more than offset by the increase in cost. Conversely, a decrease in fuel costs results in (1) a decrease in our cost of operations, (2) a smaller decrease in our revenue and (3) an increase in our operating margin percentage.

        To manage our exposure to volatility in fuel prices, we enter into fuel derivative contracts as a risk management tool to mitigate the potential impact of certain market risks associated with fluctuations in fuel prices; however, because energy prices can fluctuate significantly in a relatively short amount of time, we must also continually monitor and adjust our risk management strategies to address not only fuel price increases, but also fuel price volatility. As evidenced by the extreme decline in diesel fuel prices during the fourth quarter of 2014, diesel fuel prices are subject to significant volatility based on a variety of factors. In addition, the cost of these risk management tools generally increases with sustained high potential for volatility in the fuel market. For fiscal 2015 and 2016, we have utilized or will utilize fuel derivative contracts to manage our exposure to fluctuations in fuel pricing and as of September 30, 2015 we had 5.9 million gallons and 13.4 million gallons, respectively under fixed price contracts. For a summary of our outstanding derivative instruments and changes in fair values as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, see Note 5, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Settlements on fuel derivatives amounted to $18.2 million and $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. A one-cent change in the underlying index would impact our other income by $0.2 million for the nine months ending September 30, 2015. Fuel price declines below the level of our derivative contracts may adversely affect us due to declines in fuel fee revenue that are not offset by lower pricing.

89


Table of Contents

        A portion of our contracts have cost pass-through provisions pursuant to which we pass through to our customers the incremental cost or benefit from higher or lower fuel prices, respectively based on third party indices. Since we economically hedge our fuel costs, depending on the extent and level of our fuel derivative contracts, we are subject to the risk that fuel prices will fall below the level of our fuel derivative contracts and we will have to pass such lower prices through to our customers resulting in lower fuel fee revenue, even though our fuel costs remain higher under our fuel derivative contracts.

        Over the last several years, regulations have been adopted mandating changes in the composition of fuels for motor vehicles. The renewable fuel standards that the EPA sets annually affect the type of fuel our motor vehicle fleet uses. Pursuant to the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, the EPA establishes annual renewable fuel volume requirements and separate volume requirements for four different categories of renewable fuels (renewable fuel, advanced biofuel, cellulosic biofuel and biomass-based diesel). These volume requirements set standards for the proportion of refiners' or importers' total fuel volume that must be renewable and must take into account the fuels' impact on reducing GHG emissions. These regulations are one of many factors that may affect the cost of the fuel we use.

        At our current consumption levels, a one-cent per gallon change in the price of diesel fuel changes our direct fuel costs by approximately $0.3 million on an annual basis, which would be partially offset by a smaller change in the fuel fees charged to our customers and the impact of changes in fair value of our fuel derivative instruments. Accordingly, a substantial rise or drop in fuel costs could have a material effect on our revenue, cost of operations and operating margin.

        Our operations also require the use of certain petrochemical-based products (such as liners at our landfills) whose costs may vary with the price of petrochemicals. An increase in the price of petrochemicals could increase the cost of those products, which would increase our operating and capital costs. We also are susceptible to (1) fuel fees charged by our vendors, and (2) other pricing from our vendors due to their increases in indirect fuel costs.

Commodities Prices

        We market recycled products such as cardboard, newspaper, plastics, aluminum, mixed paper, and single stream from our MRFs. Market demand for recyclable materials causes volatility in commodity prices. At current volumes and mix of materials, we believe a ten dollar per ton change in the price of recyclable materials will change revenue and operating income by approximately $6.1 million and $4.9 million, respectively, on an annual basis.

Inflation and Prevailing Economic Conditions

        To date, inflation has not had a significant impact on our operations. Consistent with industry practice, most of our service agreements provide for a pass-through of certain costs, including increases in landfill tipping fees and, in some cases, fuel costs. Competitive factors may require us to absorb at least a portion of these cost increases, particularly during periods of high inflation. Our business is located mainly in the Southern, Midwestern and Eastern United States. Therefore, our business, financial condition and results of operations are susceptible to downturns in the general economy in these geographic regions and other factors affecting the regions, such as state regulations and severe weather conditions. We are unable to forecast or determine the timing and/or the future impact of a sustained economic slowdown.

90


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are a leading integrated provider of non-hazardous solid waste collection, transfer, recycling and disposal services operating primarily in secondary markets or under exclusive arrangements. We have a presence in 18 states across the Midwest, South and East regions of the United States, serving approximately 2.8 million residential and 202,000 C&I customers through our extensive network of 93 collection operations, 74 transfer stations, 22 owned or operated recycling facilities and 39 owned or operated landfills. We seek to drive financial performance in markets in which we own or operate a landfill or in certain disposal-neutral markets, where the landfill is owned by our municipal customer. In markets in which we own or operate a landfill, we aim to create and maintain vertically integrated operations through which we manage a majority of our customers' waste from the point of collection through the point of disposal, a process we refer to as internalization. By internalizing a majority of the waste in these markets, we are able to deliver high quality customer service while also ensuring a stable revenue stream and maximizing profitability and cash flow from operations. In disposal-neutral markets, we focus selectively on opportunities where we can negotiate exclusive arrangements with our municipal customers, facilitating highly-efficient and profitable collection operations with lower capital requirements.

GRAPHIC

        Geographically, we focus our business principally in secondary, or less densely populated non-urban, markets where the presence of large national providers is generally more limited. We also compete selectively in primary, or densely populated urban, markets where we can capitalize on opportunities for vertical integration through our high-quality transfer and disposal infrastructure and where we can benefit from highly-efficient collection route density. Through our disciplined focus on secondary markets and on markets with favorable disposal characteristics, we are able to maximize customer retention and benefit from a higher and more stable pricing environment.

        We have historically generated consistent revenue growth across economic cycles. To continue to drive growth, we are focused on a number of key areas, including: municipal contract wins, new customer additions, disciplined pricing and expansion into additional geographies and markets with favorable dynamics and demographic trends. We have established a systematic and replicable approach to municipal contract bidding and identifying privatization opportunities and since the consummation of the Veolia Acquisition to date, we have been awarded 120 new long-term, exclusive municipal contracts. Our existing operations also provide us with a scalable platform to drive profitable growth through strategic acquisitions. From the Veolia Acquisition to date, we have executed 38 tuck-in acquisitions, primarily of collection operations. By assimilating acquisitions into our vertically integrated

91


Table of Contents

geographic operations, we have been able to improve adjusted EBITDA margin and enhance cash flow from operations post-acquisition. Due to our scale, our tuck-in acquisition strategy enables us to drive robust inorganic growth despite a relatively small average transaction size.

        For the twelve months ended September 30, 2015, our revenue by geography, revenue by source and revenue by category were as follows:

GRAPHIC


(1)
Primary market revenue includes revenue from the following four markets (excluding revenue from exclusive municipal contracts): Atlanta, Chicago, Detroit and Philadelphia.

        We operate across the Midwest, South and East regions of the United States, which accounted for 39%, 35% and 26% of our revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2015, respectively. We believe that our broad geographic presence positions us well to capitalize on favorable demographic and macroeconomic trends in the markets that we serve. According to the U.S. Census Bureau and Woods & Poole, population and gross regional product growth in certain of our markets, particularly those in the Southeast, are expected to outpace overall U.S. population and GDP growth through 2030.

        Complementing our geographic diversity, we maintain an attractive mix of revenue from varying sources with limited exposure to commodity sales, which helps to enhance our financial performance across economic cycles. We also benefit from a high degree of customer diversification, with no single customer accounting for more than 2% of revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2015. Our municipal customer relationships are generally supported by exclusive contracts ranging from three to ten years in initial duration with subsequent renewal periods, and we have historically achieved a renewal rate of approximately 85% with these customers. Our standard C&I service agreement is a five-year renewable agreement. Management believes we maintain strong relationships with our C&I customers, which is supported by an approximate 10% C&I customer churn rate since we started tracking this information seven quarters ago. Our large and diverse customer base, combined with our long-term contracts and consistently high renewal rates, provide us with significant revenue and earnings stability and visibility.

        We are led by a veteran management team with extensive experience in operating, acquiring and integrating solid waste services businesses. Our senior leadership team averages more than 20 years of experience in the solid waste industry. During their tenure, they have instituted a strong, unified corporate culture and successfully implemented our growth and operational initiatives. We believe our management team has positioned our business well for continued growth and improvements in adjusted EBITDA margin and cash flow from operations, and we intend to continue to focus our efforts on generating both organic and inorganic growth.

        For the twelve months ended September 30, 2015, we generated revenues of $1.4 billion, net loss of $0.5 million, adjusted EBITDA of $378.5 million and cash flow from operations of

92


Table of Contents

$255.0 million. For a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) see "Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data."

Our Industry

        More than 250 million tons of solid waste are generated in the United States each year. The U.S. solid waste industry generated approximately $59 billion in revenue in 2013 and is expected to reach approximately $66 billion in 2019, according to IBISWorld. The industry can be classified into the following asset categories: collection operations, transfer stations, landfills, recycling facilities and waste-to-energy plants. Vertical integration of these assets typically drives greater efficiency and superior operating margins and as a result, waste companies attempt to create integrated operations in an effort to enhance profitability, cash flow and return on capital.

        The solid waste industry is relatively resistant to cyclical economic trends due to the non-discretionary nature of the services provided and, as such, has experienced just one year of relatively modest decline since 1997. The industry is characterized by a range of attractive features, including: (i) high visibility of earnings due to predictable waste generation of residential and commercial customers; (ii) the absence of cost-effective substitutes for collection, beneficial re-use and landfill disposal; (iii) high barriers to entry created by the lengthy permitting process and significant capital costs of landfill development; and (iv) the ongoing trend of municipalities and local governments seeking to turn over management of public services, including waste services, to private firms.

        The following table sets forth historical and projected solid waste industry revenue growth:

GRAPHIC


Source:    Waste Business Journal's Waste Market Overview & Outlook 2012, IBISWorld US Waste Treatment & Disposal and US Waste Collection Reports April 2014

        Once residential and C&I waste is collected, it is either delivered directly to a landfill for disposal, to an incinerator, to a MRF to be recycled or to a transfer station, where waste is consolidated for more efficient transfer to a landfill by either truck or rail. The majority of waste in the United States continues to be deposited in landfills given the inherent cost advantages of landfill disposal relative to other alternatives. The implementation of RCRA Subtitle D in 1991 significantly raised the environmental standards required of landfill operators, including by mandating the use of composite liners, leachate collection systems and gas collection systems. Following the introduction of RCRA Subtitle D, the cost of both new and existing landfills increased substantially and a large number of low cost, substandard landfills were forced to close, resulting in a trend toward larger landfills that are generally

93


Table of Contents

located farther from waste generating population centers. To ensure waste volumes for these larger and more remote landfills, transfer stations have become an increasingly valuable component of the solid waste value chain. The high cost of developing and maintaining transfer and disposal assets has resulted in industry consolidation with the top five providers in the industry accounting for more than 50% of U.S. disposal capacity. Furthermore, this consolidation trend and the resulting scarcity of active disposal locations have resulted in improved pricing and profitability dynamics for these providers.

        The solid waste industry is served by a few large, national and regional publicly-owned companies, which comprise approximately 57% of the total U.S. solid waste market, several regional privately owned solid waste companies, and thousands of small privately owned companies, which generally maintain collection operations with limited or no in house transfer, recycling or disposal capabilities. Privately owned waste collection operations in the aggregate represent approximately 20% of the total solid waste market. In addition, municipalities continue to own and operate waste collection and / or disposal operations in certain markets, representing approximately 23% of the overall U.S. solid waste market.

Residential Collection Market

        The residential collection market consists of periodic curbside pickup of residential household waste and delivery to either a landfill or recycling facility. Residential collection services are provided under long-term contracts with municipalities ranging from three to ten years, often on an exclusive basis in a particular region. Volume growth in the residential market is driven primarily by population growth and GDP growth, while pricing is generally tied to CPI and is typically adjusted annually. Since the previous economic downturn in 2008 and 2009, annual GDP growth has been in the 1.5% - 2.5% range. The International Monetary Fund currently forecasts consistent expansion going forward, with GDP growth expected to be 2.6% in 2015 and 2.8% in 2016. Despite deflationary pressures resulting from recent oil price declines, the CPI is expected to increase by 1.4% in 2016 according to the Federal Planning Bureau, compared to 0.6% in 2015 and 0.3% in 2014.

Commercial and Industrial Waste Market

        The C&I market consists of non-residential customers that utilize either permanent rolloff containers or waste compactors to meet their disposal needs. As with residential waste, C&I waste is collected periodically and either disposed of in a landfill or recycled. New C&I development often occurs shortly after new residential construction to meet the needs of a growing population, and volume growth in the C&I market is driven primarily by GDP growth, new business formations, industrial production and non-residential construction. According to the Federal Reserve, industrial production is currently 6.0% higher than pre-recession levels and has demonstrated consistent growth for the last three years. After several years of muted growth since the 2008 and 2009 recession, the non-residential construction market is in the early stages of recovery. According to the American Institute of Architects, non-residential construction spending is expected to grow by 8.9% in 2015 and 8.2% in 2016. Non-residential construction activity remains well below the pre-recession peaks of $711 billion in 2008, suggesting incremental upside in the near-term.

Construction and Demolition Waste Market

        The C&D market involves the collection and disposal of debris generated during the construction, renovation and demolition of residential or non-residential structures. C&D customers generally utilize temporary rolloff containers provided by a waste collection firm for the duration of the project. C&D waste volumes are highly correlated to both residential and non-residential construction activity which is expected to significantly grow in the near-term.

94


Table of Contents

The residential construction market has experienced robust growth in recent years, with housing starts having risen by 18.5% in 2013 and 8.4% in 2014 to 1.0 million. Despite the recent recovery, housing starts remain well below the peak of 2.1 million starts in 2005 and the long-term historical average of 1.5 million starts from 1960 through 2014. According to the Mortgage Bankers Association, housing starts are expected to grow a further 10.2% in 2015 and 12.0% in 2016, which should support incremental growth in the C&D market. The C&D market is also driven by residential repair and remodel spending, which is expected to grow at an annualized rate of 5.3% through 2016 according to Home Improvement Research Institute, driven by increasing home values, existing home sales, the current low interest rate environment and high levels of employment.

Adjacent Market Categories

        In addition to the residential and C&I waste streams traditionally serviced by waste collection companies, regulatory and other factors have created opportunities to expand services in other non-hazardous waste markets. Two significant examples of such waste streams include coal ash and energy waste.

        Coal combustion residuals ("CCR"), also known as coal ash, are one of the largest industrial waste streams generated in the United States. In 2014, 557 coal-fired electric utilities burned over 850 million tons of coal, generating approximately 120 million tons of coal ash, roughly half of which is recycled and used in concrete production, aggregates and related applications. The EPA recently determined that improperly constructed or managed coal ash disposal units have been linked to cases of ground water and air contaminations. In April 2015, the EPA introduced stricter technical requirements for coal ash surface impoundments and landfills on both state and federal levels, with new regulations taking effect in October 2015 and applying to all U.S. electric utilities and independent power producers. Under the new regulations, non-compliant coal ash disposal units must be replaced with secure, lined landfills similar to those currently used in MSW landfills, creating an opportunity for waste management companies to significantly increase waste volume in an adjacent market, particularly those with existing landfills in close proximity to ash producing facilities. We have identified 129 active coal-fired plants within a 75-mile radius of 28 of our landfills that are permitted to accept coal ash, allowing us to logistically transport and handle their CCR.

        As U.S. oil and natural gas production has increased substantially in recent years, the annual volume of energy waste generated by the petroleum and natural gas industry has increased to roughly 260,000 metric tons per year according to the EPA. Energy waste consists of both solid and liquid waste generated as a byproduct of well development and ongoing production of oil and natural gas. The need for environmentally sustainable collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of contaminated water, completion fluids, drilling muds, drill cuttings, contaminated soils and other waste byproducts represents a significant opportunity for waste and environmental services providers. Despite the recent decline in oil and gas prices, U.S. oil and gas production is expected to continue to increase, and Spears & Associates expects approximately 100,000 total wells to be drilled in the U.S. through 2020. As the oil and gas market continues to expand, it creates a significant opportunity for waste management companies, particularly those with existing landfills in close proximity to energy waste producing sites. Our strategically located infrastructure positions us well to capitalize on the positive long-term opportunity from the fracking-intense Marcellus Shale region, including 6 landfills and 8 collection operations.

95


Table of Contents

Our Operating Strengths

Vertically Integrated Geographic Operations

        Our vertically integrated geographic operations enable us to provide high-quality service to our customers while simultaneously capitalizing on growth opportunities, capturing additional revenue streams and maximizing profitability. In most of the markets we serve, we integrate our network of collection, transfer and disposal assets into geographic operations that allow us to manage the waste stream throughout the entire value chain—from the point of collection to the point of disposal—exclusively using our own resources. This enables us to generate a steady, predictable stream of waste volume and capture the incremental disposal margin that otherwise would be paid to a third party. It also enables us to charge third-party collection service providers tipping fees for the use of our transfer stations or landfills, providing a source of recurring revenue at attractive EBITDA margins. In addition, our high internalization rate provides us with a meaningful cost advantage, positioning us well to win additional profitable business through new customer acquisition and municipal contract awards. Finally, our vertically integrated geographic operations position us well for inorganic growth, as we can acquire transfer stations or collection operations and efficiently integrate them into our existing platform.

Strategically Located Network of Landfill and Transfer Station Assets

        Our network of 39 active and strategically located landfills is a critical component of our integrated operations and provides a distinct competitive advantage in the markets that we serve. Our network of landfill assets is difficult to replicate due to a range of factors, including substantial upfront capital requirements for new landfill development, lengthy permitting processes, geographic and political constraints on new landfills and stringent requirements for ongoing environmental and regulatory compliance. Our landfill assets have substantial remaining capacity, which will help us to sustain the long-term competitive advantages that our vertically integrated model provides.

        The value of our landfill assets is further enhanced by our complementary network of transfer stations, which provides us with an additional competitive advantage by allowing us to capture waste volumes that we could not otherwise service. The shift toward fewer, larger landfills has resulted in landfills that are generally located farther from population centers and waste being transported longer distances between collection and disposal, often after consolidation at a transfer station. With a landfill and collection services, we can provide vertically integrated operations that cover a substantial geographic area surrounding the landfill. However, with one or more transfer stations strategically located at the periphery of this service area, and with additional collection operations around the transfer station(s), we can direct substantially more waste volume from a significantly broader service area to an existing landfill. By expanding the geographic reach of our landfills, our network of transfer stations enhances our economies of scale and strengthens the competitive advantage that our landfills provide.

Well-Positioned in Secondary and Exclusive Markets

        We focus our business principally in secondary markets where competition among large national providers is generally more limited. We also participate in certain disposal-neutral markets in which we provide services under exclusive arrangements with our municipal customers, which facilitates highly-efficient and profitable collection operations and lower capital requirements. We believe this strategic focus positions us to maintain significant share within our target markets, maximize customer retention and benefit from a higher and more stable pricing environment. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2015, revenue from

96


Table of Contents

our secondary markets and exclusive municipal contracts accounted for approximately 79% of total revenue.

Proven Ability to Identify, Execute and Integrate Acquisitions and Win New Municipal Contracts

        Our ability to execute and integrate value-enhancing, tuck-in acquisitions and win new municipal contracts has been a core component of our growth. Our scale, geographic reach, vertical integration and strong position in secondary markets position us well to identify and execute strategic acquisitions. From the Veolia Acquisition to date, we have completed 38 tuck-in acquisitions, and by integrating acquired operations into our existing network, we have been able to improve adjusted EBITDA margin and enhance cash flow from operations post-acquisition.

        We also have experience executing large-scale transactions, as highlighted by the Veolia Acquisition. In addition to significantly expanding our scale and scope of operations, the Veolia Acquisition enhanced our geographic footprint by providing us with complementary operations in our East and South regions, as well as strong, new positions in secondary markets in the Midwestern United States. We have also achieved cost efficiencies and economies of scale through improved internalization, increased route density and more efficient asset utilization while maintaining our strong positions in the local markets that we serve.

        Finally, we have demonstrated success in municipal contract bidding and capitalizing on privatization opportunities and, since the Veolia Acquisition to date, we have been awarded 120 new long-term municipal contracts. Due to the strength of our localized operations and our highly experienced regional management team, we maintain close relationships with key decision-makers throughout our markets, which position us well to capitalize on new municipal contracts and privatization opportunities.

Customer Diversification with Long-Term Contracts

        We serve approximately 2.8 million residential and 202,000 C&I customers and over 800 municipalities, with no single customer representing more than 2% of revenue in 2014. Our municipal customer relationships are generally supported by contracts ranging from three to ten years in initial duration with subsequent renewal periods, and we have historically achieved a renewal rate of approximately 85% with these customers. Our standard C&I service agreement is a five-year renewable agreement. Management believes we maintain strong relationships with our C&I customers, which is supported by an approximate 10% C&I customer churn rate since we started tracking this information seven quarters ago. Our breadth of customer relationships, long-term contracts and high renewal rates provide us with a high degree of revenue and earnings stability and visibility.

Disciplined Focus on Service and Safety

        Our corporate slogan is "Service First, Safety Always." We maintain a relentless focus on customer service and we strive to consistently exceed our customers' expectations. Our localized approach to customer service and high quality management at our local operations result in a highly responsive, customer service oriented organization. By providing a high level of customer service, we maximize the value our customers receive from the services we deliver, which we believe ultimately increases customer loyalty and supports price stability.

        The safety of our workforce and our customers is paramount to us. We have a strong track record of safety and environmental compliance driven by company-wide programs centered on workforce training, stringent risk management and safety-related practices. Our

97


Table of Contents

shift toward an automated fleet has also enhanced our safety profile. Automated trucks, which only require a driver and collect waste automatically using a hydraulic lifting mechanism, are substantially safer than traditional rear-load vehicles, which require both a driver and an operator who manually loads waste into the rear of a vehicle. With a growing portion of our fleet comprised of automated vehicles, we have sought to create a safer work environment for our employees and to reduce the frequency of workplace injuries.

Industry Leading Management Team

        Led by CEO Richard Burke, CFO Steven Carn and COO John Spegal, our management team has extensive experience in the solid waste industry, consisting of operations, acquisitions and the development of disposal capacity. Our leadership team has instituted a strong, unified corporate culture and has successfully executed a differentiated growth strategy that positions us well to capitalize on continued organic and inorganic growth initiatives. While our leadership team drives our overall strategy, our decentralized management structure facilitates local management autonomy and enables us to capitalize on growth and cost reduction opportunities at the local level. Averaging more than 20 years of industry experience, our senior management team is supported by a talented group of regional, district and general managers who execute on our strategy in their respective markets.

Our Growth Strategies

Continue to Develop Vertically Integrated Geographic Operations

        Our vertically integrated geographic operating model serves as the foundation for our business strategy. We pursue a multi-faceted growth strategy within this operating framework, including both growth within our existing network of landfill and transfer stations and expansion into additional geographies in which we establish new vertically integrated operations. Further development of our existing vertically integrated operations will allow us to capitalize on incremental growth initiatives and efficiency gains, including the internalization of additional waste streams to expand volume, increase revenue and improve profitability.

Pursue Disciplined Acquisition Strategy

        Our ability to execute value-enhancing, tuck-in acquisitions has been a core component of our growth. From the Veolia Acquisition to date, we have completed 38 strategic tuck-in acquisitions at attractive EBITDA multiples. The U.S. solid waste industry remains highly fragmented, with approximately 43% of the total market consisting of either privately held providers or municipal operators. We believe that significant opportunities exist for further consolidation and that, as a result of our scale and broad geographic presence, we remain ideally positioned to capitalize on these opportunities.

        We intend to expand the scope of our operations by continuing to acquire solid waste management companies and disposal facilities in new markets and in existing or adjacent markets that are combined with, or tucked into, our existing operations. We intend to focus our acquisition efforts on markets that we believe provide significant growth opportunities. This focus typically highlights markets in which we can: (i) provide vertically integrated collection and disposal services; or (ii) provide waste collection services under exclusive arrangements. We believe that our experienced management team, decentralized operating strategy, financial strength and scale make us an attractive buyer to waste collection and disposal acquisition candidates.

98


Table of Contents

Secure Additional Exclusive Municipal Contracts

        We intend to continue to devote significant resources to securing additional municipal contracts. We have established a systematic and replicable approach to municipal contract bidding and privatization opportunities. In bidding for municipal contracts, our management team draws on its experience in the solid waste industry and knowledge of local service areas in existing and target markets. Our highly aligned district and local general management and sales and marketing personnel maintain relationships with local decision-makers within their service areas and are responsible for renewing and renegotiating existing municipal contracts and securing additional agreements and contracts with attractive financial returns.

Drive Financial Performance through Operational Excellence

        We maintain a consistent operational focus on prudent cost management and pricing discipline to drive profitability. Our strategy is implemented by our district and local general managers who continuously monitor their local markets and target profit maximization rather than throughput alone. We closely align the incentive structure of our local managers to the safety and financial performance of the local operations that they oversee to drive adjusted EBITDA and operating cash flow growth at the local level. In addition to increasing earnings through this operational focus, we remain committed to financial discipline through prudent management of returns on equity and capital deployed. We seek to increase operating margins, adjusted EBITDA and cash flow from operations and drive higher returns on invested capital by implementing programs focused on areas such as sales productivity and pricing effectiveness, driver productivity and route optimization, maintenance efficiency and effective purchasing.

Invest in Strategic Infrastructure

        We will continue to invest in our strategic infrastructure to support growth and expand our adjusted EBITDA margin. Given the long remaining life of our existing network of landfills, we continuously invest resources toward the development and enhancement of our landfills to increase our disposal capacity. Similarly, we will continue to evaluate opportunities to maximize the efficiency of our collection operations. We are currently in the process of converting our collection fleet to CNG-fueled vehicles in certain markets where we can achieve an attractive return on our investment. CNG-fueled vehicles, which can provide significant operating cost savings relative to diesel alternatives, currently comprise 14% of our routed fleet, and we continue to evaluate further conversion opportunities. We believe this will result in an improved profitability profile, as a result of the added fuel efficiency and labor savings. Finally, we have converted approximately 54% of our routed residential collection fleet to automated vehicles and continue to convert more of our routed collection fleet to automated vehicles, which should result in incremental operating cost savings. In addition to labor cost savings, management believes the shift toward an automated fleet will result in reduced injury claims and workers compensation expense.

Invest in Our People

        Employing and developing a broad base of highly talented employees is essential to success in our decentralized operating model. We will continue to invest in high-quality talent in order to most effectively manage our existing operations and execute our growth strategy. We rely on managers and employees with specific local market knowledge to not only operate our business but also to identify and integrate tuck-in acquisitions and new municipal contract wins. As such, we continuously recruit and hire talented local-level employees who are capable of supporting our growth initiatives and provide the best-in-class customer service we strive to deliver.

99


Table of Contents

        We have consistently realized organic growth driven by a strong, dedicated sales force. Our team of professionals has executed our sales strategy by focusing not only on growth, but also on profitability. We will continue to drive this strategy by rewarding our managers who successfully monitor their local markets and have a proven track record of achieving profitable growth. We will also invest in new sales employees and marketing initiatives within markets that further our overall vertically integrated geographic operating strategy, driving new wins, enhancing our route density and increasing volumes to landfills.

Our History

        Our predecessor company was formed in November 2000 with the vision to build a vertically integrated non-hazardous solid waste business in the Southeastern United States. Following the acquisition of ADS Inc. and Interstate Waste by Highstar Capital in 2006, our management team, together with Highstar Capital, successfully implemented growth and operational strategies to establish these companies as among the largest waste management companies in their respective markets. In addition to substantially increasing our overall scale, the Veolia Acquisition provided a synergistic overlap in key South and East market segments while establishing a strong presence in several secondary markets in the Midwest. Subsequent to the Veolia Acquisition, we divested certain operations in the Northeast and South regions, including substantially all of our New York, New Jersey, Massachusetts, Mississippi and Vermont operations, which did not align with our strategic focus. We have continued to pursue our vertically integrated approach to the market through both organic initiatives and through strategic tuck-in acquisitions, having completed 38 acquisitions since the Veolia Acquisition to date.

Our Sponsor

        Highstar Capital provides operationally focused, value-added investment management services. Since 2000, the Highstar Capital team has managed approximately $8 billion on behalf of its managed funds and co-investment vehicles in a diversified portfolio of energy, transportation and environmental services assets and businesses.

Operations

        Our operations are managed through three regional offices located in the South, Midwest and East regions of the United States. Each of the regions has a diversified portfolio of collection, disposal and recycling operations that are supervised by regional vice presidents with extensive experience in growing, operating and managing solid waste management companies within their local markets. Each regional vice president works with and supervises several district and general managers who manage facilities and operations.

        Collection Services.     We serve approximately 2.8 million residential and 202,000 C&I customers and over 800 municipalities through our 93 collection operations. We internalize 65% of the waste into our own landfills as of September 30, 2015. 14% of our routed fleet uses CNG, which significantly reduces carbon emissions compared to diesel-fueled collection trucks.

        Our residential collection operations consist of curbside collection of residential refuse from small carts or containers into collection vehicles for transport to a disposal/recycling site. These services are typically performed either under long-term contracts with local government entities or on a subscription basis, whereby individual households contract directly with us for our collection services. Our residential contracts generally allow for rate increases.

100


Table of Contents

        We generally secure our contracts with municipalities through a competitive bid process and such contracts give us exclusive rights to service all or a portion of the homes in the respective municipalities. These contracts generally range in term from three to ten years and represent approximately 80% of our residential collection revenue. Municipal contracts can be designed as either mandatory or non-mandatory franchises. Mandatory franchises allow us to become the exclusive provider of waste management services for the areas of the municipality included in the contract, which requires all residential customers within those areas to use our services for solid waste collection and disposal. Non-mandatory franchises allow us to retain the exclusive right to service the specified areas of the municipality, with no competitor permitted to offer services to residential customers, but residential customers may choose not to use our services.

        The fees that we receive for residential collection on an individual subscription basis are based primarily on market factors, frequency and type of service, the distance to the disposal facility and the cost of disposal. In general, subscription residential collection fees are paid quarterly or monthly in advance by the residential customers receiving the service and other residential services are paid in arrears. Residential revenue represents approximately 29% of our overall revenue.

        For C&I operations, we supply our customers with waste containers suitable for their needs and rent or sell compactors to large waste generators. Standard service agreements with C&I customers are typically three to five years in length with pricing based on estimated disposal weight and time required to service the account. We generally bill commercial customers monthly in advance. Industrial customers are generally billed in arrears for our services. The customer generally may not cancel C&I standard service agreements for a period of 36 to 60 months from the start of service without incurring a cancellation penalty. In addition, contracts typically are renewed automatically unless the customer specifically requests cancellation. Our standard C&I service contracts generally allow for rate increases and represent about 36% of our overall collection revenue.

        Our C&D waste services provide C&D sites with rolloff containers and waste collection, transportation and disposal services. C&D services are typically provided pursuant to arrangements in which the customer provides 24-hour advance notice of its disposal needs and is billed on a "per pull" plus disposal basis. While the majority of our rolloff services are provided to customers under long-term contracts, we generally do not enter into contracts with our C&D customers that utilize temporary rolloff containers due to the relatively short-term nature of most C&D projects. Our temporary rolloff customers pay us in arrears for our services.

        Disposal Services.     Landfill disposal services represent the final stage in our vertically integrated waste collection and disposal services solution. We own or operate 30 MSW landfills and 9 C&D landfills, enabling us to offer comprehensive service to our customers. Our landfills average approximately 15.8 million tons of waste annually, of which 65% of the volume is internalized from our collection operations and transfer stations as of September 30, 2015. We charge tipping fees to third parties that utilize our landfills and transfer stations.

        As of September 30, 2015, our landfills had approximately 305.2 million cubic yards of utilized airspace and total permitted and deemed airspace of approximately 816.3 million cubic yards. Our active landfills that are currently accepting waste have an average of 28 years of aggregate remaining permitable and deemed permitable life with a capacity utilization of 37%. The in-place capacity of our landfills is subject to change based on engineering factors, requirements of regulatory authorities, our ability to continue to operate

101


Table of Contents

our landfills in compliance with applicable regulations and our ability to successfully renew operating permits and obtain expansion permits at our sites. Some of our landfills accept non-hazardous special waste, including coal ash, asbestos and contaminated soils.

        Most of our active landfill sites have the potential for expanded disposal capacity beyond the currently permitted acreage. We monitor the availability of permitted disposal capacity at each of our landfills and evaluate whether to pursue an expansion at a given landfill based on estimated future waste volumes and prices, market needs, remaining capacity and the likelihood of obtaining an expansion. To satisfy future disposal demand, we are currently seeking to expand permitted capacity at certain of our landfills. However, we cannot assure you that all proposed or future expansions will be permitted as designed.

        We also have responsibility for five closed landfills, for which we have associated closure and post-closure obligations.

        As part of our vertically integrated solid waste disposal services, we operate 74 transfer stations. Transfer stations receive, consolidate and transfer solid waste to landfills and recycling facilities. Transfer stations enable us to:

    increase the operational reach of our landfill operations;

    increase the volume of revenue-generating disposal at our landfills;

    achieve greater leverage in negotiating more favorable disposal rates at landfills that we do not operate;

    improve efficiency of collection, personnel and equipment; and

    build relationships with municipalities and other operators that deliver waste to our transfer stations, leading to additional growth and acquisition opportunities.

        Revenue at transfer stations is primarily generated by charging tipping or disposal fees. Our collection operations deposit waste at these transfer stations, as do other private and municipal haulers, for compaction and transfer to disposal sites or MRFs. Transfer stations provide our collection operations with a cost-effective means to consolidate waste and reduce transportation costs while providing our landfill sites with an additional point of access to extend the geographic reach of a particular landfill site with the goal of increased internalization.

        Recycling Services.     We are focused on opportunistically developing our base of recycling facilities. There has been a growing interest in recycling, which is driven by public and private markets that are placing environmental stewardship as a top priority. This is evidenced by requests for proposals that incorporate alternate methods to manage the collection, processing and disposal of waste.

        We have a network of 22 recycling facilities that we own, manage or operate. These facilities generate revenue through the collection, processing and sale of old corrugated cardboard, old newspaper, mixed paper, aluminum, glass and other materials. These recyclable materials are internally collected by our residential and industrial collection operations as well as third-party haulers.

        Fuel and Environmental Fees.     The amounts charged for collection, disposal, transfer, and recycling services may include fuel fees and environmental fees. Fuel fees and environmental fees are not designed to be specific to the direct costs and expense to service an individual customer's account, but rather are designed to address and to help recover for changes in our overall cost structure and to achieve an operating margin acceptable to us.

102


Table of Contents

        Other Services.     Other revenue is comprised of ancillary revenue-generating activities, such as landfill gas-to-energy operations at MSW landfills, management of third-party owned landfills, customer service charges relating to overdue payments and customer administrative fees relating to customers who request paper copies of invoices rather than opting for electronic invoices and a small brokerage business (which we divested in 2015), which is earned by managing waste services for our customers.

Customers

        We provide services to a broad base of commercial, industrial, municipal and residential customers. No single customer individually accounted for more than 2% of our consolidated revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 or for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Competition

        Although we operate in a highly competitive industry, entry into our business and the ability to operate profitably require substantial amounts of capital and managerial experience. Competition in the non-hazardous solid waste industry comes from a few large, national publicly owned companies, several regional publicly and privately owned solid waste companies, and thousands of small privately owned companies. In any given market, competitors may have larger operations and greater resources. In addition to national and regional firms and numerous local companies, we compete with municipalities that maintain waste collection or disposal operations. These municipalities may have financial advantages due to the availability of tax revenue and tax-exempt financing.

        We compete for collection accounts primarily on the basis of price and the quality of our services. From time to time, our competitors reduce the price of their services in an effort to expand market share or to win a competitively bid municipal contract. Our ability to maintain and increase prices in certain markets may be impacted by our competitors' pricing policies. This may have an impact on our future revenue and profitability.

Regulation

        Our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of federal, state and local requirements that regulate the environment, public health, safety, zoning and land use. Operating and other permits, licenses and other approvals are required for landfills and transfer stations, recycling facilities, certain solid waste collection vehicles, fuel storage tanks and other facilities that we own or operate. These permits are subject to denial, revocation, suspension, modification and renewal in certain circumstances. Federal, state and local laws and regulations vary, but generally govern wastewater or storm water discharges, air emissions, the handling, transportation, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous waste, and the remediation of contamination associated with the release or threatened release of hazardous substances. These laws and regulations provide governmental authorities with strict powers of enforcement, which include the ability to revoke or decline to renew environmental or other permits, obtain injunctions, or impose fines or penalties in the event of violations, including criminal penalties. The EPA and various other federal, state and local authorities administer these regulations.

        We strive to conduct our operations in compliance with applicable laws, regulations and permits. However, from time to time we have been issued notices and citations from governmental authorities that have resulted in fines, penalties, the need to expend funds for compliance with environmental laws and regulations, remedial work and related activities at various landfills and other facilities. We cannot assure you that citations and notices will not

103


Table of Contents

be issued in the future or that any such notice or citation will not have a material effect on our operations or results.

        Federal Regulation.     The following summarizes the primary federal environmental and occupational health and safety-related statutes that affect our facilities and operations:

        RCRA, as amended, regulates handling, transporting and disposing of hazardous and non-hazardous waste and delegates authority to states to develop programs to ensure the safe disposal of solid waste. In 1991, the EPA issued its final regulations under Subtitle D of RCRA, which set forth minimum federal performance and design criteria for solid waste landfills. These regulations are typically implemented by the states, although states can impose requirements that are more stringent than the Subtitle D standards. Occasionally, the condensates or other materials generated during our operations may be classified as a "regulated hazardous waste," and require special handling, transport and treatment. As a result, some of our operations are subject to RCRA, and comparable state laws, which impose requirements for the handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste. Owners and operators of facilities that generate hazardous waste must obtain an EPA ID number and comply with generator requirements, including proper containerization, storage, handling, transportation and disposal. RCRA also imposes extensive recordkeeping and reporting obligations. We incur costs in complying with these standards in the ordinary course of our operations.

        The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, ("CERCLA") which is also known as Superfund, provides for authorized federal authorities to respond directly to releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances into the environment that have created actual or potential environmental hazards. CERCLA's primary means for addressing such releases is to impose strict liability for cleanup of certain contaminated or disposal sites upon current and former site owners and operators, generators of the hazardous substances at the site and transporters who selected the disposal site and transported substances thereto. Liability under CERCLA is strict, joint and several and not dependent on the intentional release of hazardous substances; it can be based upon the release or threatened release, even as a result of lawful, unintentional and non-negligent action, of hazardous substances as the term is defined by CERCLA and other applicable statutes and regulations. The EPA may issue orders requiring responsible parties to perform response actions at sites, or the EPA may seek recovery of funds expended or to be expended in the future at sites. Liability may include contribution for cleanup costs incurred by a defendant in a CERCLA civil action or by an entity that has previously resolved its liability to federal or state regulators in an administrative or judicially-approved settlement. Liability under CERCLA could also include obligations to a potentially responsible party ("PRP") that voluntarily expends site clean-up costs. Further, liability for damage to publicly-owned natural resources may also be imposed. We are subject to potential liability under CERCLA as an owner or operator of facilities at which hazardous substances have been disposed and as an arranger, generator or transporter of hazardous substances disposed of at other locations.

        The Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, as amended, known as the Clean Water Act, regulates the discharge of pollutants into streams, rivers, groundwater, or other surface waters from a variety of sources, including solid and hazardous waste disposal sites. If run-off from our operations may be discharged into surface waters, the Clean Water Act requires us to apply for and obtain discharge permits, conduct sampling and monitoring, and, under certain circumstances, reduce the quantity of pollutants in those discharges. In 1990, the EPA issued additional standards for management of storm water runoff that require landfills and other waste-handling facilities to obtain storm water discharge permits. In addition, if a landfill or other facility discharges wastewater through a sewage system to a publicly-owned treatment works, the facility must comply with discharge limits imposed by the treatment

104


Table of Contents

works. Also, before the development or expansion of a landfill can alter or affect wetlands, a permit may have to be obtained providing for mitigation or replacement wetlands. The Clean Water Act provides for civil, criminal and administrative penalties for violations of its provisions.

        The Clean Air Act provides for increased federal, state and local regulation of the emission of air pollutants. Certain of our operations are subject to the requirements of the Clean Air Act, including large MSW landfills and landfill gas-to-energy facilities. In 1996 the EPA issued new source performance standards ("NSPS") and emission guidelines ("EG") controlling landfill gases from new and existing large landfills. In January 2003, the EPA issued Maximum Achievable Control Technology ("MACT") standards for MSW landfills subject to the NSPS. These regulations impose limits on air emissions from large MSW landfills, subject most of our large MSW landfills to certain operating permit requirements under Title V of the Clean Air Act and, in many instances, require installation of landfill gas collection and control systems to control emissions or to treat and utilize landfill gas on- or off-site. The EPA entered into a settlement agreement with the Environmental Defense Fund to evaluate the 1996 NSPS for new landfills as required by the Clean Air Act every eight years and revise them if deemed necessary. The EPA initially published a proposed landfill NSPS rule July 17, 2014. The new NSPS would apply to new or modified landfills, and impose requirements on independent operators of landfill gas and renewable natural gas facilities. On August 14, 2015, as part of the Obama Administration's Climate Action Plan—Strategy to Reduce Methane Emissions, the EPA issued a supplemental NSPS proposal for reducing emissions from new and modified landfills and, in a separate action, the EPA proposed updates to its 1996 Emission Guidelines for existing MSW landfills that would further reduce methane emissions. If implemented, these regulations would also require both new, modified and existing landfills to install pollution controls if nonmethane organic compounds emissions of landfill gas exceed 34 metric tons per year; closed landfills under the rule would remain subject to the current threshold of 50 metric tons per year. When the EPA issues the final NSPS rule, we will re-assess the capital and operating cost impact to our operations. If the EPA were to adopt more stringent requirements, capital expenditures and operating costs would increase. However, we do not believe that the regulatory changes would have a material adverse impact on our business as a whole.

        In 2010, the EPA issued the PSD and Title V GHG Tailoring Rule, which expanded the EPA's federal air permitting authority to include the six GHGs, including methane and carbon dioxide. The rule sets new thresholds for GHG emissions that define when Clean Air Act permits are required. The requirements of these rules have not significantly affected our operations or cash flows, due to the tailored thresholds and exclusions of certain emissions from regulation.

        In June 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court issued a decision that significantly limited the applicability and scope of EPA permitting requirements for GHGs from stationary sources, concluding that the EPA may not treat GHGs as an air pollutant for purposes of determining whether a source is required to obtain a PSD or Title V permit, although the court also concluded that the EPA can continue to require that PSD permits, which are otherwise required based on emissions of conventional pollutants, contain limitations on GHG emissions based on Best Available Control Technology ("BACT"). (In May 2015, the D.C. Circuit upheld the EPA's authority to continue regulating GHG emissions at sources already subject to Title V permitting requirements for other pollutants.) In November, 2014, the EPA issued a policy memorandum advising that it intends to propose exempting biogenic carbon dioxide emissions from waste-derived feedstocks (MSW and landfill gas) from PSD and Title V air permitting. The EPA based this proposal on the rationale that those emissions are likely to have minimal or no net atmospheric contributions, or even reduce such impacts, when compared to an alternate method of disposal. As a result of this U.S. Supreme Court ruling

105


Table of Contents

and EPA policy action, the anticipated impact of the PSD and Title V GHG Tailoring Rule on our air permits, compliance and results of operations is not expected to have a material impact on our operations or results.

        On August 3, 2015, the EPA published the final Clean Power Plan setting CO 2 emission performance standards for affected electric generating units and requiring states to submit State Implementation Plans for reducing GHG emissions from affected sources and meeting the state's CO 2 emission reduction goals. The Clean Power Plan contemplates that states may choose to meet their emission reduction obligations through a variety of measures including landfill gas. The final Clean Power Plan and the Proposed Federal Implementation Plan notes that states may choose to rely on waste derived biogenic feedstocks in their future proposed compliance plans required by the proposed Clean Power Plan rules. This recognition by the EPA may create new or expanded opportunities for renewable energy projects.

        Other recent final and proposed rules to increase the stringency of certain National Ambient Air Quality Standards, such as the Ozone rule proposed in December 2014, and related PSD increment/significance thresholds could affect the cost, timeliness and availability of air permits for new and modified large MSW landfills and landfill gas to energy facilities. In general, controlling emissions involves installing collection wells in a landfill and routing the gas to a suitable energy recovery system or combustion device. As of August 2015, we had five active projects at solid waste landfills where landfill gas was captured and utilized for its renewable energy value rather than flared. Efforts to curtail the emission of GHGs and to ameliorate the effect of climate change may require our landfills to deploy more stringent emission controls, with associated capital or operating costs, however, we do not believe that such regulations will have a material adverse impact on our business as a whole. The adoption of climate change legislation or regulations restricting emissions of GHG could increase our costs to operate.

        Potential climate change and GHG regulatory initiatives have influenced our business strategy to provide low-carbon services to our customers, and we increasingly view our ability to offer lower carbon services as a key component of our business growth. If the U.S. were to impose a carbon tax or other form of GHG regulation increasing demand for low-carbon service offerings in the future, the services we are developing will be increasingly valuable.

        In 2011, the EPA published the Non-Hazardous Secondary Materials ("NHSM") Rule, which provides the standards and procedures for identifying whether NHSM are solid waste under RCRA when used as fuels or ingredients in combustion units. The EPA also published NSPS and EGs for commercial and industrial solid waste incineration units, and MACT Standards for commercial and industrial boilers. The EPA published clarifications and amendments to these rules in 2013, and there is litigation surrounding the rules. Although the recently published amendments are generally favorable to our industry, some of the potential regulatory interpretations are undergoing review and other regulatory outcomes may be dependent on case-by-case administrative determinations. These could have a significant impact on some of our projects in which we are seeking to convert biomass or other secondary materials into products, fuels or energy. Therefore, it is not possible to quantify the financial impact of these rulemakings or pending administrative determinations at the present time. However, we believe the rules and administrative determinations will not have a material adverse impact on our business as a whole and are more likely to facilitate our efforts to reuse or recover energy value from secondary material streams.

        December 2014, the EPA issued a final rule regulating the disposal and beneficial use of CCR. The regulations encourage beneficial use of CCR in encapsulated uses (e.g., used in cement or wallboard), and use according to established industry standards (e.g., application of sludge for agricultural enrichment). The EPA also deemed disposal and beneficial use of CCR at permitted MSW landfills exempt from the new regulations because the RCRA Subtitle D

106


Table of Contents

standards applicable at MSW landfills provide at least equivalent protection. The new standards are consistent with our approach to handling CCR at our sites currently, and we believe the new standards will provide a potential growth opportunity for us. States may impose standards more stringent than the federal program, and we will be monitoring state implementation to determine impact.

        Additionally, emission and fuel economy standards have been imposed on manufacturers of transportation vehicles (including waste collection vehicles). The EPA continues to evaluate and develop regulations to increase fuel economy standards and reduce vehicle emissions. Such regulations could increase the costs of operating our fleet, but we do not believe any such regulations would have a material adverse impact on our business as a whole.

        The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, ("OSH") establishes certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA"), and various reporting and record keeping obligations as well as disclosure and procedural requirements. Various standards for notices of hazards, safety in excavation and demolition work and the handling of asbestos, may apply to our operations. The Department of Transportation and OSHA, along with other federal agencies, have jurisdiction over certain aspects of hazardous materials and hazardous waste, including safety, movement and disposal. Various state and local agencies with jurisdiction over disposal of hazardous waste may seek to regulate movement of hazardous materials in areas not otherwise preempted by federal law.

        State and Local Regulation.     Each state in which we operate has its own laws and regulations governing solid waste disposal, water and air pollution, and, in most cases, releases and cleanup of hazardous substances and liabilities for such matters. States also have adopted regulations governing the design, operation, maintenance and closure of landfills and transfer stations. Some counties, municipalities and other local governments have adopted similar laws and regulations. In addition, our operations may be affected by the trend in many states toward requiring solid waste reduction and recycling programs. For example, several states have enacted laws that require counties or municipalities to adopt comprehensive plans to reduce, through solid waste planning, composting, recycling or other programs, the volume of solid waste deposited in landfills. Additionally, laws and regulations restricting the disposal of certain waste in solid waste landfills, including yard waste, newspapers, beverage containers, unshredded tires, lead-acid batteries, electronic wastes and household appliances, have been adopted in several states and are being considered in others. Legislative and regulatory measures to mandate or encourage waste reduction at the source and waste recycling also have been or are under consideration by the U.S. Congress and the EPA.

        To construct, operate and expand a landfill, we must obtain one or more construction or operating permits, as well as zoning and land use approvals. These permits and approvals may be burdensome to obtain and to comply with, are often opposed by neighboring landowners and citizens' and environmental groups, may be subject to periodic renewal, and are subject to denial, modification, non-renewal and revocation by the issuing agency. Significant compliance disclosure obligations often accompany these processes. In connection with our acquisition of existing landfills, we may be required to spend considerable time, effort and money to bring the acquired facilities into compliance with applicable requirements and to obtain the permits and approvals necessary to increase their capacity. While we typically take into account the costs to bring an asset into compliance with applicable requirements during the acquisition process, we may incur costs beyond those estimated in the pre-acquisition stage.

107


Table of Contents

        Other Regulations.     Many of our facilities own and operate above ground or underground storage tanks that are generally used to store petroleum-based products. These tanks are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations that mandate their periodic testing, upgrading, closure and removal. In the event of leaks or releases from these tanks, these regulations require that polluted groundwater and soils be remediated. While we believe that all of our underground storage tanks currently meet applicable regulatory requirements in all material respects, there can be no guarantee that some tanks will not fail to meet such requirements in the future. We maintain a storage tank liability policy which, subject to limitations and exclusions, provides coverage for first-party remediation and third-party claims.

        With regard to our solid waste transportation operations, we are subject to the jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board and are regulated by the Federal Highway Administration, Office of Motor Carriers, and by regulatory agencies in states that regulate such matters. Various state and local government authorities have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations that would restrict the transportation of solid waste across state, county, or other jurisdiction lines. In 1978, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that a law that restricts the importation of out-of-state solid waste is unconstitutional; however, states have attempted to distinguish proposed laws from those involved in and implicated by that ruling. In 1994, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that a flow control law, which attempted to restrict solid waste from leaving its place of generation, imposes an impermissible burden upon interstate commerce and is unconstitutional. However, in 2007, the U.S. Supreme Court upheld the right of a local government to direct the flow of solid waste to a publicly owned and publicly operated waste facility. A number of county and other local jurisdictions have enacted ordinances or other regulations restricting the free movement of solid waste across jurisdictional boundaries. Other governments may enact similar regulations in the future. These regulations may, in some cases, cause a decline in volumes of waste delivered to our landfills or transfer stations and may increase our costs of disposal.

        Emissions from Natural Gas Fueling and Infrastructure.     We operate a fleet of 269 CNG vehicles and we plan to continue to transition a portion of our collection fleet from diesel fuel to CNG, in locations where it is cost beneficial. We have constructed and operate natural gas fueling stations. Concerns have been raised about the potential for emissions from the fueling stations and infrastructure that serve natural gas-fueled vehicles. Additional regulation of, or restrictions on, CNG fueling infrastructure or reductions in associated tax incentives could increase our operating costs. We are not yet able to evaluate potential operating changes or costs associated with such regulations, but we do not anticipate that such regulations would have a material adverse impact on our business or our current plan to continue transitioning to CNG vehicles.

        Liabilities Established for Landfill and Environmental Costs.     We have established reserves for landfill and environmental costs, which include landfill site final capping, closure and post-closure costs and costs for contamination-related obligations. We periodically reassess such costs based on various methods and assumptions regarding landfill airspace and the technical requirements of Subtitle D of RCRA, and we adjust our rates used to expense final capping, closure and post-closure costs accordingly. Based on current information and regulatory requirements, we believe that our recorded reserves for such landfill and environmental expenditures are adequate. However, environmental laws and regulations may change, and we cannot assure you that our recorded reserves will be adequate to cover requirements under existing or new environmental laws and regulations, future changes or interpretations of existing laws and regulations, or adverse environmental conditions previously unknown to us.

108


Table of Contents

Liability Insurance and Bonding

        The nature of our business exposes us to the risk of liabilities arising out of our operations, including possible damages to the environment. Such potential liabilities could involve, for example, claims for remediation costs, personal injury, property damage and damage to the environment, claims of employees, customers or third parties for personal injury or property damage occurring in the course of our operations; or claims alleging negligence or other wrongdoing in the planning or performance of work. We also could be subject to fines and civil and criminal penalties in connection with alleged violations of regulatory requirements, which could be significant. Our solid waste operations have third-party environmental liability insurance with limits in excess of those required by permit regulations, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. However, we cannot assure you that our environmental liability insurance would be adequate, in scope or amount, in the event of a major loss, nor can we assure you that we would continue to carry excess environmental liability insurance should market conditions in the insurance industry make such coverage costs prohibitive.

        We maintain general liability, vehicle liability, employment practices liability, fiduciary liability, pollution liability, directors and officers' liability, workers' compensation and employer's liability coverage, as well as umbrella liability policies to provide excess coverage over the underlying limits contained in these primary policies. We also carry property insurance. Although we try to operate safely and prudently and we have, subject to limitations and exclusions, substantial liability insurance, we cannot assure you that we will not be exposed to uninsured liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        Our insurance programs for workers' compensation, general liability, vehicle liability and employee-related health care benefits are effectively self-insured. Claims in excess of self-insurance levels are insured subject to the excess policy limits and exclusions. Accruals are based on claims filed and actuarial estimates of claims development and claims incurred but not reported. Due to the variable condition of the insurance market, we have experienced, and may experience in the future, increased self-insurance retention levels and increased premiums. As we assume more risk for self-insurance through higher retention levels, we may experience more variability in our self-insurance reserves and expense.

        In the normal course of business, we post performance bonds, insurance policies, letters of credit, or cash or marketable securities deposits in connection with municipal residential collection contracts, closure and post-closure of landfills, environmental remediation, environmental permits and business licenses and permits as a financial guarantee of our performance. To date, we have satisfied financial responsibility requirements by making cash or marketable securities deposits or by obtaining bank letters of credit, insurance policies or surety bonds. The amount of surety bonds issued by third parties at June 30, 2014 was $705.4 million and our outstanding letters of credit amounted to $62.4 million.

Properties

        Our corporate headquarters is located at 90 Fort Wade Rd, Ponte Vedra, Florida 32081, where we currently lease approximately 63,000 square feet of office space under leases expiring through 2020. We also maintain regional administrative offices in North Carolina, Georgia and Illinois.

        Our principal property and equipment consists of land, landfills, buildings, vehicles and equipment. We own or lease real property in the states in which we conduct operations. We own or operate 93 collection operations, 74 transfer stations, 22 recycling facilities and 39 landfills in 18 states and the Bahamas. In aggregate, our active solid waste landfills total

109


Table of Contents

approximately 21,490 acres, including approximately 10,700 permitted and expansion acres. "Expansion acreage" consists of unpermitted acreage where the related expansion efforts meet our criteria to be included as expansion airspace. A discussion of the related criteria is included within the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions" section included herein. We also own or have responsibilities for five closed landfills. We believe that our property and equipment are adequate for our current needs.

Employees

        As of September 30, 2015, we had over 5,400 employees, approximately 13.2% of whom were covered by collective bargaining agreements. From time to time, our operating locations may experience union organizing efforts. We have not historically experienced any significant work stoppages. We currently have no disputes or bargaining circumstances that we believe could cause significant disruptions in our business. Our management believes we have good relations with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

        In February 2009, we and certain of our subsidiaries were named as defendants in a purported class action suit in the Circuit Court of Macon County, Alabama. Similar class action complaints were brought against us and certain of our subsidiaries in 2011 in Duval County, Florida and in 2013 in Quitman County, Georgia and Barbour County, Alabama, and in Chester County, Pennsylvania in 2014 and in Gwinett County, Georgia in 2015. The Georgia complaint was dismissed in March 2014. The plaintiffs in those cases primarily allege that the defendants charged improper fees (fuel, administrative and environmental fees) that were in breach of the plaintiffs' service agreements with us and seek damages in an unspecified amount. We believe that we have meritorious defenses against these purported class actions, which we will vigorously pursue. Given the inherent uncertainties of litigation, including the early stage of these cases, the unknown size of any potential class, and legal and factual issues in dispute, the outcome of these cases cannot be predicted and a range of loss, if any, cannot currently be estimated.

        In November 2014, the Attorney General of the State of Vermont filed a complaint against the Company relating to the Moretown, Vermont landfill regarding alleged odor and other environmental-related noncompliances with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. In the complaint, the Attorney General requested that the State of Vermont Superior Court find the Company liable for the alleged noncompliances, issue related civil penalties, and order the Company to reimburse the State of Vermont for enforcement costs. While the complaint does not issue a monetary penalty, prior correspondence from the Attorney General of the State of Vermont indicates that it may seek a penalty of $450,000 relating to the alleged noncompliances.

        We are subject to various other proceedings, lawsuits, disputes and claims arising in the ordinary course of its business. Many of these actions raise complex factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties. Actions filed against Company include commercial, customer, environmental and employment-related claims. The plaintiffs in some actions seek unspecified damages or injunctive relief, or both. These actions are in various procedural stages, and some are covered in part by insurance. Although we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any legal matter with certainty and the range of loss cannot be currently estimated, we do not believe that the eventual outcome of any such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

110


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth the name, age, position and a summary of business experience for each person who is currently an executive officer or director of Advanced Disposal. Prior to the completion of the offering, we expect to add Mr. Preslar as a director. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Preslar and Mr. Pedreiro are independent directors within the meaning of the NYSE rules.

Name
  Age (1)   Position

Richard Burke

  51   Chief Executive Officer, Director

John Spegal

  62   Chief Operating Officer

Steven R. Carn

  51   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Director

Matthew Gunnelson

  52   Chief Accounting Officer, Assistant Treasurer

Michael K. Slattery

  62   Senior Vice President—General Counsel, Secretary

William Westrate

  55   Chief Administrative Officer

Mary O'Brien

  45   Chief Marketing Officer

Christopher Beall

  41   Director

John Miller

  69   Director

Bret Budenbender

  43   Director

Jared Parker

  33   Director

Matthew Rinklin

  33   Director

Sergio Pedreiro

  50   Director

B. Clyde Preslar

  61   Director nominee

(1)
As of December 31, 2015.

        Each Director serves until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

        Richard Burke —Mr. Burke has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Advanced Disposal since July 1, 2014. Prior to being named Chief Executive Officer, effective July 1, 2014, Mr. Burke served as President of Advanced Disposal since November 2012. Prior to joining Advanced Disposal, Mr. Burke served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Veolia Environmental Services North America Corp., a water, waste and energy management company, from 2009 to 2012 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Veolia ES Solid Waste, Inc., a water, waste and energy management company, from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Burke began his employment with Veolia, Inc. in 1999 as Area Manager for the Southeast Wisconsin area, and served as Regional Vice President for the Eastern and Southern markets until he was appointed Chief Executive Officer. Prior to joining Veolia, Inc., he spent 12 years with Waste Management, Inc., a waste management company, in a variety of leadership positions. Mr. Burke holds a Bachelor's degree from Randolph Macon College. Mr. Burke's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his substantial experience in the area of corporate strategy, operations and finance.

        John Spegal —Mr. Spegal has served as the Chief Operating Officer of Advanced Disposal since 2014. Mr. Spegal joined Advanced Disposal in 2013 as the Vice President of Business Development in 2013. Prior to joining Advanced Disposal, Mr. Spegal spent more than six years with AIR-serv Group LLC, a tire inflation and vacuum specialist company, as Regional Vice President and was responsible for their East Coast operations. Prior to that, he was at Allied Waste Industries/Browning Ferris Industries, a waste management company, for more than 20 years serving in various management roles throughout the Mid-Atlantic, Southeast

111


Table of Contents

and Southern regions, including Puerto Rico. Mr. Spegal holds a Bachelor's degree from the University of South Carolina.

        Steven R. Carn —Mr. Carn has served as the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and a Director of Advanced Disposal since 2012. Mr. Carn joined ADS Inc., a historical business of Advanced Disposal, in April 2001 and served as Chief Accounting Officer until August 2006, when he became the Chief Financial Officer of ADS Inc. Prior to joining ADS Inc., Mr. Carn served for three years as Chief Financial Officer for Town Star Food Stores, LLC, a chain of convenience stores, from 1998 to 2001. Prior to his service with Town Star, Mr. Carn served as Senior Consultant with CFO Services, Inc., a company engaged primarily in providing temporary chief financial officer services to emerging companies in the Jacksonville, Florida area. He began his career as an auditor with Ernst & Young in 1987. Mr. Carn graduated from The Ohio State University with a Bachelor's degree in Business Administration in 1987. Mr. Carn is a certified public accountant in Ohio. Mr. Carn's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his substantial experience in the area of corporate strategy, accounting and finance.

        Matthew Gunnelson —Mr. Gunnelson has served as the Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Treasurer of Advanced Disposal since 2012. Prior to becoming our Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Treasurer in 2012, Mr. Gunnelson served as Corporate Controller and Assistant Secretary of Veolia ES Solid Waste, Inc. from 2005 to 2012. Prior to joining Veolia ES Solid Waste, Inc., Mr. Gunnelson served as Division Controller for Tecumseh Products—Engine and Transmission Group, a manufacturer of refrigeration and cooling products, from 1999 through 2005. Prior to his service with Tecumseh Products—Engine and Transmission Group, Mr. Gunnelson held various finance positions with Giddings & Lewis, Inc., a machine tool manufacturer. He began his career as an auditor with Ernst & Young in 1986. Mr. Gunnelson is a certified public accountant and holds a Bachelor's of Business Administration degree in accounting and finance from the University of Wisconsin-Madison.

        Michael K. Slattery —Mr. Slattery has served as the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Advanced Disposal since July 2014. He also serves as corporate secretary. Prior to joining Advanced Disposal, Mr. Slattery most recently served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel for Veolia Environmental Services North America Corp. from 2004 to 2012 with responsibility for the management of the law department and all legal affairs in North America. Prior to joining the Veolia group, Mr. Slattery served as Vice President & Deputy General Counsel for Fruit of the Loom, Inc., a clothing manufacturer, with responsibility for the management of legal affairs throughout North America, Canada, Europe, North Africa and Latin America. Prior to joining Fruit of the Loom, Mr. Slattery served as Vice President and General Counsel for Wheelabrator Technologies, Inc., a solid waste management firm, and as General Counsel for several major North and Latin American operating divisions for Waste Management, Inc. Mr. Slattery is a graduate of the John Marshall Law School in Chicago, where he was an assistant editor of the John Marshall Law Review and earned his Bachelor's degree in Economics from St. Joseph's College in Rensselaer, Indiana.

        William Westrate —Mr. Westrate has served as the Chief Administrative Officer of Advanced Disposal since 2014. In this role, Mr. Westrate is responsible for Advanced Disposal's administrative functions, including human resources, procurement and information technology. Mr. Westrate had previously served as Vice President of Information Technology for Advanced Disposal since 2013. Prior to that post, he served as the Chief Information Officer at Veolia Environmental Services North America Corp. from 2010 to 2013 and was instrumental in leading a number of significant technology changes and service offerings.

112


Table of Contents

Mr. Westrate has over 17 years of executive IT leadership experience with companies including Aramark, a food and facilities management services company, ServiceMaster, a residential and commercial services company, Interdent, a dental services support company, and Van Kampen Funds, a mutual fund, and holds a Bachelor's degree in Computer Science and Business Administration from Taylor University.

        Mary O'Brien —Ms. O'Brien has served as the Chief Marketing Officer of Advanced Disposal since 2012. Ms. O'Brien previously served as the Chief Marketing Officer of ADS Inc. from 2001 to 2012, overseeing all marketing and communication efforts of ADS Inc. and its subsidiaries. Ms. O'Brien's responsibilities include branding, municipal market development, advertising, government relations and public relations. In addition, her duties include incorporating new market research development and entry strategy, database management, state and local legislative permitting political efforts, internet presence management and industry networking. Ms. O'Brien received her Bachelor's degree in Business Administration, Marketing and a minor in English from James Madison University.

        Christopher Beall —Mr. Beall has served as a Director of Advanced Disposal since 2012. Mr. Beall previously served as a director of ADS Inc. from 2006 to 2012. Mr. Beall joined Highstar Capital in 2004. He serves on Highstar Capital's Investment Committee and Executive Committee. Mr. Beall has over 15 years of experience in direct investments, investment banking and finance. He currently serves on the boards of directors for the Star Atlantic Companies ("Star Atlantic"), our indirect parent, the Ports America Companies, a maritime operator and Highstar Capital portfolio company, Northstar Transloading, a rail infrastructure company, Wespac Midstream LLC, an energy infrastructure company, and AMTRAK. Prior to joining Highstar Capital, he worked in the Global Natural Resources Group at Lehman Brothers, Inc., and in operations and engineering at Koch Pipeline Company, a natural gas transmission pipeline owned by Koch Industries, Inc. Mr. Beall received a Bachelor's of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Oklahoma State University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. Mr. Beall's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his substantial experience in the area of corporate strategy and finance, including capital markets and mergers and acquisitions.

        John Miller —Mr. Miller has served as a Director of Advanced Disposal since 2012. Mr. Miller is currently a Senior Advisor to Highstar Capital and has advised Highstar Capital for over six years. Mr. Miller served as a director of ADStar Waste Holdings, Corp. He has over 40 years of experience in the energy, waste and waste-to-energy industries. From 2006 to 2011, Mr. Miller served on the board and the audit committee of Mirant Corporation, a listed energy company. Mr. Miller currently serves as a director of the Ports America Companies. Prior to joining Highstar Capital in 2007, Mr. Miller served from 2001 to 2005 as chief executive officer of former Highstar Capital portfolio company, American Ref-Fuel, a solid waste disposal company, until the company was sold to Covanta Energy. Prior to his position as chief executive officer, Mr. Miller served as American Ref-Fuel's chief financial officer. Before joining American Ref-Fuel, Mr. Miller held various executive finance positions with a number of energy companies involved in petroleum exploration and production, international trading, and refined product retailing. Mr. Miller is a graduate of John Carroll University and is a certified public accountant. Mr. Miller's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his substantial experience in the area of corporate strategy, operations and finance, including capital markets and mergers and acquisitions.

        Bret Budenbender —Mr. Budenbender has served as a Director of Advanced Disposal since 2012. Mr. Budenbender is currently a Partner at Highstar Capital and has over 19 years of experience in direct investments, investment banking and finance. He currently serves on the

113


Table of Contents

boards of directors for Star Atlantic, our indirect parent, Linden Cogeneration, an energy generation company, and Wildcat Midstream, an energy infrastructure and Highstar Capital portfolio company. Prior to joining Highstar Capital in 2012, he was a Managing Director in the Global Power Groups at Barclays Capital and Lehman Brothers where he worked from 1998 to 2012 with lead responsibility for all aspects of mergers and acquisitions, capital raising and restructurings for integrated energy, power and infrastructure companies. In his previous roles, Mr. Budenbender was actively involved with Highstar Capital on its investments in Southern Star Central, an energy infrastructure company, and Northern Star Generation and Intergen, power generation companies. He received a Bachelor's of Science in Finance from Boston College. Mr. Budenbender's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his substantial experience in the area of corporate strategy and finance, including, capital markets and mergers and acquisitions.

        Jared Parker —Mr. Parker has served as a Director of Advanced Disposal since 2012. Mr. Parker joined Highstar Capital in 2005 and has over nine years of experience in private equity, operational leadership, investment banking and finance. Most recently, Mr. Parker served as President of Ports America Stevedoring, the largest business unit inside the Ports America Companies from 2010 to 2012. Mr. Parker is on the board of directors for Advanced Disposal and WesPac Midstream LLC, an energy infrastructure company, and previously served as a Director on the boards of London City Airport, the Ports America Companies and as an observer on the boards of Northern Star Generation and InterGen. Prior to joining Highstar Capital, he worked as an advisor to the Highstar Capital team on several transactions as an investment banker at Deutsche Bank. While at Deutsche Bank, Mr. Parker advised domestic and international power generation companies and financial sponsors on mergers and acquisitions and financings. Mr. Parker holds a Bachelor's of Arts in International Relations from Stanford University. Mr. Parker's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his substantial experience in the area of corporate strategy and finance, including, capital markets and mergers and acquisitions.

        Matthew Rinklin —Mr. Rinklin has served as a Director of Advanced Disposal and has served in this role since 2012. Mr. Rinklin has also served as a Vice President at Highstar Capital since 2011. Prior to joining Highstar Capital in 2011, Mr. Rinklin was an Associate at the UBS International Infrastructure Fund from 2010 to 2011. While at UBS, Mr. Rinklin focused on leveraged buyout investments in the power, midstream/pipeline and transportation sectors. Before that, he was an investment banking analyst in the Natural Resources Group at J.P. Morgan. Mr. Rinklin received a Bachelor's of Arts in Economics from the University of Chicago. Mr. Rinklin's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his substantial experience in the area of corporate finance, including capital markets and mergers and acquisitions.

        Sergio Pedreiro —Mr. Pedreiro joined Advanced Disposal as a Director on January 29, 2016 as the designated director of BTGI Equity Investments LLC ("BTGI Equity"), a stockholder and an affiliate of BTG Pactual. Since May 2015, Mr. Pedreiro has served as CEO of Estre Ambiental, a Brazilian waste management company, where he has also served as Director since 2011. He has also served as a Director of ALL—American Latina Logistica SA., a Brazilian logistics company mainly focused on the railway line logistics in Brazil, from 2005 to 2011. Since April 2014, Mr.Pedreiro has been an Associate Partner and a Portfolio Management Team member of BTG Pactual, an investment bank and asset and wealth manager based in Brazil. Prior to joining BTG Pactual, Mr. Pedreiro served as the Chief Financial Officer of Coty, Inc., an American beauty products manufacturer based in New York, from 2009 to 2014. Prior to joining Coty Inc., Mr. Pedreiro served as Chief Financial Officer of ALL—America Latina Logıstica S.A. from 2002 to 2008. Mr. Pedreiro received a Bachelor's

114


Table of Contents

Degree with honors in Aeronautical Engineering from ITA—Instituto Tecnológico de Aeronáutica, and has a Master of Business Administration degree from Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

        B. Clyde Preslar —Mr. Preslar is expected to join Advanced Disposal as Director prior to the completion of this offering. Mr. Preslar previously served as a Director of Alliance One International, Inc., an independent leaf tobacco merchant, from 2005 to 2013; Forward Air Corporation, a provider of time-definite surface transportation and related logistics services, from 2004 to 2008; and Standard Commercial Corporation, an enterprise engaged in the purchase, processing and sale of leaf tobacco, from 1999 to 2005. Since August 2015, Mr. Preslar has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Dollar Express Stores LLC, a privately owned dollar store chain formerly part of Dollar Tree, Inc. Prior to joining Dollar Express Stores LLC, Mr. Preslar served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for The Pantry, Inc., a convenience store chain, from 2013 to 2015. Mr. Preslar previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for the short line and regional freight railroad operator, RailAmerica, Inc., from 2008 to 2013. Prior to RailAmerica, Inc., Mr. Preslar held the positions of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Cott Corporation, a manufacturer of non-alcoholic beverage products, from 2005 to 2006, and as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Secretary at snack food manufacturer Lance, Inc., from 1996 to 2005. Earlier in his career, Mr. Preslar served as Director of Financial Services for Worldwide Power Tools at Black & Decker, and as Director of Investor Relations at RJR Nabisco. Mr. Preslar holds a Bachelor's Degree in Business Administration and Economics from Elon College and a Master's degree in Business Administration from Wake Forest University. He is a Certified Public Accountant licensed by the North Carolina State Board of Certified Public Accountant Examiners, and has been a Certified Management Accountant since 1980.

        Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among our directors and executive officers.

Background and Experience of Nominated Director

        When considering whether our director nominee has the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to assist our board of directors in satisfying its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, our board of directors focused primarily on the information discussed in Mr. Preslar's biographical information set forth above. Additionally, our board of directors considered Mr. Preslar's accounting expertise as a certified public accountant and his experience across a number of diverse industries. Mr. Preslar possesses high ethical standards, acts with integrity and exercises careful, mature judgment. Mr. Preslar is committed to employing his skills and abilities to aid the long-term interests of our stakeholders. Moreover, Mr. Preslar is knowledgeable and experienced in many business endeavors, which further qualifies him for service as a member of our board of directors. Specifically, Mr. Preslar is experienced in business management and is familiar with corporate finance and strategic business planning activities. Having served as chief financial officer and director on multiple occasions, as discussed above, Mr. Preslar has displayed leadership that is emblematic of the experience, qualifications and skills that we look for in our directors.

Controlled Company

        Upon completion of this offering, Highstar Capital and its affiliates will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" under NYSE corporate governance standards. As a controlled company,

115


Table of Contents

exemptions under the NYSE standards will exempt us from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

    that a majority of our board of directors consists of "independent directors," as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

    that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

    that our board of directors have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities.

        Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a controlled company, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the rules of the NYSE.

        These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we expect to satisfy the member independence requirement for the audit committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. See "—Committees of the Board—Audit Committee."

Board of Directors

        Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of Messrs. Burke, Carn, Beall, Miller, Budenbender, Parker, Rinklin and Pedreiro. Prior to the completion of the offering, we expect to add Mr. Preslar as a director. Following the completion of this offering, we expect our board of directors to consist initially of nine directors.

        In accordance with our certificate of incorporation and the stockholder agreement, each of which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

    the Class I directors will be Mr. Rinklin, Mr. Parker and Mr. Beall and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017;

    the Class II directors will be Mr. Pedreiro, Mr. Budenbender and Mr. Miller, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018; and

    the Class III directors will be Mr. Burke, Mr. Preslar and Mr. Carn, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019.

        Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

116


Table of Contents

Composition of the Board of Directors after this Offering

        Upon completion of this offering, our charter and bylaws will provide that our board of directors will consist of such number of directors as may from time to time be fixed by our board of directors. So long as Highstar Capital and its affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 50% of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date of such meeting, we will agree to nominate individuals designated by Highstar Capital, representing a majority of seats on the board, for election as directors as specified in our stockholders' agreement. If Highstar Capital and its affiliates own less than a majority of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date of such meeting, the number of directors Highstar Capital may nominate as a percentage of the board will be proportionate to its ownership percentage of total shares of our common stock that it holds until Highstar Capital owns less than 5% of the total shares of common stock. For a description of Highstar Capital's right to require us to nominate its designees to our board of directors, see "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Stockholders' Agreement."

Director Independence

        Because we will be a "controlled company" under the rules of the NYSE upon completion of this offering, we are not required to have a majority of our board of directors consist of "independent directors," as defined under the rules of the NYSE. If such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the board of directors and its committees accordingly in order to comply with such rules. Immediately following the offering, our board of directors will have one independent director.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has an audit committee, a nominating and governance committee and a compensation committee. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary and advisable.

Audit Committee

        Upon completion of this offering, we expect our audit committee will consist of Messrs. Preslar, Miller and Parker, with Mr. Preslar as Chair. Pursuant to applicable SEC and NYSE rules, we will be required to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, a majority of independent audit committee members within 90 days of listing and an audit committee consisting entirely of independent members within one year of listing. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Preslar meets the requirements for independence of audit committee members under current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the NYSE listing standards and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Preslar is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC rules and regulations. The audit committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors with its oversight responsibilities regarding: (i) the integrity of our financial statements; (ii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) our independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications and independence; and (iv) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm.

117


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

        Upon completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Budenbender, Preslar and Pedreiro, with Mr. Budenbender as Chair. The purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers. Following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things: (i) review, approve and determine, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers; (ii) administer our stock and equity incentive plans; (iii) review and approve, and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, incentive compensation and equity plans; (iv) establish and review general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees; and (v) review and make recommendations to the full board of directors with respect to compensation of directors. Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Upon completion of this offering, we expect our nominating and governance committee will consist of Messrs. Burke, Rinklin and Miller, with Mr. Burke as Chair. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and governance committee will, among other things: (i) identify, evaluate and select, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees; (ii) evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors; (iii) consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees; (iv) review developments in corporate governance practices; and (v) develop and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters. The nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        We expect that, at the time of the offering, none of our executive officers will currently serve, or in the past year have served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Role of Our Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

        One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly, with support from the three standing committees to be established upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will address risks specific to its respective areas of oversight. In particular, our audit committee will have the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management takes to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. Our audit committee will also monitor compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our internal audit function. Our compensation committee will assess and monitor whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will provide oversight with respect to corporate governance and ethical conduct and will monitor

118


Table of Contents

the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether such guidelines are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. All committees report to the full board as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise-level risk. In addition, the board of directors receives detailed regular reports from members of our senior management and other personnel that include assessments and potential mitigation of the risks and exposures involved with their respective areas of responsibility.

Code of Business Conduct

        We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct that applies to our CEO, CFO and Chief Accounting Officer, as well as others of our officers, directors and employees. The Code of Business Conduct is posted on our website at www.advanceddisposal.com under the heading "Corporate Governance" within the "Investor Relations" tab. The information on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

        Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas including the size and composition of the board, board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, role of the chief executive officer, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will review our corporate governance guidelines at least once a year and, if necessary, recommend changes to our board of directors. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website at www.advanceddisposal.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

119


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        In accordance with applicable regulations, this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, and the related disclosures that follow, reflect compensation matters related to fiscal year 2015, our most recently completed fiscal year, which ended on December 31, 2015. Where relevant, the discussion below also reflects certain contemplated changes to our compensation structure that would be implemented in connection with, and contingent upon, the completion of this offering.

        As described in more detail below, the material elements of our executive compensation program for our named executive officers (the "NEOs") include base salary, cash bonus opportunities, a long-term equity incentive opportunity, a deferred compensation opportunity and other retirement benefits and welfare benefits. The NEOs may also receive severance payments and other benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment or a change in control of Advanced Disposal or the Parent. We believe that each element of our executive compensation program helps us to achieve one or more of our compensation objectives, as illustrated by the table below. These individual compensation elements are intended to create a total compensation package for each NEO that we believe achieves our compensation objectives and provides competitive compensation opportunities.

Compensation Element
  Compensation Objectives Designed to be Achieved

Base Salary

  Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent

Cash Bonus Opportunity

 

Compensation "at risk" and tied to achievement of business goals and individual performance

Long-Term Equity Incentive Opportunity

 

Align compensation with the creation of stockholder value and achievement of business goals

Deferred Compensation Opportunity and Other Retirement Benefits

 

Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent

Severance and Other Benefits Potentially Payable Upon Termination of Employment or a Change in Control

 

Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent

Welfare Benefits

 

Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent

        The compensation committee annually reviews the compensation arrangements for our executive officers to assess whether the arrangements encourage risk taking that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. The compensation committee conducted an annual review in February 2015 and concluded that the compensation arrangements for our executive officers do not encourage risk taking that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

        During fiscal 2015 we did not retain an independent compensation consultant to conduct a formal numeric benchmarking process for the NEOs' compensation opportunities. Starting in June 2015, however, we retained Pearl Meyer as an independent compensation consultant to advise in connection with compensation matters related to the offering and prospectively. With respect to 2015 compensation, our Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") reviewed the compensation of comparable public companies within the waste industry and benchmarked current compensation based upon size, scale and location of those companies and

120


Table of Contents

recommended compensation adjustments for other NEOs to the compensation committee. The compensation committee performed similar procedures with respect to the compensation of our CEO for fiscal 2015.

Elements of the Company's Executive Compensation Program

Base Salaries

        Base salaries are an important element of compensation because they provide the NEOs with a predictable base level of income. Our NEOs are entitled to an automatic adjustment to their base salaries on a 12-month cycle commencing on January 1, 2016 for not less than 100% of the CPI for all urban consumers, U.S. city average, as published by the U.S. Department of Labor for the immediately preceding year. The Summary Compensation Table below shows the base salary paid to each NEO.

Cash Bonus Opportunities

Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity

        We sponsored a management incentive plan (the "MIP") in fiscal 2015 as set forth in formal individualized plan term sheets. All of our NEOs were eligible to participate in the MIP in fiscal 2015. In general, the primary purpose of the MIP is to focus management on key measures that drive financial performance and provide competitive bonus opportunities tied to the achievement of our financial and strategic growth objectives.

Fiscal 2015 MIP

        A target annual bonus, expressed as a percentage of base salary (between 0% and 100%), is established within each NEO's employment agreement. This percentage may be adjusted from time to time by the compensation committee in connection with a NEO's promotion. The MIP award, which is a cash bonus, is tied to our (i) overall financial results (the "Business Performance Factor") and (ii) a combination of individual, financial and/or strategic goals appropriate for each position (the "Individual Performance Factor"). The Business Performance Factor determines 75% of the total MIP award and the Individual Performance Factor determines the remaining 25%.

        With respect to the NEOs, financial performance is measured at the Company-wide level. Financial performance relative to specified financial performance targets set annually by the board of directors determines the aggregate funding level of the bonus pool and the Business Performance Factor for the MIP. If the financial performance target set by the board of directors is met, the aggregate bonus pool amount will be set at 100% of the target amount in the annual operating budget and the specified financial performance target payout percentages will be set at 100%, subject to the compensation committee's discretion for all NEOs. The compensation committee has the discretion to adjust the MIP aggregate bonus pool amount and the Business Performance Factor upwards or downwards to address special situations. Special situations may include, but are not limited to, items such as the divestiture of businesses, restructuring programs or unusual items in connection with a significant acquisition.

        We believe that tying the NEOs' bonuses to Company-wide performance goals encourages collaboration across the executive leadership team. We attempt to establish the financial performance target(s) at challenging levels that are reasonably attainable if we meet our performance objectives. The Business Performance Factor is determined based on achievement of adjusted EBITDA (representing 50% of each NEO's bonus calculation), as well

121


Table of Contents

as free cash flow (representing 25% of each NEO's bonus calculation). We believe that these factors provide reliable indicators of our strategic growth and the strength of our cash flow and overall financial results. For each of our NEOs, achievement of less than 90% of the EBITDA measure or the cash flow measure results in no amounts being paid in connection with that respective component of the Business Performance Factor. With respect to Messrs. Burke, Carn and Spegal, if achievement of the EBITDA measure or the cash flow measure is greater than or equal to 90% and less than or equal to 110%, the respective component of the Business Performance Factor will be pro-rated ratably, provided that the total MIP award cannot exceed a stated maximum. With respect to Messrs. Slattery and Westrate, if achievement of the EBITDA measure or the cash flow measure is greater than or equal to 90% and less than 92.5%, 40% of the respective component of the Business Performance Factor will be paid; if achievement of the EBITDA measure or the cash flow measure is greater than or equal to 92.5% and less than 95%, 60% of the respective component of the Business Performance Factor will be paid; finally, if achievement of the EBITDA measure or the cash flow measure is greater than or equal to 95% and less than or equal to 110%, the respective component of the Business Performance Factor will be pro-rated ratably, provided that the total MIP award cannot exceed a stated maximum.

        After setting the Business Performance Factor, the compensation committee determines the actual bonuses paid to the NEOs based on an assessment of each NEO's Individual Performance Factor. The Individual Performance Factor payout percentage (which impacts 25% of a NEO's MIP award) can range from 0% to 110% for Messrs. Burke, Carn and Spegal and from 0% to 70% for Messrs. Slattery and Westrate, provided that the total MIP award cannot exceed a stated maximum. The compensation committee performs the assessment of Mr. Burke's Individual Performance Factor after reviewing the written assessments of his performance against the specific goals and objectives that Mr. Burke provided to the board of directors. The CEO performs the assessment of the other NEOs' Individual Performance Factors and makes a recommendation to the compensation committee based upon his assessment of their achievement of the goals and objectives as set forth by him.

        The Individual Performance Factors for Messrs. Burke, Carn, Spegal, Slattery and Westrate are based upon their respective contributions towards achievement of the following: (1) completion of the integration of acquired and merged companies; (2) achieving estimated synergy targets; (3) institutionalizing culture; (4) positioning us for maximum value creation; (5) completing acquisitions and development projects; and (6) formalizing policies and procedures related to internal controls and governance.

        Bonuses for 2015 have yet to be determined. We will file a periodic report on Form 8-K when the 2015 bonuses have been determined.

Sign-On Bonuses

        From time to time, our compensation committee may award sign-on bonuses, in the form of either cash or the right to purchase stock of the Company at fair market value, in connection with the commencement of a NEO's employment with us. Sign-on bonuses are used only when necessary to attract highly skilled officers to our Company. Generally, they are used to incentivize candidates to leave their current employers, or may be used to offset the loss of unvested compensation they may forfeit as a result of leaving their current employers. No such amounts were offered for the year ended December 31, 2015.

122


Table of Contents

Discretionary Bonuses

        From time to time, our compensation committee may award discretionary bonuses in addition to any annual bonus payable under the MIP in recognition of extraordinary performance. For fiscal 2015, our compensation committee did not award any discretionary bonuses.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

        We believe that the NEOs' long-term compensation should be directly linked to the value we deliver to our stockholders. Equity awards for 2015 were granted under the Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2012 Plan") to the NEOs. The 2012 Plan is designed to provide long-term incentive opportunities over a period of several years. Stock options are currently our preferred equity award under the 2012 Plan because the options will not have any value unless the underlying shares of common stock appreciate in value following the grant date. Accordingly, awarding stock options causes more compensation to be "at risk" and further aligns our executive compensation with the long-term profitability of our Company and the creation of shareholder value. The 2012 Plan also permits Parent to grant stock purchase rights.

        Prior to the Veolia Acquisition, we maintained the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan"), under which the compensation committee granted incentive awards in the form of options to purchase shares of common stock to directors, officers and employees of us and our affiliates. Subsequent to the Veolia Acquisition, we adopted the 2012 Plan under which we may grant incentive awards in the form of stock purchase rights and common stock options based on stock of the Parent, to certain officers and employees of us and our affiliates. Following the combination of the historical businesses of HWStar Holdings, Corp. and ADStar Waste Holdings, Corp. in November 2012, all prior outstanding awards under the 2006 Plan were canceled and reissued under the 2012 Plan, with the number of shares and, where applicable, exercise price of such reissued awards determined using standard anti-dilution adjustments. The options vest 20% at date of grant and 20% annually thereafter on the anniversary of the date of grant.

        For our executives, including our NEOs, upon a change in control, as defined in the 2012 Plan, all outstanding time-based options will, subject to certain limitations, become fully exercisable and vested, and any restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any stock purchase rights will lapse. We believe that providing for acceleration upon a liquidity event such as a change of control helps to align the interests of the executives with those of the stockholders.

        In March 2015, the compensation committee granted an aggregate of 1,653 options to our NEOs. Further details pertaining to these grants can be found within the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2015 table below.

        The amounts of each NEO's investment opportunity and stock option, as applicable, were determined based on several factors, including: (1) each NEO's position and expected contribution to our future growth; (2) dilution effects on our stockholders and the need to maintain the availability of an appropriate number of shares for option awards to less-senior employees; and (3) ensuring that the NEOs were provided with appropriate and competitive total long-term equity compensation and total compensation amounts. The number of options granted to NEOs during fiscal 2015 and the grant date fair value of these options as determined under FASB ASC Topic 718 are presented in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2015 table below.

123


Table of Contents

Stock Redemption Program

        The Parent implemented a stock redemption program based upon certain conditions as set forth in individual agreements entered into with certain individuals who have been NEOs of the Company. The redemption program is subject to time limitations and floor prices for redemptions, as described within the relevant employment agreements, redemption agreements and applicable share price protection agreements. Mr. Carn is the only current NEO of the Company who participates in the redemption program, which is further described below under "—Summary of NEO Employment Agreements."

Deferred Compensation Opportunity

        Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan (the "401(k) plan"). We do not provide deferred compensation opportunities for our NEOs. We currently match 50% of the first 6% of eligible pay that employees contribute to the 401(k) plan.

Perquisites and Other Benefits

        At our discretion, we may also provide certain executives with enhancements to our existing benefits that are not available to other employees, such as usage of a Company car (or a car allowance) and usage of the Company plane. Furthermore, we pay for life insurance benefits in an amount equal to the NEOs' base salary plus bonus potential. The NEO may designate a beneficiary of their choosing under the life insurance.

Severance and Other Benefits Payable Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control

        We believe that severance protections can play a valuable role in attracting and retaining high caliber talent. In the competitive market for executive talent, we believe severance payments and other termination benefits are an effective way to offer executives financial security to offset the risk of foregoing an opportunity with another company. Consistent with our objective of using severance payments and benefits to attract and retain executives, we generally provide each NEO with amounts and types of severance payments and benefits that we believe will permit us to attract and/or continue to employ the individual NEO.

        The severance benefits provided under the NEO employment agreements are generally more favorable than the benefits payable under our general severance policy. For example, the NEO employment agreements provide for a severance benefit payable upon a termination by us without cause or by the NEO for "good reason". Details on NEO severance arrangements can be found below under "—Summary of NEO Employment Agreements."

Employment Agreements

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Burke, our current CEO, on November 20, 2012 for retention purposes. On July 18, 2014, we amended the employment agreement with Mr. Burke to reflect his new responsibilities as our current CEO. On November 20, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Carn in recognition of his contributions to the continued growth and excellent performance of the Company under which he serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Carn's employment agreement contains certain price protections in connection with share repurchases. On May 1, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Spegal for retention purposes under which he serves as our Chief Operating Officer. We entered an employment agreement with Mr. Slattery on May 29, 2015 under which he serves as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, and

124


Table of Contents

with Mr. Westrate on May 1, 2014 under which he serves as our Chief Administrative Officer. Each of these employment agreements provides for an initial three-year term commencing on the respective agreement's effective date, and for automatic one-year renewals thereafter unless either party provides 60 days' written notice of intent to terminate. The material terms of the employment agreements are described in "—Summary of NEO Employment Agreements" found at pages 127 to 131.

Section 162(m) of the Code

        Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code ("Section 162(m)") generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation over $1,000,000 paid for any year to a corporation's principal executive officer or an individual acting in such a capacity and the three most highly compensated executive officers (not including the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer). Section 162(m) applies to corporations with any class of common equity securities required to be registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Because we do not currently have any publicly held common stock, Section 162(m)'s restrictions do not currently apply to us.

        The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation of our CEO, our Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") and each of our other NEOs for the 2013-2015 fiscal years.

Summary Compensation Table

 
  Year   Salary   Option
Awards (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)
  All Other
Compensation (5)
  Total (4)  

Richard Burke

    2015   $ 537,500   $   $     $ 42,306   $ 579,806  

Chief Executive Officer

    2014   $ 520,698   $   $ 530,880   $ 490,344   $ 1,541,922  

    2013   $ 465,000   $ 3,425   $   $ 318,131   $ 786,556  

Steven R. Carn

   
2015
 
$

391,154
 
$

 
$
 
$

30,834
 
$

421,988
 

Chief Financial Officer

    2014   $ 381,750   $   $ 370,756   $ 20,204   $ 772,710  

    2013   $ 375,000   $ 5,635   $ 361,726   $ 34,774   $ 777,135  

John Spegal

   
2015
 
$

372,667
 
$

55,405
 
$
 
$

21,508
 
$

449,580
 

Chief Operating Officer

    2014   $ 297,038   $ 175,423   $ 349,632   $ 190,694   $ 1,012,787  

Michael K. Slattery

   
2015
 
$

306,000
 
$

288,320
 
$
 
$

98,784
 
$

693,104
 

Senior Vice President, General Counsel

                                     

William Westrate

   
2015
 
$

280,000
 
$

183,729
 
$
 
$

20,886
 
$

485,415
 

Chief Administrative Officer

                                     

(1)
Represents options granted under the 2012 Plan by the Parent to each NEO. Amounts reported reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Amounts reported reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported in fiscal 2015, see the discussion of nonqualified option awards contained in Notes 1 and 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2015, included in this prospectus.

(2)
Figures represent awards paid under our Management Incentive Plan (MIP) in respect of the year earned. See "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of the Company's Executive Compensation Program—Cash Bonus Opportunities—Fiscal 2015 MIP" above for a description of our MIP. Amounts earned under the MIP for 2015 have yet to be determined. We expect that they will be determined in February 2016. We will then file a current report on Form 8-K to disclose these amounts and to restate the total compensation amounts.

(3)
The supplemental table below sets forth the details of amounts reported as "All Other Compensation" for fiscal 2015. For 2015, the All Other Compensation column includes amounts related to executive perquisites provided

125


Table of Contents

    by us, which may include relocation, Company car, plane usage and life insurance premiums as detailed in the chart below.

(4)
This column does not include the value of bonuses for 2015, which, as noted above in Footnote 2, have yet to be determined.

(5)
All Other Compensation

 
  Year   Auto (1)   Plane (2)   401(k)
Matching
Contributions
  Other (4)   Total All Other
Compensation
 

Richard Burke

    2015   $ 15,181   $ 17,485   $ 8,554   $ 1,086   $ 42,306  

Chief Executive Officer

                                     

Steven R. Carn

   
2015
 
$

10,800
 
$

9,948
 
$

9,000
 
$

1,086
 
$

30,834
 

Chief Financial Officer

                                     

John Spegal

   
2015
 
$

12,000
 
$

 
$

8,422
 
$

1,086
 
$

21,508
 

Chief Operating Officer

                                     

Michael K. Slattery

   
2015
 
$

10,800
 
$

 
$

6,059
 
$

81,925

(3)

$

98,784
 

Senior Vice President, General Counsel

                                     

William Westrate

   
2015
 
$

10,800
 
$

 
$

9,000
 
$

1,086
 
$

20,886
 

Chief Administrative Officer

                                     

(1)
Each NEO is entitled to the usage of an automobile of their choosing through either an auto allowance or Company car.

(2)
Personal use of corporate aircraft is valued based on the aggregate incremental cost to the Company on a fiscal-year basis. The incremental cost to the Company of personal use of corporate aircraft is calculated based on the variable operating cost to the Company, which includes the cost of fuel, aircraft maintenance, crew travel, on-board catering, landing fees, ramp fees and other smaller variable costs. Because our corporate aircraft is used primarily for business travel, fixed costs that do not change based on usage, such as pilots' salaries and purchase and lease costs, are excluded from this calculation.

(3)
Includes relocation expenses paid by the Company in connection with Mr. Slattery's relocation to Florida from Chicago, Illinois.

(4)
Other amounts, excluding those detailed above for the respective individuals, generally include payments on life and long-term disability insurance.

        Effective July 1, 2014, Mr. Burke was named CEO of the Company. In connection with his appointment as CEO, Mr. Burke's share purchase loan (as described below under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions") and accrued interest thereon with Parent was forgiven ($253,585). Gross up taxes on the loan forgiveness, personal usage of the plane and automobile were also paid by the Company ($207,296). Effective May 1, 2014, Mr. Spegal was named Chief Operating Officer and subsequently relocated to Jacksonville, FL. We agreed to reimburse Mr. Spegal for the difference between the negotiated selling price less federal tax basis in his home, pay all closing costs on both the sale of his residence in Charlotte, NC and the purchase of his home in Jacksonville, FL, pay for all relocation costs incurred in connection with his move to Jacksonville, FL and the cost of temporary housing in Jacksonville, FL ($120,137) and include applicable federal tax gross up payments ($54,863). These amounts are reflected in the "All Other Compensation" column for 2014 for Messrs. Burke and Spegal.

126


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2015

        The following table provides supplemental information relating to grants of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2015 to help explain information provided above in our Summary Compensation Table. This table presents information regarding all grants of plan-based awards occurring during fiscal 2015. We have included estimates of the corresponding numbers of post-offering shares subject to these options, as well as their post-offering exercise prices, based on a pre-to-post offering conversion factor of 1 to 48.5276. The conversion is based on an assumed price of $21.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the actual conversion may be affected by the final offering price.

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards  
 
   
   
  Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards   All Other Option
Awards: Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#) (1)
  Post-Offering
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
   
  Post-Offering
Exercise or
Base Price
of Option
Awards
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock and
Option
Awards (2)
 
 
   
   
  Exercise or
Base Price
of Option
Awards ($/Sh)
 
 
  Type of
Award
  Grant
Date
 
Name
  Threshold   Target   Maximum  

Richard Burke

  Cash Bonus     $ 191,350   $ 537,500   $ 591,250                      

Steven R. Carn

 

Cash Bonus

 

 
$

241,655
 
$

391,154
 
$

430,270
   
   
   
   
   
 

John Spegal

 

Cash Bonus

 

 
$

230,233
 
$

372,667
 
$

409,933
   
   
   
   
   
 

  Stock Options   3/4/15                 190.14     9,227   $ 896.26     18.47   $ 55,405  

Michael K. Slattery

 

Cash Bonus

 

 
$

113,428
 
$

183,600
 
$

214,200
   
   
   
   
   
 

  Stock Options   3/4/15                 776.00     37,657   $ 896.26     18.47   $ 256,650  

  Stock Options   3/4/15                 108.69     5,274   $ 896.26     18.47   $ 31,671  

William Westrate

 

Cash Bonus

 

 
$

104,087
 
$

168,480
 
$

196,560
   
   
   
   
   
 

  Stock Options   3/4/15                 190.14     9,227   $ 896.26     18.47   $ 55,405  

  Stock Options   3/4/15                 388.00     18,828   $ 896.26     18.47   $ 128,325  

(1)
Represents options granted by Parent under the 2012 Plan to Messrs. Spegal, Slattery and Westrate. Options vest 20% on the date of issuance and 20% thereafter on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date or immediately if the individual has attained the stipulated retirement age and have a 10-year term except the 517 options granted to Mr. Spegal which vest 100% after five years.

(2)
Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Exercise priced based upon third-party valuation or third-party transaction price.

        For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported, please see the discussion of option awards contained in Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2015, included in this prospectus.

Summary of NEO Employment Agreements

        This section describes employment agreements in effect for our NEOs during fiscal 2015. In addition, the terms with respect to grants of stock options described above under "Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards" are further described below for our NEOs in the section entitled "Outstanding Equity Incentive Awards at December 31, 2015." Severance agreements and arrangements are described below in the section entitled "Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control."

Employment Agreement of Richard Burke

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Burke (the "Burke Agreement"), effective as of November 20, 2012, for a three-year initial term which will be automatically extended for successive one-year periods thereafter unless one of the parties provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty days prior to the end of the applicable term. The agreement was subsequently modified in connection with Mr. Burke's appointment as CEO effective July 1, 2014. The financial terms of the Burke Agreement, as modified for

127


Table of Contents

salary, include (1) an annual base salary of $525,000, subject to increases not less than 100% of the CPI, (2) participation in our MIP, with a target annual cash bonus amount up to 100% of his annual base salary, (3) a one-time purchase of 1,185 shares of common stock of the Parent for $1,000,000 via a cash payment of $750,000 and a note receivable issued by the Parent of $250,000 bearing interest at the applicable federal rate, which was forgiven in connection with his appointment as CEO, (4) a one-time grant of options to purchase 9,364 shares of common stock of the Parent subject to certain vesting conditions which were met upon Mr. Burke's selection as CEO, and (5) a pool of options established by the compensation committee for which Mr. Burke may earn up to 1,333 shares per year for fiscal 2014, 2015 and 2016 if certain EBITDA targets are met.

        We must maintain a long term disability plan which provides benefits in an amount at least equal to 66 2 / 3 % of Mr. Burke's annual base salary then in effect, up to a maximum of $9,000 per month. Further, Mr. Burke is entitled on a tax grossed-up annual basis during each calendar year of his employment, to: (1) a Company automobile or allowance for an automobile, (2) participation in the incentive stock option award program, (3) participation in the group medical, dental, health and pension or profit-sharing plans which we make available to senior level employees, (4) six weeks' vacation, (5) short term disability benefits, (6) life insurance benefits in an amount equal to $1,000,000 for which we must pay the premiums and for which he may designate a beneficiary and (7) reimbursement of his relocation expenses from Pewuakee, WI to Jacksonville, FL, including the following: (a) reasonable out-of-pocket moving expenses plus $5,000 for miscellaneous items; (b) reasonable closing costs on the sale of his principal home in Pewuakee, WI and the purchase of his principal home in Jacksonville, FL; and (c) a temporary housing allowance in an amount equal to the mortgage payment on his Pewuakee, WI home up to the earlier of 12 months from the effective date of the Burke Agreement or the sale of his Pewuakee, WI residence, in addition to the purchase of his primary residence in Pewuakee, WI if the residence is not sold within three months of the effective date of the Burke Agreement.

        Mr. Burke is also entitled to a seat on our board of directors. We retain the right to remove Mr. Burke from the board of directors in connection with any restructuring of the board of directors in connection with a public offering. In such an event, no payments would be due to Mr. Burke.

        Severance benefits are payable to Mr. Burke in connection with his termination without cause or his resignation for "good reason," which is defined as either a breach of the Burke Agreement by the Company, a relocation of Mr. Burke's principal place of business to a location that represents a material change (50 miles from principal place of business) in geographic location or a material diminution in his authority, duties, responsibilities, reporting position or compensation. Such severance payments are provided in an amount equal to two times his base salary and bonus received during the preceding fiscal year, paid out in 24 equal monthly installments, and a pro-rata portion of his bonus as earned through the termination date, and an additional $36,000 cash payment payable in 24 equal monthly installments. Mr. Burke is subject to non-competition, non-solicitation and non-interference with employees provisions for two years following termination of employment for any reason and to indefinite confidentiality provisions.

        In the event that any payments or benefits due to Mr. Burke constitute parachute payments under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), and will be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Company will pay Mr. Burke a gross-up payment so as to put him in the same after-tax position as if the Section 4999 excise tax was not imposed.

128


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement of Steven R. Carn

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Carn (the "Carn Agreement"), effective as of November 20, 2012 for a three-year initial term which will be automatically extended for successive one-year periods thereafter unless one of the parties provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty days prior to the end of the applicable term. Pursuant to the Carn Agreement, Mr. Carn serves as our Chief Financial Officer.

        The financial terms of the Carn Agreement include: (1) an annual base salary of $375,000, subject to increases not less than 100% of the CPI; and (2) continued participation in our MIP, with a target annual cash bonus amount up to 100% of his salary. In addition, Mr. Carn is entitled to: (a) vacation of up to six weeks, (b) participation in the group medical, dental, health and pension or profit-sharing plans which we make available to senior level employees, (c) short-term disability benefits, (d) a long term disability plan which provides benefits in an amount at least equal to 66 2 / 3 % of Mr. Carn's annual base salary then in effect up to a maximum of $9,000 per month, (e) payment by the Company of premiums on a life insurance policy in an amount equal to the base salary plus 100% of annual bonus opportunity, (f) a Company vehicle or an allowance for an automobile, and (g) a seat on our board of directors. We retain the right to remove Mr. Carn from the board of directors in connection with any restructuring of the board of directors in connection with a public offering. In such an event, no payments would be due to Mr. Carn.

        Further, in the event that Mr. Carn sells his shares of Parent stock in connection with a change of control, we will pay Mr. Carn, on the 6-month anniversary of the date of the change in control, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the floor price over the actual gross proceeds received from the sale (a "Price Protection Bonus"). The floor price is defined as $610.96 per share from the effective date of the agreement through December 31, 2013; $843.13 per share from January 1, 2014—December 31, 2014; $878.47 per share from January 1, 2015-December 31, 2015 and $932.25 per share from January 1, 2016 and thereafter.

        Severance benefits are payable in connection with a termination of employment without cause or resignation for "good reason," which has the same meaning as in the Burke Agreement. Such benefits are provided on the same terms as provided for in the Burke Agreement, absent the additional $36,000 payment. Mr. Carn is subject to non-competition, non-solicitation and non-interference with employees provisions for two years following termination of employment for any reason and to indefinite confidentiality provisions.

Employment Agreement of John Spegal

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Spegal (the "Spegal Agreement"), effective as of May 1, 2014 for a three-year initial term which will be automatically extended for successive one-year periods thereafter unless one of the parties provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty days prior to the end of the applicable term. Pursuant to the Spegal Agreement, Mr. Spegal serves as our Chief Operating Officer.

        The financial terms of the Spegal Agreement include: (1) an annual base salary of $360,000, subject to annual increases not less than 100% of the CPI; and (2) continued participation in our MIP, with a target annual cash bonus amount up to 100% of his salary. In addition, Mr. Spegal is entitled to: (a) vacation of up to six weeks, (b) participation in the group medical, dental, health and pension or profit-sharing plans which we make available to senior level employees, (c) short-term disability benefits, (d) a long-term disability plan which provides benefits in an amount at least equal to 40% of Mr. Spegal's annual base salary then in effect up to a maximum of $11,000 per month, (e) participation in the 2012 Plan, as

129


Table of Contents

amended from time to time, at two times Level 1 of the 2012 Plan (where "Level 1" refers to a management-designated level of participation in the 2012 Plan that governs how many shares may be granted in connection with awards thereunder), (f) payment by the Company of premiums on a life insurance policy in an amount equal to two times the executive's base salary, (g) reimbursement of his relocation expenses in an amount equal to $175,000, and (h) a Company automobile and cell phone allowance.

        Severance benefits are provided under the Spegal Agreement if Mr. Spegal's employment terminates without cause or, following a change in control and absent cause, for "good reason," subject to the execution and non-revocation of a general release. The term "good reason" has the same meaning as under Mr. Burke's employment agreement, except the breach of agreement component is replaced with termination by the Company in connection with a change in control. Upon such termination, Mr. Spegal is entitled to severance payments in (i) an amount equal to two times his annual base salary then in effect, payable in 24 equal monthly installments; (ii) a pro-rata portion of his bonus as earned through the termination date; (iii) an amount equal to two times his bonus received during the fiscal year immediately preceding termination payable in 24 equal monthly installments; and (iv) $50,000 net of taxes, for relocation services. Mr. Spegal is subject to non-competition, non-solicitation and non-interference with employees provisions for two years following termination of employment for any reason and to indefinite confidentiality provisions.

Employment Agreement of Michael K. Slattery

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Slattery (the "Slattery Agreement"), effective as of May 29, 2015 for a three-year initial term which will be automatically extended for successive one-year periods thereafter unless one of the parties provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty days prior to the end of the applicable term. Pursuant to the Slattery Agreement, Mr. Slattery serves as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel.

        The financial terms of the Slattery Agreement include: (1) an annual base salary of $306,000, subject to annual increases; and (2) continued participation in our MIP, with a target annual cash bonus amount up to 60% of his salary. In addition, Mr. Slattery is entitled to: (a) vacation of up to four weeks, (b) participation in the group medical, dental, health and pension or profit-sharing plans which we make available to senior level employees, (c) short-term disability benefits, (d) a long-term disability plan which provides benefits in an amount at least equal to 40% of Mr. Slattery's annual base salary then in effect up to a maximum of $11,000 per month, (e) participation in the Company's current equity compensation plan, as amended from time to time, (f) payment by the Company of premiums on a life insurance policy in an amount equal to two times Mr. Slattery's base salary, and (g) reimbursement of direct and reasonable business expenses.

        Severance benefits are provided under the Slattery Agreement if Mr. Slattery's employment terminates without cause or following a change in control for "good reason," subject to the execution and non-revocation of a general release. "Good Reason" means that (i) grounds for termination for cause do not exist, and (ii) either (1) Mr. Slattery's principal place of business is relocated by more than 50 miles without his consent, (2) there is a diminution in Mr. Slattery's title, authority, duties, responsibilities, reporting position or compensation without his consent, or (3) Mr. Slattery is terminated by the Company in connection with the change in control. Upon such termination, Mr. Slattery is entitled to severance payments in (i) an amount equal to two times his annual base salary then in effect, payable in 24 equal monthly installments; (ii) a pro-rata portion of his bonus as earned through the termination date; and (iii) an amount equal to two times the greater of (1) his

130


Table of Contents

bonus received during the fiscal year immediately preceding the year of termination and (2) the average of the bonuses paid to Mr. Slattery in the two years immediately preceding the year of termination, payable in 24 equal monthly installments. Mr. Slattery is subject to a non-competition covenant for two years following termination of employment for any reason, a non-solicitation and non-interference with employees covenant for two years following termination of employment for any reason and indefinite confidentiality provisions.

Employment Agreement of William Westrate

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Westrate (the "Westrate Agreement"), effective as of May 1, 2015 for a three-year initial term which will be automatically extended for successive one-year periods thereafter unless one of the parties provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty days prior to the end of the applicable term. Pursuant to the Westrate Agreement, Mr. Westrate serves as our Chief Administrative Officer.

        The financial terms of the Westrate Agreement include: (1) an annual base salary of $270,000, subject to annual increases; and (2) continued participation in our MIP, with a target annual cash bonus amount up to 60% of his salary. In addition, Mr. Westrate is entitled to: (a) vacation of up to four weeks, (b) participation in the group medical, dental, health and pension or profit-sharing plans which we make available to senior level employees, (c) short-term disability benefits, (d) a long-term disability plan which provides benefits in an amount at least equal to 40% of Mr. Westrate's annual base salary then in effect up to a maximum of $11,000 per month, (e) participation in the 2012 Plan, as amended from time to time, at Level 1 of the 2012 Plan, (f) payment by the Company of premiums on a life insurance policy in an amount equal to two times Mr. Slattery's base salary, and (g) reimbursement of direct and reasonable business expenses.

        Severance benefits are provided under the Westrate Agreement if Mr. Westrate's employment terminates without cause or following a change in control for "good reason," subject to the execution and non-revocation of a general release. "Good Reason" means that (i) grounds for termination for cause do not exist, and (ii) either (1) Mr. Westrate's principal place of business is relocated by more than 50 miles without his consent, (2) there is a diminution in Mr. Westrate's title, authority, duties, responsibilities, reporting position or compensation without his consent, or (3) Mr. Westrate is terminated by the Company in connection with the change in control. Upon such termination, Mr. Westrate is entitled to severance payments in (i) an amount equal to two times his annual base salary then in effect, payable in 24 equal monthly installments; (ii) a pro-rata portion of his bonus as earned through the termination date; and (iii) an amount equal to two times the bonus received during the fiscal year immediately preceding the year of termination, payable in 24 equal monthly installments. Mr. Westrate is subject to a non-competition covenant for two years following termination of employment for any reason, a non-solicitation and non-interference with employees covenant for two years following termination of employment for any reason and indefinite confidentiality provisions.

131


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2015

        The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding stock options held by each of our NEOs as of December 31, 2015.

        The figures in this table reflect the numbers of shares of Parent's common stock covered by stock options, as well as the relevant exercise prices, as of December 31, 2015. We have included estimates of the corresponding numbers of post-offering shares subject to these options, as well as their post-offering exercise prices, based on a pre-to-post offering conversion factor of 1 to 48.5276. The conversion is based on an assumed price of $21.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the offering's price range, and the actual conversion may be affected by the final offering price.

Name
  Grant Date   Exercisable   Exercisable
(Post-Offering)
  Unexercisable   Unexercisable
(Post-Offering)
  Option
Exercise
Price
  Option
Exercise
Price
(Post-Offering)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Richard Burke

    4/25/2013     12     582     9  (1)   437   $ 844.10     17.39     4/25/2023  

    11/20/2012     9,364     454,412      (2)     $ 844.10     17.39     11/20/2022  

Steven R. Carn

    4/25/2013     20     971     14  (1)   679   $ 844.10     17.39     4/25/2023  

    4/26/2012     1,025     49,741     256  (1)   12,423   $ 619.64     12.77     4/26/2022  

John Spegal

    3/4/2015     38     1,844     152  (1)   7,376   $ 896.26     18.47     3/4/2025  

    5/14/2014     25     1,213     39  (1)   1,893   $ 910.78     18.77     5/14/2024  

    5/14/2014             517  (3)   25,089   $ 910.78     18.77     5/14/2024  

    4/25/2013             259  (3)   12,569   $ 844.10     17.39     4/25/2023  

Michael K. Slattery

    3/4/2015     22     1,068     87  (1)   4,222   $ 896.26     18.47     3/4/2025  

    3/4/2015             776  (3)   37,657   $ 896.26     18.47     3/4/2025  

William Westrate

    3/4/2015     38     1,844     152  (1)   7,376   $ 896.26     18.47     3/4/2025  

    3/4/2015             388  (3)   18,829   $ 896.26     18.47     3/4/2025  

    5/14/2014             388  (3)   18,829   $ 910.78     18.77     5/14/2024  

(1)
Time-vested options vest 20% on date of grant and 20% ratably thereafter on each annual anniversary of the date of grant.

(2)
Options vested 100% with Mr. Burke's selection as CEO.

(3)
Represents stock options granted that vest 100% after five years from the date of grant.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2015

        No options were exercised in 2015 and no stock was vested in 2015.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

        The following table quantifies the potential contractual and/or plan termination and change-in-control payment amounts assuming hypothetical triggering events had occurred as of December 31, 2015. The value per share of our stock as of the fiscal year-end used in calculating the value of outstanding stock was $21.00, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, using a pre-to-post offering split factor of 1 to 48.5276. See "—Summary of NEO Employment Agreements" above. Our incentive plans also provide for payments to NEOs in the event of termination under certain circumstances not related to

132


Table of Contents

change-in-control, such as death, disability, retirement, and job elimination. Refer to the chart and footnotes included below for a full description of such benefits.

Name
  Item of
Compensation (1)
  Termination
Upon
Death/Disability
  Termination
Upon
Retirement
  Involuntary
Termination
Not for Cause
  Termination
for Cause
  Voluntary
Resignation (3)
  Termination
Upon
Change in
Control
 
Richard Burke   Bonus   $ 537,500   $   $ 537,500   $   $ 537,500   $ 537,500  
    Additional severance (2)   $ 36,000       $ 36,000       $ 36,000   $ 36,000  
    Unvested Stock Options   $ 1,575   $   $   $   $   $ 1,575  
    Multiple of Salary and Bonus   $ 2,136,760   $   $ 2,136,760   $   $ 2,136,760   $ 2,136,760  
    Total Payments   $ 2,711,835   $   $ 2,710,260   $   $ 2,710,260   $ 2,711,835  

Steven R. Carn

 

Bonus

 

$

391,154

 

$


 

$

391,154

 

$


 

$

391,154

 

$

391,154

 
    Unvested Stock Options   $ 104,706   $   $   $   $   $ 104,706  
    Multiple of Salary and Bonus   $ 1,523,820   $   $ 1,523,820   $   $ 1,523,820   $ 1,523,820  
    Total Payments   $ 2,019,681   $   $ 1,914,974   $   $ 1,914,974   $ 2,019,681  

John Spegal

 

Bonus

 

$

372,667

 

$


 

$

372,667

 

$


 

$

372,667

 

$

372,667

 
    Unvested Stock Options   $   $   $   $   $   $ 124,203  
    Multiple of Salary and Bonus   $ 722,299   $   $ 1,444,597   $   $ 1,444,597   $ 1,444,597  
    Total Payments   $ 1,094,966   $   $ 1,817,264   $   $ 1,817,264   $ 1,941,468  

Michael K. Slattery

 

Bonus

 

$

183,600

 

$


 

$

183,600

 

$


 

$

183,600

 

$

183,600

 
    Unvested Stock Options   $   $   $   $   $   $ 105,994  
    Multiple of Salary and Bonus   $ 393,408   $   $ 786,816   $   $ 786,816   $ 786,816  
    Total Payments   $ 577,008   $   $ 970,416   $   $ 970,416   $ 1,076,410  

William Westrate

 

Bonus

 

$

168,480

 

$


 

$

168,480

 

$


 

$

168,480

 

$

168,480

 
    Unvested Stock Options   $   $   $   $   $   $ 108,343  
    Multiple of Salary and Bonus   $ 438,134   $   $ 876,268   $   $ 876,268   $ 876,268  
    Total Payments   $ 606,614   $   $ 1,044,748   $   $ 1,044,748   $ 1,153,091  

(1)
The figures reflected in the "bonus" rows are pro-rated bonuses for 2015 earned through the hypothetical termination date of December 31, 2015. Because actual 2015 bonuses are not yet known, these figures are based on 2015 target bonuses. The amounts reflected in the "unvested stock options" rows will be provided upon determination of the price range for shares of the Company's common stock offered in our initial public offering. The "total payments" amounts will then be updated to include the value of "unvested stock options".

(2)
Paid in 24 equal monthly installments.

(3)
Voluntary resignation payments are based upon resignation for "good reason," as described above under "—Severance and Other Benefits Payable Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control."

        All NEOs are subject to non-competition covenants for two years following termination of employment), non-solicitation and non-interference with employees provisions for two years following termination of employment for any reason and indefinite confidentiality provisions.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

        During the fiscal year ending in 2015, we did not provide any compensation to our directors on account of their service to the Company as non-employee directors. The only directors who received compensation from the Company were Mr. Appleby in connection with consulting services that he provides to the Company, and Messrs. Burke and Carn in connection with their service as officers of the Company. Payments to Messrs. Burke and Carn are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table. Payments to Mr. Appleby are described below and are set forth in the director compensation table included in the section labeled "Compensation Arrangements of Charles Appleby."

133


Table of Contents

        Upon the completion of this offering, our non-employee directors nominated by Highstar Capital or BTGI Equity will not receive compensation for their service as directors. We expect to have one non-employee director not nominated by Highstar Capital or BTGI Equity upon completion of this offering, and we expect that his compensation will consist of:

    An annual cash retainer of $50,000 for service as a non-employee director;

    An annual cash retainer of $15,000 for service as the chairman of the audit committee; and

    An annual restricted stock award under the 2016 Plan (as defined below) with a grant date fair market value of $100,000, which will be eligible to vest in full on the third anniversary of the date of grant.

Share Ownership Guidelines

        Our non-employee directors who are not nominated by Highstar Capital or BTGI Equity are required to retain the shares covered by their annual equity awards until they own shares of our common stock with a value of $250,000. If such a director's share ownership subsequently drops below $250,000 of our common stock, the director must retain shares covered by future director equity awards until his or her level of ownership again reaches $250,000 of our common stock.

Compensation Arrangements of Charles Appleby

        Mr. Appleby retired from his position as the Company's Chief Executive Officer effective July 1, 2014, but continued to serve on our board of directors until January 29, 2016. In connection with his retirement, we entered into a letter agreement on June 20, 2014 (the "Appleby Letter Agreement"), which amended the payment schedule provided for by a stock redemption program with the Parent. Pursuant to the stock redemption program, as amended by the Appleby Letter Agreement, the Parent will repurchase all of the then original outstanding stock owned by Mr. Appleby as of November 20, 2012 in three equal installments on each of January 15, 2015, January 15, 2016, and January 15, 2017 (each, a "Purchase Date"), payable on each Purchase Date in an amount equal to 33 1 / 3 % of the number of original shares outstanding times the redemption price on the applicable Purchase Date. Stock acquired subsequent to November 20, 2012 will be purchased on the final installment payment date of the original share sale date or January 15, 2017. The Company has repurchased the shares required to be so repurchased on January 15, 2015 and January 15, 2016. Pursuant to a share price protection agreement, shares are redeemable at a price equal to the greater of the public company value per share or EBITDA value per share at a floor price of $884.62 per share, with the floor price only applicable to the shares held prior to November 20, 2012. Any difference between fair market value and the floor price is payable on January 15, 2017. Mr. Appleby recently challenged the calculation of his redemption payments made in 2015 and 2016, claiming that they should have been greater by approximately $2 million in total. We are in ongoing negotiations with Mr. Appleby in order to resolve this issue. Contemporaneous with the payment dates, Mr. Appleby will repay (and has repaid, as applicable) in ratable amounts 33 1 / 3 % of his outstanding shareholder loan with the Parent, as described below under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

        In addition to his stock redemption, Mr. Appleby receives consulting fees, as well as post-retirement medical benefits for himself and his spouse through December 31 of the year in which Mr. Appleby turns 75 (or, if Mr. Appleby dies prior to reaching age 75, then for his spouse through the end of the calendar year in which Mr. Appleby would have turned 75). This plan provides health insurance coverage and benefits similar to the health insurance

134


Table of Contents

provided by us to other of our executive employees at the time of Mr. Appleby's retirement or termination. The plan provides for healthcare retirement benefits for Mr. Appleby and his wife and was valued utilizing the projected unit credit method with the following assumptions: (1) assumed discount rate of 3.80% based upon the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve, (2) enrollment in Medicare, (3) benefits are non-contributory by the employee up to $50,000, (4) retiree and his spouse receive coverage until retiree reaches the age of 75, (5) impact of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act enacted in March 2010, in particular the provision for an excise tax, (6) mortality rates from the RP 2000 Healthy Male and Female tables and (7) health care cost trend assumptions of 9.0% initially followed with an ultimate trend of 5.0%.

        The following table reflects the compensation paid to Mr. Appleby in 2015. Other non-employee directors have not been included because they received no compensation in 2015.

Name
  All Other
Compensation (1)
  Total  

Charles Appleby

  $ 4,378,234   $ 4,378,234  

(1)
Includes compensation for consulting services in an amount equal to $125,000, $4,237,900 for redemption of certain shares held by him and family trusts, and $15,334 in payments for post-retirement medical benefits.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

        The following table presents information as of December 31, 2015 regarding equity compensation plans applicable to our employees. The only applicable equity compensation plan as of December 31, 2015 was the 2012 Plan, which involves issuance of equity at the Parent-level. In connection with the adoption of the 2012 Plan, awards under a previous equity plan, the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, were cancelled and reissued under the 2012 Plan. We have included estimates of the corresponding numbers of post-offering shares subject to these options remaining available under the 2012 Plan, as well as the post-offering exercise prices, based on a pre-to-post offering conversion factor of 1 to 48.5276. The conversion is based on an assumed price of $21.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth

135


Table of Contents

on the cover of this prospectus, and the actual conversion may be affected by the final offering price.

Plan category
  Number of
securities to
be issued
upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
  Post-Offering
number of
securities to
be issued
upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
  Weighted-average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
  Post-Offering
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
  Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans
(excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a))
  Post-Offering
number of
securities
remaining
available for
future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans
(excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a))
 
 
  (a)
   
  (b)
   
  (c)
   
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    N/A           N/A           N/A        

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    82,972     4,026,434   $ 686  (1)   14.14  (1)   97,028     4,708,539  

              $ 602  (2)   12.41  (2)            

Total

    82,972     4,026,434   $ 686  (1)   14.14  (1)   97,028     4,708,539  

              $ 602  (2)   12.41  (2)            

(1)
Represents the weighted-average exercise price of annual and senior management grants (41,635 shares outstanding pre-offering; approximately 2,020,446 shares outstanding post-offering), which is calculated separately from the weighted-average exercise price of strategic grants.

(2)
Represents the weighted-average exercise price of strategic grants (41,337 shares outstanding pre-offering; approximately 2,005,985 shares outstanding post-offering).

2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

        Our board of directors adopted the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan (the "2016 Plan") on January 29, 2016. The 2016 Plan was approved by our shareholder on January 29, 2016, and will be effective prior to the completion of this offering (the "2016 Plan Effective Date"). It will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the 2016 Plan Effective Date, unless sooner terminated by our board of directors.

Awards and Eligibility

        Eligible participants in the 2016 Plan are selected by the compensation committee of our board of directors, and may include our officers, employees, directors and consultants.

        The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, performance stock units, cash performance units and other forms of equity-based awards, including awards based on the value of dividends paid by us.

        Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. Incentive stock options, in contrast to non-qualified stock options, may provide a tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of incentive stock options granted to certain significant stockholders). The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of incentive stock options granted to certain significant

136


Table of Contents

stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

        Stock appreciation rights entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant and the term of a stock appreciation right may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock appreciation rights and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

        The 2016 Plan explicitly prohibits the repricing of options or stock appreciation rights and the grant of discount options or discount stock appreciation rights.

        Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Restricted stock units are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and restricted stock units may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

        Performance stock awards are contractual rights to receive a range of shares of our common stock in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards. Performance stock units are contractual rights to deliver shares of our common stock in the future in an amount to be determined based on achievement of certain performance goals and other conditions that may apply. Cash performance units are contractual promises to provide an amount of cash at a time in the future based on achievement of certain performance goals and other conditions that may apply. Conditions applicable to performance stock, performance stock units and cash performance units may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

Authorized Shares

        A maximum of 4,260,000 of the Company's shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of the offering calculated on a fully diluted basis, rounded up to the nearest 10,000 shares, may be issued under our 2016 Plan, which number may be adjusted to reflect certain corporate transactions or other changes in capitalization set forth therein.

        No participant may be granted under the 2016 Plan in any calendar year awards covering more than 7.5% of the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2016 Plan. The maximum aggregate cash payment with respect to cash-based awards that may be granted to a participant in any one fiscal year is $5 million. Nonemployee directors may not receive regular annual awards for any calendar year having a grant date fair value, determined using assumptions and methods that are consistent in all material respects with the assumptions used to disclose such grants in our proxy statement for the year to which such grants relate, that exceeds $500,000, or any special or one-time award upon election or appointment to the board of directors having a grant date fair value, determined as described above, that exceeds $500,000. To the extent not prohibited by applicable laws, rules and regulations, shares of common stock underlying "substitute awards" will not be counted against the number of shares of common stock remaining available for issuance and are not subject to the other limits described in this section. A "substitute award" is one granted upon assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, an outstanding award previously granted by a company or other entity acquired by us or with which we combine in a corporate

137


Table of Contents

transaction, in each case under the terms of the equity plan that was approved by the shareholders of the granting entity.

        Shares of common stock tendered by a participant or withheld by us to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the participant's tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting, exercise or settlement of an award, as well as shares of common stock subject to an option or stock appreciation right but not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of the award, shall be added back to the number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan.

Administration

        The 2016 Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the terms of the 2016 Plan, the compensation committee has the power to: select participants for the 2016 Plan; grant awards; determine the number of shares of common stock subject to each award or the cash amounts payable in connection therewith; determine the terms and conditions of awards, including consequences of a termination of employment; amend the terms and conditions of awards; specify and approve the terms of award documents; make factual determinations in connection with the administration of the 2016 Plan; adopt and revise rules pertaining to the 2016 Plan; employ legal counsel and other consultants or advisors in connection with the administration of the 2016 Plan; vary the terms of awards to account for tax and securities laws; correct any defects and reconcile any omissions in the 2016 Plan; suspend the right to exercise during any blackout period, and extend the period of exercise by an equal period of time; and make all other determinations and take any other actions necessary or desirable to interpret and administer the 2016 Plan.

        The compensation committee also has the power, to the extent not prohibited by applicable laws, to delegate its authority under the 2016 Plan to a subcommittee thereof, or to other people or groups of people as it deems necessary and appropriate. The compensation committee may not, however, delegate its authority to make awards to individuals who are subject to the reporting rules of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or whose compensation for such a fiscal year may be subject to Section 162(m) of the Code. The compensation committee is also prohibited from delegating any authority that it has under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Section 162(m)

        Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that a public company may take in respect of compensation paid to its "covered employees" (which should include its chief executive officer and its next three most highly compensated employees other than its chief financial officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute qualified performance-based compensation ("QPBC"). Under current tax law, we do not expect Section 162(m) of the Code to apply to certain awards under the 2016 Plan until the earliest to occur of (1) our annual shareholders' meeting at which members of our board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the year of this offering; (2) a material modification of the 2016 Plan; (3) an exhaustion of the share supply under the 2016 Plan; or (4) the expiration of the 2016 Plan. However, performance criteria may still be used with respect to performance-based awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC.

        In order to constitute QPBC, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by our compensation committee and linked to shareholder-approved performance

138


Table of Contents

criteria. The 2016 Plan sets forth the applicable performance criteria that may be used in making such awards, and also permits the compensation committee to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC. Performance targets applicable to awards intended to constitute QPBC must be based on one or more of the following performance categories: net income; cash flow or cash flow return on investment or cash flow per share; operating cash flow; pre-tax or post-tax profit levels or earnings; profit in excess of cost of capital; operating earnings; return on investment; free cash flow; free cash flow per share; earnings per share; return on assets; return on net assets; return on equity; return on capital; return on invested capital; return on sales; sales growth; growth in managed assets; gross margin; operating margin; operating income; total shareholder return or stock price appreciation; EBITDA; EBITA; revenue; net revenues; market share; market penetration; productivity improvements; inventory turnover measurements; working capital turnover measurements; reduction of losses, loss ratios or expense ratios; reduction in fixed costs; operating cost management; cost of capital; debt reduction; and safety measurements or other operational criteria that are objectively determinable.

        Following the completion of each performance period, the compensation committee will determine the extent to which the performance targets have been achieved or exceeded. If the minimum performance targets established by the compensation committee for awards intended to constitute QPBC are not achieved, no payment will be made.

Changes in Capitalization

        In the event of certain specified changes in capitalization set forth in the 2016 Plan, the number and kind of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2016 Plan and subject to the sub-limits set forth above under "Authorized Shares" will be equitably adjusted in the manner deemed necessary by the compensation committee to preserve, but not increase, the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, such adjusted awards will be subject to the same restrictions and vesting or settlement schedules to which the underlying awards are subject (subject to the limitations of Section 409A of the Code).

Recoupment

        Awards granted under the 2016 Plan, any payments made under the 2016 Plan and any gains realized upon exercise or settlement of an award will be subject to clawback or recoupment as permitted or mandated by applicable law, rules, regulations or any Company policy as enacted, adopted or modified from time to time.

Plan Amendment or Termination

        Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2016 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant's consent. Furthermore, no amendment, suspension or termination will be effective without the approval of our shareholders if such approval is required under applicable laws, rules and regulations. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the 2016 Plan Effective Date.

New Plan Benefits

        Because awards under the 2016 Plan are determined by the compensation committee in its sole discretion and may be based on the future achievement of performance goals to be

139


Table of Contents

established thereby, we cannot determine the benefits or amounts that will be received or allocated in the future under the 2016 Plan. The table below shows, for the individuals and groups listed, certain awards that we have made in connection with this offering (the "Offering Grants"), with the exception of the grant shown for non-employee directors, which represents an annual restricted stock award to one such non-employee director. Each of the awards reflected in the table below is scheduled to vest in full on the third anniversary of the date of grant. These awards are not necessarily indicative of awards that the compensation committee may make in the future.

        The Offering Grants will be made to the Company's NEOs. These awards were calculated assuming a post-Offering share price of $21.00, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The actual numbers of shares subject to these Offering Grants will be adjusted to reflect the final Offering price once it is known. The numbers of shares reflected in the table below are post-Offering shares, rather than pre-Offering shares of Parent.

 
   
  Number of Units  
Name and Position
  Dollar Value
($)
  Options   Restricted
Stock
  RSUs   Total  

Richard Burke, Chief Executive Officer

    3,000,000     141,169     0     95,238     236,407  

Steven R. Carn, Chief Financial Officer

    1,500,000     70,585     0     47,619     118,204  

John Spegal, Chief Operating Officer

    1,800,000     127,052     0     42,857     169,910  

Michael K. Slattery, Senior Vice President, General Counsel

    1,500,000     105,877     0     35,714     141,591  

William Westrate, Chief Administrative Officer

    1,500,000     105,877     0     35,714     141,591  

Total Executive Group

    9,300,000     550,560     0     257,142     807,703  

Non-Employee Directors

    100,000     0     4,762     0     4,762  

Non-Executive Officer Employee Group

    0     0     0     0     0  

2016 Short-Term Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the "STIC Plan") on January 29, 2016. The STIC Plan was approved by our shareholder on January 29, 2016, and will be effective prior to the completion of this offering (the "STIC Effective Date"). The STIC Plan shall remain in effect until terminated pursuant to its terms.

Awards and Eligibility

        The STIC Plan provides for the grant of short-term cash incentive compensation awards to those individuals selected by the compensation committee of the board of directors. Such eligible individuals include key employees of the Company and our affiliates. The maximum award that may be granted to any one individual in a plan year is $5 million.

Administration

        The STIC Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the terms of the STIC Plan, the compensation committee has the power to designate participants; determine the terms and conditions of any award; determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances awards may be forfeited or suspended; interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect and/or supply any omission in the STIC Plan or any instrument or agreement relating to, or award granted under, the STIC Plan; establish, amend, suspend or waive any rules for the administration,

140


Table of Contents

interpretation and application of the STIC Plan; and make any other determination and take any other action that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the STIC Plan.

        The compensation committee also has the power to delegate its administrative duties to our directors or officers. However, it may not delegate its responsibilities to make awards to our executive officers, to make awards that are intended to be QPBC, or to certify that performance targets applicable to awards intended to be QPBC have been satisfied.

Section 162(m)

        As described above under "Section 162(m)" in the description of the 2016 Plan, we similarly do not expect Section 162(m) of the Code to apply to certain awards under the STIC Plan until the earliest to occur of (1) our annual shareholders' meeting at which members of our board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the year of this offering; (2) a material modification of the STIC Plan; or (3) the expiration of the STIC Plan. However, performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC. The performance criteria set forth in the STIC Plan are the same as those set forth in the 2016 Plan, as described above under "Section 162(m)."

        In order to constitute QPBC, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by our compensation committee and linked to shareholder-approved performance criteria. The STIC Plan sets forth the applicable performance criteria that may be used in making such awards, and also permits the compensation committee to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC.

        Following the completion of each performance period, the compensation committee will determine the extent to which the performance targets have been achieved or exceeded. If the minimum performance targets established by the compensation committee are not achieved, no payment will be made with respect to awards intended to constitute QPBC.

Adjustments to Awards

        Our STIC Plan provides that the compensation committee may adjust the calculation of a performance target for a performance period to reflect the occurrence of certain changes in capitalization set forth therein, to exclude the effect of certain "extraordinary items" as set forth under the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or to reflect all items of gain, loss or expense for a fiscal year that are related to special, unusual or non-recurring items, events or circumstances affecting the Company or our financial statements.

Recoupment

        Awards granted under the STIC Plan will be subject to clawback or recoupment as permitted or mandated by applicable law, rules, regulations or any Company policy as enacted, adopted or modified from time to time.

Plan Amendment or Termination

        The compensation committee or our board of directors may, at any time, amend, suspend or terminate the STIC Plan in whole or in part, provided that no amendment that requires shareholder approval in order for the STIC Plan to continue to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code will be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of our shareholders. However, no amendment will adversely affect the rights of any participant to awards allocated prior to such amendment.

141


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2015 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock immediately prior to this offering (after giving effect to the merger and recapitalization that will occur as part of the Reorganization), and as adjusted to give effect to the Reorganization and this offering by:

    each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares of our common stock;

    each of our NEOs;

    each of our current directors;

    our selling stockholder; and

    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

        For further information regarding material transactions between us and our stockholders or their affiliates, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

        Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. All amounts in the following table, except for the shares to be sold in this offering, are estimated assuming an initial public offering price at the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the table

142


Table of Contents

or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Advanced Disposal Services, Inc., 90 Fort Wade Road, Ponte Vedra, FL 32081.

 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
This Offering (1)
  Shares
to be
Sold in
This
Offering
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After This
Offering Assuming
No Exercise
of Option to
Purchase Additional
Shares
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After This
Offering Assuming
Full Exercise of
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
 
Name
  Number   Percent   Number   Number   Percent   Number   Percent  

5% stockholders

                                           

Star Atlantic Waste Holdings, L.P. (2)

    41,689,670     69.3     0     41,689,670     60.3     41,689,670     57.6  

BTGI Equity (3)

    4,657,938     7.7     0     4,657,938     6.7     4,657,938     6.4  

Selling Stockholder

                                           

OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc. (4)

    12,391,538     20.6     12,391,538     0     0     0     0  

Our named executive officers

                                           

Richard Burke

    512,500     *     0     512,500     *     512,500     *  

Steven R. Carn

    410,689     *     0     410,689     *     410,689     *  

John Spegal

    8,444     *     0     8,444     *     8,444     *  

Michael K. Slattery

    6,454     *     0     6,454     *     6,454     *  

William Westrate

    4,513     *     0     4,513     *     4,513     *  

All directors and executive officers as a group

    1,273,939     2.1     0     1,273,939     1.8     1,273,939     1.8  

*
Represents less than 1%.
(1)
Beneficial ownership by Star Atlantic Waste Holdings, L.P. ("Star Atlantic"), BTGI Equity and OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc. ("OPTrust") reflects the completion of the Reorganization, including the dissolution of Star Atlantic Waste Holdings II, L.P., and an allocation of shares assuming a price per share at the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. An increase or decrease in the price per share from the mid-point of the proposed range will result in a reallocation of shares among the stockholders in order to satisfy the Preferred Payment. Assuming a price per share at the top end of the range, Star Atlantic, BTGI Equity and OPTrust would beneficially own 42,164,325, 4,730,787 and 0 shares, respectively. Assuming a price per share at the bottom end of the range, Star Atlantic, BTGI Equity and OPTrust would beneficially own 41,167,550, 4,577,804 and 0 shares, respectively. Reallocation of shares among the remaining stockholders would not result in a material change to their respective ownership or ownership percentages.

(2)
Star Atlantic is a limited partnership for which Star Atlantic GP, Inc. is the general partner. PineBridge Highstar (SPE) LLC ("PineBridge") serves as the general partner of Star Atlantic GP, Inc. and, accordingly, Star Atlantic GP, Inc. and PineBridge may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned of record by Star Atlantic. PineBridge has delegated management authority for Star Atlantic GP, Inc. to Highstar Capital LP, which also serves as the investment manager for Star Atlantic. Highstar Capital LP is controlled by Christopher Lee, Michael Miller, John Stokes, Christopher Beall and Scott Litman and, in such capacities, these individuals may be

143


Table of Contents

    deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Star Atlantic. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership in shares of Common Stock. The principal business address of each of the entities and persons identified in this and the paragraph above is Highstar Capital, 277 Park Avenue, 45th floor, New York, New York 10172.

(3)
BTGI Equity is wholly owned by BTG Pactual Proprietary Feeder (1) Ltd. BTG Participations Ltd. ("BTG Participations") is the general partner of BTG Investments LP ("BTG Investments") and controls BTG Bermuda LP Holdco Ltd. BTG Pactual GP Management Ltd. ("BTG Management") controls BTG Participations. BTG Pactual Partnerco Ltd. ("BTG Partnerco"), wholly own BTG Management. BTG Partnerco is controlled by Marcelo Kalim, Roberto Balls Sallouti, James Marcos de Oliveira, Guilherme da Costa Paes, Persio Arida, Renato Monteiro dos Santos and Antonio Carlos Canto Porto Filho. Marcelo Kalim, Roberto Balls Sallouti, James Marcos de Oliveira, Guilherme da Costa Paes, Persio Arida, Renato Monteiro dos Santos and Antonio Carlos Canto Porto Filho may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by BTG Equity. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership in shares of Common Stock. The principal business address of BTGI Equity is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The principal business address of BTG Pactual Proprietary Feeder (1) Ltd. is 68 Fort Street, Butterfield House, PO Box 705, Georgetown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands. The principal business address of BTG Investments is Century House, 16 Par-la-ville Road, Hamilton HM HX, Bermuda. The principal business address of BTG Bermuda LP Holdco Ltd., BTG Participations, BTG Management and BTG Partnerco is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda. The principal business address of Marcelo Kalim, Roberto Balls Sallouti, James Marcos de Oliveira, Guilherme da Costa Paes, Persio Arida, Renato Monteiro dos Santos and Antonio Carlos Canto Porto Filho is 14th Floor—Av. Brg. Faria Lima, 3477—Itaim Bibi, Sao Paulo—SP, 04538-133, Brazil.

(4)
OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc., as the selling stockholder, is selling all shares of our common stock received by it in the Reorganization to generate proceeds equal to the value of its Preferred Payment. Since the number of shares of common stock received by the selling stockholder in the Reorganization has been based on the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, it may be necessary to reallocate shares among the selling stockholder and the remaining stockholders in order to generate sufficient net proceeds to satisfy the Preferred Payment, as described in footnote (1). If the price per share in this offering is less than the mid-point of the proposed range, the selling stockholder intends to sell additional shares in this offering in order to generate sufficient net proceeds for the Preferred Payment. If the price per share in this offering exceeds the mid-point of the proposed range, the selling stockholder intends to sell fewer shares in this offering. The principal business address of OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc. is 1 Adelaide Street E., Suite 1200, Toronto, ON, Canada M5C 3A7.


If it is necessary for additional shares to be sold in this offering by the selling stockholder, as described above, such shares will be reallocated to the selling stockholder, pro rata, from the remaining existing stockholders. If the selling stockholder sells fewer shares, as described above, its excess shares will be reallocated pro rata among the remaining existing stockholders.

144


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Promissory Notes Relating to Exercise of Parent Stock Options

        On December 31, 2008, Charles Appleby, Steven Carn, Mary O'Brien, Steven Del Corso and Christian Mills, then executive officers of Parent, issued to Parent promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $20 million in connection with the exercise of stock options by such officers. Each of the borrowers pledged the shares purchased with the proceeds of the full recourse notes as collateral for the notes. The promissory notes accrued interest semi-annually at a rate of 2.83% through November 19, 2012 and .89% from November 20, 2012 and thereafter, which is payable on the due date of the notes.

        The maturity of the promissory note with Mr. Appleby is subject to provisions of his redemption agreement. All other loans mature at the earlier of six years from the date of re-issuance on November 20, 2012, upon termination of employment or upon sale of stock. See "Executive Compensation—Summary of Employment Agreements" for repayment provisions.

        The loan amounts consisting of unpaid principal and interest as of December 31, 2015 are as follows: Mr. Appleby for $7.2 million; Mr. Carn for $5.4 million, Mr. Del Corso for $2.2 million, Ms. Mills for $0.7 million and Ms. O'Brien for $4.3 million. The loans were distributed by ADS Inc. to Parent, the parent company of the Issuer, in November 2012. The loans are not obligations of ours or any of our subsidiaries. Mr. Burke's loan was issued in 2012 in connection with his purchase of stock of Parent in the amount of $0.3 million and forgiven in fiscal 2014 in connection with his appointment as CEO.

        Prior to this offering, the loans outstanding to Mr. Carn, Ms. O'Brien, and Mr. Del Corso were net settled by taking back shares of Parent common stock with a value equal to the amount of the loan plus additional amounts to cover estimated capital gains tax. For purposes of the net settlement, Parent common stock was attributed the same per share value that we are using in connection with the preparation of our 2015 audited financial statements. This valuation is performed annually in connection with impairment testing and in connection with setting strike prices for compensatory options. We may record non-cash compensation expense in the first quarter of 2016 related to these loan settlements as a result of the difference between the loan settlement valuation and the price to public in this offering. We estimate that the amount of this non-cash compensation expense would be approximately $2.4 million, based on the mid-point of the range on the cover page of this prospectus. Ultimately, the non-cash compensation expense, if any, will depend in part on market prices for our common stock following this offering.

Employment Relationships

        Certain related party employment relationships exist within the Company. Two of Mr. Appleby's immediate family members are employed by us and total compensation, excluding stock options granted for fiscal 2015 was $141,734 and $165,682, respectively. They were awarded options during 2015 with a fair market value of $10,053 and $6,568. See "Executive Compensation—Summary of NEO Employment Agreements" for a description of stock repurchase plans with certain named NEOs.

Our Policy Regarding Related Party Transactions

        We did not have a formal approval policy for related party transactions during fiscal 2014.

        We approved a formal approval policy for related party transactions on June 12, 2015, which became effective on June 30, 2015. It is our policy to review transactions with parties

145


Table of Contents

meeting the definition of a "related-party" within the scope of the authoritative guidance set forth in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 850—Related Party Disclosures (and other applicable SEC guidance) for the identification and disclosure of related-party transactions.

        We require that all potential related party transactions be evaluated based on business case and for the potential financial impact. Potential related party transactions must be brought to the attention of the CEO and/or CFO and must be approved in writing prior to entering into the transaction. Related party transactions with officers and management directors other than the CEO or of the Company greater than $50,000 must be approved by the CEO. For any related party transactions greater than $50,000 involving the CEO, a member of the board of directors who is not also an Executive Officer of the Company or minority shareholder who is not a member of management, written approval of the transaction must be obtained from the board of directors.

Stockholders' Agreement

        In connection with our initial public offering, we expect to enter into a stockholders' agreement with Highstar Capital or an affiliate or affiliates of Highstar Capital and BTG Pactual GP Management Ltd. or an affiliate or affiliates of BTG Pactual GP Management Ltd. This agreement will grant Highstar Capital the right to nominate to our board of directors a number of designees equal to: (i) at least a majority of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors, at such time, as long as Highstar Capital and its affiliates beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock; (ii) at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Highstar Capital and its affiliates beneficially own at least 40% but less than 50% of the shares of our common stock; (iii) at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Highstar Capital and its affiliates beneficially own at least 30% but less than 40% of the shares of our common stock; (iv) at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Highstar Capital and its affiliates beneficially own at least 20% but less 30% of the shares of our common stock; and (v) at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Highstar Capital and its affiliates beneficially own at least 5% but less than 20% of the shares of our common stock. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that Highstar Capital is entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number (e.g., one and one quarter directors shall equate to two directors) and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis after taking into account any increase in the size of our board of directors.

        This agreement will also grant BTGI Equity the right to nominate to our Board of Directors one designee, as long as BTGI Equity, and its affiliates, collectively beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

        In addition, in the event a vacancy on the board of directors is caused by the death, retirement or resignation of a Highstar Capital director designee, Highstar Capital shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to have the vacancy filled by Highstar Capital's new director-designee.

Registration Rights Agreement

        In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with certain affiliates of Highstar Capital and certain other investors and members of management. This agreement will provide to Highstar Capital an unlimited number of

146


Table of Contents

"demand" registrations and to both Highstar Capital and such other investors and members of management party thereto customary "piggyback" registration rights. The registration rights agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify Highstar Capital, such other investors and the members of management party thereto against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act.

Merger Agreement

        Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a merger agreement with Parent pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Parent will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving the merger; (ii) shares of common stock and preferred stock of Parent will be converted into the right to receive shares of common stock of the Company in accordance with a recapitalization schedule to the Merger Agreement; and (iii) existing options and obligations of Parent will become options and obligations of the Company, and the options will be adjusted to reflect the split factor applied in the recapitalization.

Compensation Arrangements of Charles Appleby

        For information regarding the arrangements pursuant to which Mr. Appleby receives compensation from the Company, see "Executive Compensation—Compensation Arrangements of Charles Appleby."

147


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

        The following is a summary of provisions relating to our material indebtedness. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the corresponding agreements, including the definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise defined in this prospectus.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

        In October 2012, we entered into (i) a $1,800.0 million Term Loan B and (ii) a $300.0 million Revolving Credit Facility with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent, and affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and other lenders from time to time party thereto and effected re-pricing transactions on the Term Loan B in February 2014 and February 2013, that reduced the applicable interest rate floor by 50 basis points and the applicable margin by 100 basis points, respectively. We paid down $33.0 million and $18.0 million, during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, and $63.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, respectively, of the Term Loan B. See Note 13, Long-Term Debt, to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 4 "Debt" to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Term Loan B matures in October 2019 and the Revolving Credit Facility matures in October 2017.

        Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities can be used for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had no amounts outstanding under our $300.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. The agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities requires us to comply with certain financial and other covenants, including a total leverage ratio for the benefit of the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility that is applicable when there are outstanding loans or letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility. Compliance with these covenants is a condition to any incremental borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and failure to meet these covenants would enable the lenders to require repayment of any outstanding loans (which would adversely affect our liquidity). As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Our ability to maintain compliance with our covenants will be highly dependent on our results of operations and, to the extent necessary, our ability to implement remedial measures such as reductions in operating costs.

        We are subject to the following total leverage ratio covenant for the applicable periods as indicated.

 
  Maximum Total
Leverage Ratio
 

Fiscal Quarter Ended

       

December 31, 2014 through December 30, 2015

    7.50:1.00  

December 31, 2015 through December 30, 2016

    7.00:1.00  

December 31, 2016 and thereafter

    6.50:1.00  

        The actual total leverage ratio as of September 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was 6.00:1:00, 6.12:1.00 and 6.26:1.00, respectively.

148


Table of Contents

Amendments to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities

        We have obtained lender consent for certain amendments to our senior secured credit facilities, the effectiveness of which is conditioned on the consummation of this offering and a minimum Term Loan B paydown of $100.0 million. The proposed amendments include the (i) extension of the maturity of the revolving credit facility to October 2019; (ii) removal of the Parent guarantee and share pledge to streamline post-IPO financial reporting; and (iii) reduction of maximum total leverage ratios by 0.25x and certain other favorable changes to baskets and definitions. In connection with the amendment to our senior secured credit facility, we will pay total fees of approximately $5.0 million, which will be paid to the lenders and the administrative agent, at the closing of the consent, irrespective of whether the consent becomes effective.

8 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2020

        On October 9, 2012, we issued $550 million aggregate principal amount of 8 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2020 pursuant to the Indenture between us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the "2020 Notes"). In December 2013, we exchanged all of the outstanding notes for registered notes with identical terms. As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Indenture. See Note 13, Long-Term Debt, to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 4 "Debt" to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding the unregistered notes.

        Interest on the 2020 Notes is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year. The 2020 Notes will mature on October 1, 2020. The 2020 Notes are redeemable at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the applicable indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The indenture governing the 2020 Notes limits any increase in our secured indebtedness (other than certain forms of secured indebtedness expressly permitted under the indentures) and limits our incurrence of additional indebtedness.

        The Indenture governing the 2020 Notes contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock, pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to any equity interests, make certain investments or other restricted payments, create liens, sell assets, incur restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us, consolidate or merge with or into other companies or transfer all or substantially all of their assets, engage in transactions with affiliates, and enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

149


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following is a description of the material terms and provisions of our common stock and preferred stock, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect upon completion of this offering. For more complete information, you should read our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which are or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capitalization

        Upon completion of this offering and the Reorganization, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Immediately following the Reorganization but prior to the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 60,123,205 shares of common stock. Assuming the issuance of 9,037,033 shares of common stock in this offering to be sold by us, there will be 69,160,238 shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, and no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

        Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock will be able to elect all of the directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director.

Dividends

        Under our certificate of incorporation, subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividend payments. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indentures governing the Senior Notes impose restrictions on our ability to declare dividends on our common stock.

Pre-emptive Rights

        The holders of common stock have no preferences or rights of conversion, exchange, pre-emption or other subscription rights.

Redemption or Sinking Fund

        There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Liquidation or Dissolution

        In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of common will be entitled to our assets that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations and after liquidation payments to holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any.

150


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

        Upon the completion of this offering there will be 100,000,000 shares of authorized preferred stock which, if issued, would have priority over the common stock with respect to dividends and other distributions, including the distribution of our assets upon liquidation. Unless required by law or by the NYSE, our board of directors will have the authority without further stockholder authorization to issue from time to time shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the terms, limitations, relative rights and preferences and variations of each series. Although we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, the issuance of shares of preferred stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock, could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the common stock, and could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us or an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Limitations on Directors' Liability

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions indemnifying our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. Prior to the completion of this offering, we entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors which, in some cases, are broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law.

        In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation provides that no director will be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

    any breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    acts or omissions not in good faith which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    the payment of dividends or the redemption or purchase of stock in violation of Delaware law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        This provision does not affect a director's liability under the federal securities laws.

        To the extent our directors, officers and controlling persons are indemnified under the provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, Delaware law or contractual arrangements against liabilities arising under the Securities Act, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Registration Rights

        Pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into immediately prior to the offering, Highstar Capital and certain other pre-IPO shareholders will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

151


Table of Contents

Corporate Opportunity

        The Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") permits corporations to adopt provisions that renounce any interest or expectancy in, or any offer of an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are presented to the corporation or one or more of its officers, directors or stockholders. In recognition that our directors and officers may serve as (i) directors, officers and/or employees of Highstar Capital and its affiliates or (ii) as directors, officers and/or employees of other businesses engaged in designing, developing, providing services to, managing, owning or investing in waste management companies ("Dual Role Persons"), our certificate of incorporation will provide for the allocation of certain corporate opportunities between us and the Dual Role Persons. Specifically, none of the Dual Role Persons will have any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business that we do. In the event that a Dual Role Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter outside of his or her capacity as a director of Advanced Disposal which may be a corporate opportunity, we will not have any expectancy in such corporate opportunity, and the Dual Role Person will not have any duty to present such corporate opportunity to us and may pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for himself/herself or direct such opportunity to another person. A corporate opportunity that a Dual Role Person acquires knowledge of will not belong to us unless the corporate opportunity at issue is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of ours. In addition, even if a business opportunity is presented to a Dual Role Person, the following corporate opportunities will not belong to us: (1) those we are not financially able, contractually permitted or legally able to undertake; (2) those not in our line of business; (3) those of no practical advantage to us; and (4) those in which we have no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

        In addition to the majority voting rights that Highstar Capital and its affiliates will have upon completion of this offering as a result of its ownership of our common stock, some provisions of Delaware law contain, and our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws described below will contain, a number of provisions which may have the effect of encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, these provisions will also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Delaware Law

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. This section prevents some Delaware corporations from engaging, under some circumstances, in a business combination, which includes a merger or sale of at least 10% of the corporation's assets with any interested stockholder, meaning a stockholder who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock, unless:

    the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder;

    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder's becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock

152


Table of Contents

      of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding stock owned by directors who are also officers of the corporation; or

    subsequent to such time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        A Delaware corporation may "opt out" of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders' amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions

        Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, some of which are effective today and others of which will become effective after such time when Highstar Capital and its affiliates (other than Parent) collectively cease to beneficially own common shares representing at least 50% of the total voting power of the Company, including the following:

    Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies.   Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of our directors can be increased or decreased by the board of directors without shareholder approval. Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote until Highstar Capital and its affiliates (other than Parent) collectively cease to beneficially own common shares representing at least 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, after which a director may be removed only for cause by a majority of shares entitled to vote. Vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office and not by the stockholders. These provisions will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by removing directors and filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.

    Classified Board of Directors.   Our board of directors will be classified into three classes of approximately equal size, each of which will hold office for a staggered three-year term. The existence of a classified board of directors could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror.

    Stockholder Action.   Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, until such time as Highstar Capital and its affiliates (other than Parent) collectively ceases to beneficially own 50% or more of voting power of our common stock, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of our stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. After such time as Highstar Capital and its affiliates (other than Parent) collectively cease to beneficially own 50% or more of voting power of our common stock, our stockholders will not be permitted to take action by written consent.

153


Table of Contents

    Special Meetings of Stockholders.   Our certificate of incorporation will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office.

    Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations.   Our bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder's notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our meetings of stockholders. Under these provisions, a timely notice must be received at our principal executive office not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting of stockholders, or in the case of a special meeting of the stockholders, not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day before such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

    No Cumulative Voting.   The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting.

    Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock.   Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by the board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise.

    Amendments.   Our board of directors will have the power to make, alter, amend, change or repeal our bylaws or adopt new bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office. Our certificate of incorporation provides that for as long as Highstar Capital and its affiliates (other than Parent) collectively beneficially own common shares representing at least 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. At any time when Highstar Capital and its affiliates (other than Parent) collectively cease to beneficially own common shares representing at least 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, the certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two thirds in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, including the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors).

Listing

        Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol ADSW.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

154


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and a significant public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the prevailing market price of our common stock from time to time. The number of shares of our common stock available for future sale into the public markets is subject to legal and contractual restrictions, some of which are described below. The expiration of these restrictions will permit sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market or could create the perception that these sales could occur, which could adversely affect the market price for our common stock and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem acceptable.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have a total of 69,160,238 shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us. All of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for shares held by persons who may be deemed our "affiliates," as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. An "affiliate" is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by us or is under common control with us. The remaining shares will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 and subject to certain restrictions on resale following the consummation of this offering. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration such as Rule 144.

Rule 144

        In general, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act in effect on the date of this prospectus, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. In addition, under Rule 144, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the requirements of Rule 144. Our affiliates or persons selling on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1.0% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which is approximately 691,602 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares; and

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding each such sale, subject to certain restrictions.

155


Table of Contents

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Lock-up Agreements

        We and all of our directors and executive officers, as well as affiliates of Highstar Capital and substantially all of our other existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock, subject to specified exceptions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to an extension in certain circumstances, except with the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. See "Underwriting" for a description of the terms of the lock-up agreements.

Shares Issued Under Future Plans

        We will file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common stock issuable under the 2012 Plan and the 2016 Plan. Shares registered under any such registration statement would be available for sale in the public market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates, or the lock-up agreements described above.

156


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR
COMMON STOCK

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) associated with the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder ("Treasury Regulations"), administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, and any changes may result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary. The authorities on which this discussion is based are subject to various interpretations and there can be no assurance that the IRS or the courts will agree with such statements and conclusions.

        This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. This summary is limited to persons who hold our common stock as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes (within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code). In addition, because this section is a general summary, it does not address all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances, or to certain types of shareholders that are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, brokers or dealers in securities, insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions, hybrid entities, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt organizations or accounts, persons holding common stock as a part of a hedging, integrated, conversion transaction, straddle or other risk reduction transaction, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on net investment income, entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or investors in such entities, persons who acquired our common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for services, certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents, U.S. expatriates, "controlled foreign corporations" or "passive foreign investment companies" within the meaning of the Code, and persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

        As used in this discussion, the term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is an individual, corporation, estate or trust and is not any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

157


Table of Contents

    a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

    a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

        We do not anticipate making distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if distributions of cash or property (other than certain pro rata stock distributions) are made to Non-U.S. Holders on shares of our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a Non-U.S. Holder's basis in our common stock (determined separately with respect to each share of our common stock), but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of that common stock as described below under "—Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock."

        Except as described in the next paragraph and subject to the discussion of FATCA, any dividend paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, the Non-U.S. Holder must provide the applicable withholding agent in a timely manner a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, whichever is applicable, or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner. If the Non-U.S. Holder holds the common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the Non-U.S. Holder's behalf, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

        Dividends received by a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty requires, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States), are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to claim this exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, net of certain deductions and credits, and generally in a manner applicable to U.S. persons. In addition, dividends received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that are effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also, subject to certain

158


Table of Contents

adjustments, be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

        Subject to the discussion of FATCA, Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax, including by way of withholding, on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

    the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and if an applicable income tax treaty requires, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States;

    the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a "United States real property holding corporation" (a "USRPHC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holder's disposition of, or the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period for, our common stock.

        Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (within the meaning of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently a USRPHC and, based on our business plan and anticipated operations, do not expect to become a USRPHC in the future. However USRPHC status is an inherently factual determination that involves complex legal considerations. We have not sought an IRS ruling with respect to whether we are a USRPHC and we cannot give definitive assurance regarding our non-USRPHC status. Additionally, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations), such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if a Non-U.S. Holder actually or constructively holds more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holder's disposition of, or the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period for, our common stock. Non-U.S. Holders should be aware that no prediction can be made as to whether our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations).

        Non-U.S. Holders described in the first bullet above will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate Non-U.S. Holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Individual Non-U.S. Holders described in the second bullet above will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses for that year. Non-U.S. Holders should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

159


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Estate Taxes

        Our common stock beneficially owned or treated as beneficially owned by an individual who at the time of death is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes), and certain lifetime transfers of an interest in common stock made by such an individual, will be included in his or her gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder, the Non-U.S. Holder's name and address, and the amount of U.S. federal income tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to the Non-U.S. Holder. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected to the conduct of a Non-U.S. Holder's trade or business within the United States or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in the Non-U.S. Holder's country of residence.

        Payments of dividends on, or of proceeds from the disposition of, our common stock made to Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding unless the Non-U.S. Holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, whichever is applicable, or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that a holder claiming to be a Non-U.S. Holder is a U.S. person.

        U.S. information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to a payment of proceeds of a disposition of common stock where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. However, information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, generally will apply to such a payment if the broker is (i) a U.S. person; or (ii) a foreign person with certain U.S. connections, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the holder is a Non-U.S. Holder and certain conditions are met or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding in their particular circumstances and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding under current Treasury Regulations.

FATCA

        Legislation commonly known as FATCA (under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code) generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" (as defined under FATCA and the applicable Treasury Regulations), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution,

160


Table of Contents

as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding taxes described above will apply to any dividend payments on our common stock and, after December 31, 2018, to payments of gross proceeds from dispositions of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

161


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, through their representatives Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., have severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholder the following respective number of shares of common stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

Underwriters
  Number
of Shares
 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

       

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Barclays Capital Inc. 

       

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                       Incorporated

       

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. 

       

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

       

UBS Securities LLC

       

SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc.

       

First Analysis Securities Corporation

       

Total :

       

        The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the shares of common stock offered hereby are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below, if any of these shares are purchased. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or this offering may be terminated.

        We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some specified types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.

        The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

        We have been advised by the representatives of the underwriters that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             per share under the public offering price. After the initial public offering, representatives of the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms. This offering of the shares of common stock by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

162


Table of Contents

        The underwriting discounts and commissions per share are equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting discounts and commissions are         % of the initial public offering price. We have agreed to pay the underwriters the following discounts and commissions, assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares:

 
   
  Total Fees  
 
  Per Share   Without Exercise of
Option to Purchase
Additional Shares
  With Full Exercise of
Option to Purchase
Additional Shares
 

Discounts and commissions paid by us (1)

                   

(1)
The discounts and commissions paid by us include discounts and commissions relating to shares sold by the selling stockholder.

        We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses, including expenses in connection with the qualification of the offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, by counsel to the underwriters, which will not exceed $                  .

        In addition, we estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3.6 million, of which $1.5 million was prepaid in the third quarter of 2015 and therefore does not reduce net proceeds.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

        We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 3,214,285 additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of common stock as the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional shares of common stock to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the initial shares referred to in the above table are being offered.

No Sales of Similar Securities

        Each of our officers and directors, and substantially all of our stockholders and holders of options and warrants to purchase our stock, have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock or derivatives of our common stock owned by these persons prior to this offering or common stock issuable upon exercise of options or warrants held by these persons for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. Subject to

163


Table of Contents

certain conditions, transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock may be made during the lock-up period in the case of (a) gift, will or intestacy, (b) distributions to partners, members or stockholders of the transferor, in each case, where the transferee signs a lock-up agreement, and (c) to us pursuant to an existing redemption agreement with one of our directors. We have entered into a similar agreement with Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., as representatives of the underwriters. There are no agreements between the representatives and any of our stockholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares of common stock pursuant to the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market prior to the completion of this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative of the underwriters has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our common stock. Additionally, these purchases, along with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Listing

        Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol "ADSW". In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Pricing of this Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by

164


Table of Contents

negotiation among us, the selling stockholder and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. as representatives of the underwriters. Among the primary factors that will be considered in determining the public offering price are:

    prevailing market conditions;

    our results of operations in recent periods;

    the present stage of our development;

    the market capitalizations and stages of development of other companies that we and the representatives of the underwriters believe to be comparable to our business; and

    estimates of our business potential.

        An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

        In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. The underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the lead underwriters of this offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.

Other Relationships

        Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

        Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, an affiliate of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., is the administrative agent under our senior secured credit facility and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Bank PLC, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc., each acted as joint bookrunner and joint lead arranger under the senior secured credit facility. Additionally, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders under our senior secured credit facility. In connection with the amendment to our senior secured credit facility, we will pay total fees of approximately $5.0 million, which will be paid to the lenders and the administrative agent, at the closing of the consent, irrespective of whether the consent becomes effective.

        In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may

165


Table of Contents

hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

    (a)
    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    (b)
    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors, as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

    (c)
    in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms for the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the PD 2010 Amending Directive to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        This prospectus and any other material in relation to the shares described herein is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospective Directive ("qualified investors") that also (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, (ii) who fall within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order or (iii) to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any

166


Table of Contents

other person in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

        The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

        Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the Securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the Securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the "SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the issuer, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (the "FINMA"), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (the "CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the "DFSA"). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be

167


Table of Contents

illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines

168


Table of Contents

promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission ("ASIC"), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the "Corporations Act"), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors") who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Qatar

        The shares described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or Qatar Central Bank and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. It is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.

169


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this document certain information included in the registration statement.

        We file annual, quarterly and special reports and other information with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. Those filings are also available to the public on, or accessible through, our corporate web site at www.advanceddisposal.com. The information we file with the SEC or contained on or accessible through our corporate web site or any other web site that we may maintain is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may also read and copy, at SEC prescribed rates, any document we file with the SEC, including the registration statement (and its exhibits) of which this prospectus is a part, at the SEC's Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room.

170


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page(s)

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
F-3

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 
F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 
F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

 
F-6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

 
F-7

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

 
F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

 
F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-10

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2015

 
F-53

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014

 
F-54

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014

 
F-55

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014

 
F-56

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014

 
F-57

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-58

F-1


Table of Contents

ADS WASTE HOLDINGS, INC.
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholder of
ADS Waste Holdings, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Certified Public Accountants

Jacksonville, FL
March 10, 2015, except for Note 26, as to which the date is August 21, 2015

F-3


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

        Management of the Company, including the principal executive and financial officers, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Our internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and includes those policies and procedures that:

                i.  pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the issuer;

               ii.  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the issuer are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the issuer; and

              iii.  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the issuer's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management of the Company assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 based on the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on its assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

F-4


Table of Contents


Consolidated Financial Statements

ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)
  2014   2013  

Assets

             

Current assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1.0   $ 12.0  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5.0 and $8.4, respectively

    188.0     193.1  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    34.2     35.2  

Deferred income taxes

    14.6     7.2  

Assets of business held for sale

        3.1  

Total current assets

    237.8     250.6  

Restricted cash

    0.2     2.4  

Other assets, net

    101.3     121.2  

Property and equipment, net

    1,663.9     1,667.4  

Goodwill

    1,166.9     1,166.4  

Other intangible assets, net

    379.9     418.8  

Total assets

  $ 3,550.0   $ 3,626.8  

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity

             

Current liabilities

             

Accounts payable

  $ 94.7   $ 83.5  

Accrued expenses

    130.7     117.8  

Deferred revenue

    60.0     60.3  

Current maturities of landfill retirement obligations

    29.2     28.7  

Current maturities of long-term debt

    25.3     29.1  

Liabilities of business held for sale

        1.7  

Total current liabilities

    339.9     321.1  

Other long-term liabilities, less current maturities

    61.2     48.2  

Long-term debt, less current maturities

    2,278.2     2,302.8  

Accrued landfill retirement obligations, less current maturities

    171.9     155.6  

Deferred income taxes

    169.9     247.6  

Total liabilities

    3,021.1     3,075.3  

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholder's equity

             

Common stock: $.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 and 1,000 shares issued and outstanding

         

Additional paid-in capital

    1,105.0     1,109.5  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    1.5     2.5  

Accumulated deficit

    (577.6 )   (560.5 )

Non-controlling interests

         

Total stockholder's equity

    528.9     551.5  

Total liabilities and stockholder's equity

  $ 3,550.0   $ 3,626.8  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions of dollars except per share data)
  2014   2013   2012  

Service revenues

  $ 1,403.0   $ 1,319.1   $ 537.9  

Operating costs and expenses

                   

Operating expenses

    896.1     832.8     336.7  

Selling, general and administrative

    154.9     170.9     101.0  

Depreciation and amortization

    271.4     278.9     104.1  

Acquisition and development costs

    0.1     1.2     1.2  

Loss on disposal of assets

    1.2     2.6     2.1  

Asset impairment, including goodwill

    5.3     0.6     43.7  

Restructuring charges

    4.6     10.0     9.9  

Total operating costs and expenses

    1,333.6     1,297.0     598.7  

Operating income (loss)

    69.4     22.1     (60.8 )

Other income (expense)

                   

Interest expense

    (141.5 )   (163.1 )   (49.4 )

Early extinguishment of debt

            (9.4 )

Other, net

    (25.9 )   0.3     1.3  

Total other expense

    (167.4 )   (162.8 )   (57.5 )

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes          

    (98.0 )   (140.7 )   (118.3 )

Income tax benefit

    (80.6 )   (45.4 )   (13.5 )

Loss from continuing operations

    (17.4 )   (95.3 )   (104.8 )

Discontinued operations

                   

Loss from discontinued operations before income tax          

    (0.7 )   (29.6 )   (93.8 )

Income tax benefit

    (1.0 )   (7.1 )   (4.6 )

Discontinued operations, net

    0.3     (22.5 )   (89.2 )

Net loss

    (17.1 )   (117.8 )   (194.0 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

            (1.4 )

Net loss attributable to ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. 

  $ (17.1 ) $ (117.8 ) $ (192.6 )

Loss attributable to common stockholder from continuing operations per share

                   

Basic loss per share

  $ (17,400 ) $ (95,300 ) $ (103,400 )

Diluted loss per share

    N/A     N/A     N/A  

Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic loss per share

  $ (17,100 ) $ (117,800 ) $ (192,600 )

Diluted loss per share

    N/A     N/A     N/A  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions of dollars)
  2014   2013   2012  

Net loss

  $ (17.1 ) $ (117.8 ) $ (194.0 )

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

                   

Market value adjustments for hedges

    (1.0 )   4.7     1.0  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

    (1.0 )   4.7     1.0  

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

            (1.4 )

Comprehensive loss attributable to ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. 

  $ (18.1 ) $ (113.1 ) $ (191.6 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Officer
Promissory
Notes
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total
Stockholder's
Equity
 
(In millions of dollars, except per share data)
  Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2011

    1,000         946.4     (30.4 )   (195.4 )   (3.2 )   3.9     721.3  

Net loss

                    (192.6 )       (1.4 )   (194.0 )

Unrealized gain resulting from change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

                        1.0         1.0  

Capital contribution and proceeds from issuance of shares

            157.2                     157.2  

Interest receivable

                (0.8 )               (0.8 )

Dividend distribution

                31.2     (54.7 )           (23.5 )

Stock-based compensation expense

            1.3                     1.3  

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,000         1,104.9         (442.7 )   (2.2 )   2.5     662.5  

Net loss

                    (117.8 )           (117.8 )

Unrealized gain resulting from change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

                        4.7         4.7  

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

                            (2.5 )   (2.5 )

Stock-based compensation expense

            4.6                     4.6  

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 1,000   $   $ 1,109.5   $   $ (560.5 ) $ 2.5   $   $ 551.5  

Net loss

                    (17.1 )           (17.1 )

Unrealized gain resulting from change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

                        (1.0 )       (1.0 )

Share based compensation expense

            4.5                     4.5  

Capital contribution from parent

            0.1                     0.1  

Return of capital to parent

            (9.1 )                   (9.1 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 1,000.0   $   $ 1,105.0   $   $ (577.6 ) $ 1.5   $   $ 528.9  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions of dollars)
  2014   2013   2012  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (17.1 ) $ (117.8 ) $ (194.0 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

            (1.4 )

Net loss attributable to company

    (17.1 )   (117.8 )   (192.6 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    271.7     284.8     126.2  

Amortization of option/interest rate cap premium

    2.1     1.3      

Amortization of terminated derivative contracts

        6.0     1.0  

Interest accretion loss contracts, other debt and long-term liabilities

    2.2     2.7     1.2  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    15.1     12.6     5.0  

Accretion of original issue discount

    4.9     5.0     1.1  

Accretion on landfill retirement obligations

    13.5     15.0     8.1  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    4.2     7.7     2.8  

Loss on sale of property and equipment

    0.8     2.6     2.1  

Debt extinguishment loss

            9.4  

Share based compensation

    4.5     4.6     1.3  

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

    27.3          

Amortization of other long-term assets

    0.3          

Deferred tax benefit

    (84.5 )   (57.0 )   (18.5 )

Earnings in equity investee

    (0.1 )   (0.3 )   (0.2 )

Asset impairment

    5.3     25.5     124.9  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of businesses acquired

                   

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable

    1.7     (5.1 )   (37.6 )

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1.1     (2.2 )   0.1  

Decrease (increase) in parts and supplies

    0.2     (0.6 )   0.2  

Decrease (increase) in other assets

    2.9     (1.1 )   (7.6 )

Increase in accounts payable

    3.8     5.7     10.5  

(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses

    (6.6 )   (0.3 )   17.3  

(Decrease) increase in unearned revenue

    (1.7 )   4.6     25.8  

Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities

    5.4     (1.4 )   (5.2 )

Capping, closure and post-closure expenditures

    (13.8 )   (12.0 )   (6.2 )

Payment for interest rate caps

            (5.0 )

Payment to extinguish interest rate swaps

            (7.5 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

    243.2     180.3     55.2  

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Purchases of property and equipment and construction and development

    (196.4 )   (158.1 )   (86.4 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    3.0     3.4     1.5  

Proceeds from maturity of securities

        5.0      

Purchase of intangibles

            (0.4 )

Repayments of notes receivable

        0.1     0.2  

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (9.9 )   (50.4 )   (1,895.4 )

Proceeds from disposition of businesses

    2.1     45.2      

Net cash used in investing activities

    (201.2 )   (154.8 )   (1,980.5 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Proceeds from borrowings on long-term debt

    95.0     184.0     2,395.3  

Repayment on long-term debt

    (141.3 )   (196.8 )   (518.6 )

Deferred financing charges

    (1.3 )   (22.9 )   (73.0 )

Bank overdraft

    1.4     (3.3 )   0.6  

(Return of capital)/proceeds from issuance of shares and capital contributions

    (9.0 )       157.4  

Distributions of retained earnings

            (23.5 )

Other financing activities

    2.2     6.7     (1.0 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (53.0 )   (32.3 )   1,937.2  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (11.0 )   (6.8 )   11.9  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    12.0     18.8     6.9  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 1.0   $ 12.0   $ 18.8  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-9


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

1. Business Operations

    Business Operations

        ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. (the "Company" or "ADS Waste") together with its consolidated subsidiaries, as a consolidated entity, is a regional environmental services company providing nonhazardous solid waste collection, transfer, recycling and disposal services to customers in the Southeast, Midwest and Eastern regions of the United States, as well as in the Commonwealth of the Bahamas. The Company is wholly owned by ADS Waste Holdings Corp. (the "Parent").

        The Company currently manages and evaluates our principal operations through three reportable operating segments on a regional basis. Those operating segments are the South, East and Midwest regions which provide collection, transfer, disposal (in both solid waste and non-hazardous waste landfills), recycling services and billing services. Additional information related to our segments can be found in Note 22.

        On November 20, 2012, ADS Waste purchased Veolia ES Solid Waste, Inc. from Veolia Environment S.A. for $1,900 and changed the name to MWStar Holdings Corp ("Veolia ES Solid Waste division"). The consolidated company does business as ADS Waste Holdings, Inc.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include its wholly-owned subsidiaries of Advanced Disposal Services South, Inc. and Advanced Disposal Services East, Inc. and their respective subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The acquisition of the Veolia ES Solid Waste Division was accounted for as a purchase transaction and recorded at fair market value in accordance with current accounting guidance.

    Use of Estimates

        In preparing our financial statements that conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management uses estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements and accompanying notes. We must make these estimates and assumptions because certain information that we use is dependent on future events, cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available or simply cannot be readily calculated based on generally accepted methodologies. In preparing our financial statements, the more subjective areas that deal with the greatest amount of uncertainty relate to our accounting for our long-lived assets, including recoverability, landfill development costs, and final capping, closure and post-closure costs, our valuation allowances for accounts receivable and deferred tax assets, our liabilities for potential litigation, claims and assessments, our liabilities for environmental remediation, stock compensation, accounting for goodwill and intangible asset impairments, deferred taxes, uncertain tax positions, self-insurance reserves, and our estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in any acquisition. Each of these items is discussed in more

F-10


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

detail elsewhere in these Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our actual results may differ significantly from our estimates.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

    Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash consists of amounts held for landfill closure and post-closure financial assurance. The balances will fluctuate based on changes in statutory requirements, future deposits made to comply with contractual arrangements, ongoing use of funds for qualifying events or the acquisitions or divestitures of landfills.

    Parts and Supplies Inventory

        Parts and supplies consist primarily of spare parts, fuel, tires, lubricants and processed recycled materials. Parts and supplies are stated at the lower of cost or market value utilizing an average cost method and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

    Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenues as the services are provided. Revenue is recognized as waste is collected, as tons are received at the landfill or transfer stations, as recycled commodities are delivered to a customer, or as services are rendered to customers. Certain customers are billed and pay in advance and, accordingly, recognition of the related revenues is deferred until the services are provided. Revenues are reported net of applicable state landfill taxes. No customer represented more than 5% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012.

    Trade Receivables

        The Company records trade receivables when billed or when services are performed, as they represent claims against third parties that will generally be settled in cash. The carrying value of our receivables, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents the estimated net realizable value. We estimate losses for uncollectible accounts based on an evaluation of the aged accounts receivable and the likelihood of collection of the receivable based on historical collection data and existing economic conditions. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that specific receivable balances may be impaired, further consideration is given to the collectability of those balances.

    Insurance Reserves

        The Company uses a combination of insurance with high deductibles and self-insurance for various risks including workers compensation, vehicle liability, general liability and

F-11


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

employee group health claims. The exposure for unpaid claims and associated expenses, including incurred but not reported losses, is estimated by factoring in pending claims and historical trends data and other actuarial assumptions. In estimating our claims liability, we analyze our historical trends, including loss development and apply appropriate loss development factors to the incurred costs associated with the claims. The discounted estimated liability associated with settling unpaid claims is included in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

    Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable and derivative instruments. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with banks that at times exceed applicable insurance limits. The Company reduces its exposure to credit risk by maintaining such deposits with high quality financial institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

        The Company generally does not require collateral on its trade receivables. Credit risk on accounts receivable is minimized as a result of the large and diverse nature of the Company's customer base and its ability to discontinue service, to the extent allowable, to non-paying customers. No single customer represented greater than 5% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

    Asset Impairments

        The Company monitors the carrying value of our long-lived assets for potential impairment and test the recoverability of such assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances, including management decisions pertaining to such assets, are referred to as impairment indicators. Typical indicators that an asset may be impaired include (i) a significant adverse change in legal factors in the business climate, (ii) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, and (iii) a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being utilized or in its physical condition. If an impairment indicator occurs, we perform a test of recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset or asset group to its undiscounted expected future cash flows. If cash flows cannot be separately and independently identified for a single asset, we will determine whether an impairment has occurred for the asset group for which we can identify the projected cash flows. If the carrying values are in excess of undiscounted expected future cash flows, we measure any impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset or asset group to its carrying value. Fair value is generally determined by considering (i) internally developed discounted projected cash flow analysis of the asset or asset group; (ii) third-party valuations; and/or (iii) information available regarding the current market for similar assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset.

F-12


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Property and Equipment, Net

        Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and maintenance activities are expensed as incurred. When property and equipment are retired, sold, or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives or the lease term, whichever is shorter. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 
  Years  
Vehicles     5 - 10  
Machinery and equipment     3 - 10  
Containers     5 - 15  
Furniture and fixtures     5 -   7  
Building and improvements     5 - 39  

    Leases

        We lease property and equipment in the ordinary course of our business. Our most significant lease obligations are for property and equipment specific to our industry, including real property operated as landfills and transfer stations. Our leases have varying terms. Some may include renewal or purchase options, escalation clauses, restrictions, penalties or other obligations that we consider in determining minimum lease payments. The leases are classified as either operating leases or capital leases, as appropriate.

        The majority of our leases are operating leases. This classification generally can be attributed to either (i) relatively low fixed minimum lease payments as a result of real property lease obligations that vary based on the volume of waste we receive or process or (ii) minimum lease terms that are much shorter than the assets' economic useful lives. Management expects that in the normal course of business our operating leases will be renewed, replaced by other leases, or replaced with fixed asset expenditures. Our rent expense during each of the last three years and our future minimum operating lease payments for each of the next five years for which we are contractually obligated as of December 31, 2014 are disclosed in Note 14.

        Assets under capital leases are capitalized using interest rates determined at the inception of each lease and are amortized over either the useful life of the asset or the lease term, as appropriate, on a straight-line basis. The present value of the related lease payments is recorded as a debt obligation.

        From an operating perspective, landfills that are leased are similar to landfills we own because generally we own the landfill's operating permit and will operate the landfill for the

F-13


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

entire lease term, which in many cases is the life of the landfill. As a result, our landfill leases are generally capital leases. For landfill capital leases that provide for minimum contractual rental obligations, we record the present value of the minimum obligation as part of the landfill asset, which is amortized on a units-of-consumption basis over the shorter of the lease term or the life of the landfill. The Company's one leased landfill was sold in fiscal 2013 (Note 4).

Landfill Accounting

        Costs Basis of Landfill Assets —Landfills are typically developed in a series of cells, each of which is constructed, filled and capped in sequence over the operating life of the landfill. When the final cell is filled and the operating life of the landfill is completed, the cell must be capped and then closed and post-closure care and monitoring activities begin. Capitalized landfill costs include expenditures for land (which includes the land of the landfill footprint and landfill buffer property and setbacks) and related airspace associated with the permitting, development and construction of new landfills, expansions at existing landfills, landfill gas systems and landfill cell development. Landfill permitting, development and construction costs represent direct costs related to these activities, including land acquisition, engineering, legal and construction. These costs are deferred until all permits are obtained and operations have commenced at which point they are capitalized and amortized. If necessary permits are not obtained, costs are charged to operations. The cost basis of our landfill assets also includes asset retirement costs, which represent estimates of future costs associated with landfill final capping, closure and post-closure activities.

        Final Capping, Closure and Post-Closure Costs —The following is a description of our asset retirement activities and related accounting:

    Final Capping —Includes installing flexible membrane and geosynthetic clay liners, drainage and compact soil layers, and topsoil, and is constructed over an area of the landfill where total airspace capacity has been consumed and waste disposal operations have ceased. These final capping activities occur in phases as needed throughout the operating life of a landfill as specific areas are filled to capacity and the final elevation for that specific area is reached in accordance with the provisions of the operating permit. Final capping asset retirement obligations are recorded on a units-of-consumption basis as airspace is consumed related to the specific final capping event with a corresponding increase in the landfill asset. Each final capping event is accounted for as a discrete obligation and recorded as an asset and a liability based on estimates of the discounted cash flows and capacity associated with each final capping event.

    Closure and post-closure —These activities involve methane gas control, leachate management and groundwater monitoring, surface water monitoring and control, and other operational and maintenance activities that occur after the site ceases to accept waste. The post-closure period generally runs for 30 years or longer after final site closure for landfills. Landfill costs related to closure and post-closure are recorded as an asset retirement obligation as airspace is consumed over the life of the landfill with a

F-14


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      corresponding increase in the landfill asset. Obligations are recorded over the life of the landfill based on estimates of the discounted cash flows associated with performing the closure and post-closure activities.

        The Company updates annually its estimates for these obligations considering the respective State regulatory requirements, input from our internal engineers, operations, and accounting personnel and external consulting engineers. The closure and post-closure requirements are established under the standards of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Subtitle D regulations as implemented and applied on a state-by-state basis. These estimates involve projections of costs that will be incurred as portions of the landfill are closed and during the post-closure monitoring period.

        Capping, closure and post-closure costs are estimated assuming such costs would be incurred by a third party contractor in present day dollars and are inflated by the 20-year average change in the historical Consumer Price Index (consistent historical rate which agrees to historical CPI per government website of 2.50% from 1991 to 2014) to the time periods within which it is estimated the capping, closure and post-closure costs will be expended. We discount these costs to present value using the credit-adjusted, risk-free rate effective at the time an obligation is incurred, consistent with the expected cash flow approach. Any change that results in an upward revision to the estimated cash flows are treated as a new liability and discounted at the current rate while downward revisions are discounted at the historical weighted-average rate of the recorded obligation. As a result, the credit-adjusted, risk-free discount rate used to calculate the present value of an obligation is specific to each individual asset retirement obligation. The range of rates utilized within the calculation of our asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2014 is between 6.4% and 10.5%.

        The Company records the estimated fair value of the final capping, closure and post-closure liabilities for its landfills based on the capacity consumed in the current period. The fair value of the final capping obligations is developed based on the Company's estimates of the airspace consumed to date for each final capping event and the expected timing of each final capping event. The fair value of closure and post-closure obligations is developed based on the Company's estimates of the airspace consumed to date for the entire landfill and the expected timing of each closure and post-closure activity. Because these obligations are measured at estimated fair value using present value techniques, changes in the estimated cost or timing of future final capping, closure and post-closure activities could result in a material change in these liabilities, related assets and results of operations. The Company assesses the appropriateness of the estimates used to develop our recorded balances annually, or more often if significant facts change.

        Changes in inflation rates or the estimated costs, timing or extent of future final capping, closure and post-closure activities typically result in both (i) a current adjustment to the recorded liability and landfill asset; and (ii) a change in liability and asset amounts to be recorded prospectively over either the remaining capacity of the related discrete final capping event or the remaining permitted and expansion airspace (as defined below) of the landfill. Any changes related to the capitalized and future cost of the landfill assets are then recognized in accordance with our amortization policy, which would generally result in

F-15


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amortization expense being recognized prospectively over the remaining capacity of the final capping event or the remaining permitted and expansion airspace of the landfill, as appropriate. Changes in such estimates associated with airspace that has been fully utilized result in an adjustment to the recorded liability and landfill assets with an immediate corresponding adjustment to landfill airspace amortization expense.

        Interest accretion on final capping, closure and post-closure liabilities is recorded using the effective interest method and is recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Amortization of Landfill Assets —The amortizable basis of a landfill includes (i) amounts previously expended and capitalized; (ii) capitalized and projected landfill final capping, closure and post-closure costs; (iii) projections of future acquisition and development costs required to develop the landfill site to its remaining permitted and expansion capacity; and (iv) land underlying both the footprint of the landfill and the surrounding required setbacks and buffer land.

        Amortization is recorded on a units-of-consumption basis, applying expense as a rate per ton. The rate per ton is calculated by dividing each component of the amortizable basis of a landfill by the number of tons needed to fill the corresponding asset's airspace. For landfills that we do not own, but operate through operating or lease arrangements, the rate per ton is calculated based on expected capacity to be utilized over the lesser of the contractual term of the underlying agreement or the life of the landfill.

        Landfill site costs are depleted to zero upon final closure of a landfill. The Company develops our estimates of the obligations using input from our operations personnel, engineers and accountants and the obligations are based upon interpretation of current requirements and proposed regulatory changes and intended to approximate fair value. The estimate of fair value is based upon present value techniques using historical experience and, where available, quoted or actual market prices paid for similar work.

        The determination of airspace usage and remaining airspace is an essential component in the calculation of landfill asset depletion. This estimation is performed by conducting periodic topographic surveys, using aerial survey techniques, of the Company's landfill facilities to determine remaining airspace in each landfill. The surveys are reviewed by the Company's external consulting engineers, internal operating staff, and its management, financial and accounting staff.

        Remaining airspace will include additional "deemed permitted" or unpermitted expansion airspace if the following criteria are met:

    (1)
    The Company must either own the property for the expansion or have a legal right to use or obtain property to be included in the expansion plan;

    (2)
    Conceptual design of the expansion must have been completed;

    (3)
    Personnel are actively working to obtain land use and local and state approvals for an expansion of an existing landfill and the application for expansion must reasonably

F-16


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      be expected to be received within the normal application and processing time periods for approvals in the jurisdiction in which the landfill is located;

    (4)
    There are no known significant technical, community, business, or political restrictions or similar issues that would likely impair the success of the expansion;

    (5)
    Financial analysis has been completed and the results demonstrate that the expansion has a positive financial and operational impact.

        Senior management must have reviewed and approved all of the above. Of our 42 active landfills, nine include deemed permitted airspace at December 31, 2014.

        Upon successful meeting of the preceding criteria, the costs associated with developing, constructing, closing and monitoring the total additional future capacity are considered in the calculation of the amortization and closure and post-closure rates.

        Once expansion airspace meets these criteria for inclusion in the Company's calculation of total available disposal capacity, management continuously monitors each site's progress in obtaining the expansion permit. If at any point it is determined that an expansion area no longer meets the required criteria, the deemed expansion airspace is removed from the landfill's total available capacity, and the rates used at the landfill to amortize costs to acquire, construct, close and monitor the site during the post-closure period are adjusted prospectively. In addition, any amounts related to the probable expansion are charged to expense in the period in which it is determined that the criteria are no longer met.

        Once the remaining permitted and expansion airspace is determined in cubic yards, an airspace utilization factor ("AUF") is established to calculate the remaining permitted and expansion capacity in tons. The AUF is established using the measured density obtained from previous annual surveys and is then adjusted to account for future settlement. The amount of settlement that is forecasted will take into account several site-specific factors including: current and projected mix of waste type, initial and projected waste density, estimated number of years of life remaining, depth of underlying waste, anticipated access to moisture through precipitation or recirculation of landfill leachate and operating practices. In addition, the initial selection of the AUF is subject to a subsequent multi-level review by our engineering group, and the AUF used is reviewed on a periodic basis and revised as necessary. Our historical experience generally indicates that the impact of settlement at a landfill is greater later in the life of the landfill when the waste placed at the landfill approaches its highest point under the permit requirements.

        After determining the costs and remaining permitted and expansion capacity at each of our landfills, we determine the per ton rates that will be expensed as waste is received and deposited at the landfill by dividing the costs by the corresponding number of tons. We calculate per ton amortization rates for each landfill for assets associated with each final capping event, for assets related to closure and post-closure activities and for all other costs capitalized or to be capitalized in the future. These rates per ton are updated annually, or more often, as significant facts change.

F-17


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        It is possible that the Company's estimates or assumptions could ultimately be significantly different from actual results. In some cases the Company may be unsuccessful in obtaining an expansion permit or the Company may determine that an expansion permit that the Company previously thought was probable has become unlikely. To the extent that such estimates, or the assumptions used to make those estimates, prove to be significantly different than actual results, or the belief that the Company will receive an expansion permit changes adversely in a significant manner, the costs of the landfill, including the costs incurred in the pursuit of the expansion, may be subject to impairment testing and lower profitability may be experienced due to higher amortization rates, higher capping, closure and post-closure rates, and higher expenses or asset impairments related to the removal of previously included expansion airspace.

        The assessment of impairment indicators and the recoverability of our capitalized costs associated with landfills and related expansion projects require significant judgment due to the unique nature of the waste industry, the highly regulated permitting process and the estimates involved. During the review of a landfill expansion application, a regulator may initially deny the expansion application although the permit is ultimately granted. In addition, management may periodically divert waste from one landfill to another to conserve remaining permitted landfill airspace, or a landfill may be required to cease accepting waste, prior to receipt of the expansion permit. However, such events occur in the ordinary course of business in the waste industry and do not necessarily result in an impairment of our landfill assets because, after consideration of all facts, such events may not affect our belief that we will ultimately obtain the expansion permit. As a result, our tests of recoverability, which generally make use of a cash flow estimation approach, may indicate that an impairment loss should be recorded. No landfill impairments were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. At December 31, 2012, one of our landfill sites was deemed to be impaired due to permitting issues and we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $43.7 for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the East region. We performed tests of recoverability for this landfill and the carrying value exceeded the undiscounted cash flows.

    Capitalized Interest

        The Company capitalizes interest on certain projects under development, including landfill construction projects. For the years ending December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, total interest cost was $141.5, $163.1 and $49.4, respectively, of which $1.6, $0.6 and $0.3 was capitalized.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company uses interest rate caps and swaps to manage interest rate risk on its variable rate debt. The Company uses commodity futures contracts as an economic hedge to reduce the exposure of changes in diesel fuel and natural gas prices. The instruments qualifying for hedge accounting treatment have been designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes with changes in fair value, to the extent effective, recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income within the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets. Amounts are reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects

F-18


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

earnings for the commodity derivatives. Any ineffectiveness for those instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting, the amount of ineffectiveness or change in market value, respectively is recognized into earnings immediately without offset. The commodity futures contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting and as such changes in fair value are recognized in other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair values of the derivatives are included in other current or long-term assets or other current or long term liabilities as appropriate. The Company obtains current valuations of its commodity futures contracts and interest rate caps based on quotes received from financial institutions that trade these contracts and a current forward fixed price swap curve, respectively.

    Debt Issuance Costs

        The costs related to the issuance of debt are capitalized and amortized to interest expense using either the straight-line method over the life of the related debt, which approximates the effective interest method or the effective interest method.

        During fiscal 2014 and 2013, the Company refinanced its Term B Loan and the transaction was accounted for as a modification of debt and the amounts paid to the lenders of $1.3 and $22.9 are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the debt. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company wrote-off approximately $9.4 of debt issuance costs related to the extinguishment of its revolving lines of credit and term loans, which was accomplished through an issuance of senior notes and refinancing of its revolving lines of credit and term loans in connection with the acquisition of Veolia ES Solid Waste division. The transaction was accounted for as an extinguishment and these charges are included in early extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Debt issuance costs are amortized to interest expense during the year using the straight-line method or the effective interest method. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company amortized $15.1, $12.6 and $5.0, respectively, of these costs to interest expense.

    Acquisitions

        The Company recognizes assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, including contingent assets and liabilities, based on fair values as of the date of acquisition. Any excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

        In certain acquisitions, we agree to pay additional amounts to sellers contingent upon achievement by the acquired businesses of certain negotiated goals, such as targeted revenue levels, targeted disposal volumes or the issuance of permits for expanded landfill airspace. We have recognized liabilities for these contingent obligations based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition with any differences between the acquisition date fair value and the ultimate settlement of the obligations being recognized as an adjustment to income from operations.

F-19


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Assets and liabilities arising from contingencies such as pre-acquisition environmental matters and litigation are recognized at their acquisition date fair value when their respective fair values can be determined. If the fair values of such contingencies cannot be determined, we report provisional amounts for which the accounting is incomplete.

        Acquisition date fair value estimates are revised as necessary and accounted for as an adjustment to income from operations if, and when, additional information becomes available to further define and quantify assets acquired and liabilities assumed. All acquisition-related transaction costs have been expensed as incurred.

    Goodwill

        Goodwill is the excess of the Company's purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets of acquired businesses. The Company does not amortize goodwill. Goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by evaluating quantitative factors.

        The Company performs a quantitative assessment or two-step impairment test to determine whether a goodwill impairment exists at a reporting unit. The reporting units are equivalent to the Company's segments and when an individual business within an integrated operating segment is divested, goodwill is allocated to that business based on its fair value relative to the fair value of its operating segment. The Company compares the fair value with its carrying amount to determine if there is potential impairment of goodwill. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment. Fair value is estimated using an equal weighting between a market approach and an income approach based on forecasted cash flows. Fair value computed via this method is arrived at using a number of factors, including projected future operating results, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and comparable marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and to our judgment in applying them to this analysis. However, the Company believes that this method provides a reasonable approach to estimating the fair value of its reporting units.

        The Company performs its annual assessment as of December 31 of each year. The impairment test indicated the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. If we do not achieve our anticipated disposal volumes, our collection or disposal rates decline, our costs or capital expenditures exceed our forecasts, costs of capital increase, or we do not receive landfill expansions, the estimated fair value could decrease and potentially result in an impairment charge in the future. Refer to Note 4 for information regarding impairment charges recorded in connection with discontinued operations. The Company recorded no goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively in connection with the assessment.

    Intangible Assets, Net

        Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and consist of noncompete agreements, tradenames, customer contracts and customer lists and are

F-20


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amortized over their estimated useful lives. The carrying values of intangibles are periodically reviewed by management to determine if the facts and circumstances suggest that they may be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, an impairment charge would be recognized in the amount of the excess. Fair value is typically estimated using an income approach for the respective asset, as described above. The Company recorded impairment charges of $2.7 and $0.6 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 related to the discontinuance of trade name and certain customer lists. No such impairments have been identified for the year ended December 31, 2012 in connection with ongoing operations. Refer to Note 4 for information regarding impairment charges recorded in connection with discontinued operations.

    Income Taxes

        The Company is subject to income tax in the United States. Current tax obligations associated with the provision for income taxes are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of accrued expenses and the deferred tax obligations are reflected in deferred income tax asset or liability. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences resulting from income and expense items reported for financial accounting and tax purposes in different periods. Deferred income taxes are classified as current or noncurrent, depending on the classification of the assets and liabilities to which they relate. Deferred income taxes arising from temporary differences that are not related to an asset or liability are classified as current or noncurrent depending on the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Significant judgment is required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items. We establish reserves for uncertain tax positions, when despite our belief that our tax return positions are fully supportable, we believe that certain positions may be challenged and potentially disallowed. When facts and circumstances change, we adjust these reserves through our provision for income taxes. To the extent interest and penalties may be assessed by taxing authorities on any underpayment of income tax, such amounts have been accrued and are classified as a component of tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

    Contingencies

        We are subject to various legal proceedings, claims and regulatory matters, the outcomes of which are subject to significant uncertainty. In general, we determine whether to disclose or accrue for loss contingencies based on an assessment of whether the risk of loss is remote, reasonably possible or probable, and whether it can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability relating to litigation and regulatory matters based on information available to us. Management develops its assessment based on an analysis of possible outcomes under various strategies. We accrue for loss contingencies when such amounts are probable and reasonably estimable. If a contingent liability is only reasonably possible, we disclose the potential range of the loss, if estimable. (Note 20)

F-21


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    New Accounting Standards

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued authoritative guidance regarding revenue recognition from contracts with customers that will supersede most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The underlying principle is that an entity will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers at an amount that the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. Other major provisions include capitalization of certain contract costs, consideration of time value of money in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity's contracts with customers. The guidance is effective for the interim and annual periods beginning or after December 15, 2016. The guidance permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has not yet selected a transition method is currently evaluating the impact of the amended guidance on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and related disclosure.

        Furthermore, the FASB issued guidance governing classification of discontinued operations. Upon adoption in 2015, certain future business dispositions may no longer meet the criteria for classification as discontinued operations.

        In June 2014, the FASB issued guidance that applies to all reporting entities that grant their employees share-based payments in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. It requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition and follows existing accounting guidance for the treatment of performance conditions. The standard will be effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, "Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities" ("ASU No. 2011-11") to require new disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities to help enable users of financial statements evaluate certain significant quantitative differences in balance sheets prepared under U.S. GAAP. ASU No. 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

    Reclassifications

        When necessary, reclassifications have been made to our prior period consolidated financial information in order to conform to the current year presentation due to a change in

F-22


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

management's philosophy of the nature regarding certain customer service costs. For fiscal periods 2013 and 2012, the Company reclassified $6.9 and $3.5, respectively of costs from selling, general and administrative to operating expenses in connection with charges that relate to personnel associated with dispatch and routing functions due to a change in the way management views these costs.

3. Acquisitions

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company completed the acquisitions of eight collection companies. Consideration transferred amounted to approximately $8.6 for these acquisitions during fiscal 2014, of which $0.8 will be paid in 2015. Transaction costs related to these acquisitions were not significant for the year ended December 31, 2014.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company completed the acquisitions of seventeen collection companies. Consideration transferred amounted to approximately $31.3 for these acquisitions during fiscal 2013, of which $1.5 was paid in 2014. Transaction costs related to these acquisitions were not significant for the year ended December 31, 2013.

        As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective November 20, 2012, ADS Waste acquired the stock of Veolia ES Solid Waste division from Veolia Environment S.A. for a purchase price of approximately $1.9 billion subject to a working capital and net company debt adjustment which was completed within one year from date of purchase. In September 2013, the Company paid an additional $20.6 related to the working capital and net Company debt adjustment and in November 2013 completed the final opening balance sheet adjustments which were not significant. Approval of the transaction by the United States Department of Justice was granted pursuant to a consent decree issued in November 2012, provided the Company sell certain assets, including one landfill and two transfer stations in Central Georgia, three commercial waste collection routes in the Macon, Georgia area and three transfer stations in northern New Jersey. The sale of those assets was completed in fiscal 2013 (Note 4). Transaction costs incurred in connection with the acquisition were approximately $26.5.

        The results of operations of each acquisition are included in the consolidated statements of operations of the Company subsequent to the closing date of each acquisition.

F-23


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

3. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired by year of acquisition:

 
  2014   2013  

Current assets

  $ 0.5   $ 0.5  

Property and equipment

    2.6     12.9  

Goodwill

    1.3     4.3  

Other intangible assets

    5.5     13.8  

Total assets acquired

    9.9     31.5  

Current liabilities

  $ 1.3   $ 0.2  

Total liabilities assumed

    1.3     0.2  

Net assets acquired

  $ 8.6   $ 31.3  

        The following table presents the allocation of the purchase price to other intangible assets:

 
  2014   2013  

Customer lists and contracts

  $ 4.3   $ 12.8  

Tradenames

        0.1  

Noncompete

    1.2     0.9  

  $ 5.5   $ 13.8  

        The amount of goodwill deductible for tax purposes was $113.7 and $132.6 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        The weighted average remaining life of other intangible assets in years at December 31, 2014 is as follows:

Customer lists and contracts

    14.6  

Tradenames

    0.5  

Noncompete

    2.3  

        The amounts of revenue and earnings of Veolia ES Solid Waste included in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date to December 31, 2012 are as follows:

Revenue

  $ 93.0  

Net loss

    (8.8 )

F-24


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

3. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The following represents the pro forma consolidated statements of operations as if the acquisition of Veolia ES Solid Waste had been included in the consolidated results of the Company for the entire year ending December 31, 2012:

Revenue

  $ 1,294.7  

Earnings

    (105.0 )

        Goodwill and or intangible assets increased by $0.1, $26.6 and $0.1, primarily relating to working capital adjustments completed in the preceding year for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

4. Discontinued Operations

        The Company completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities in Oxford, MA for approximately $3.7 in December 2013 and recorded a loss of $11.1 in connection with the sale, as the selling price was less than the carrying value. The loss on the sale in 2013 and the results of operations have been included in discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the applicable periods presented.

        The Company entered into a letter of intent in December 2013, to sell certain assets in Panama City, FL for approximately $2.0 and in connection with the planned divestiture recorded an impairment charge of $3.6 for the year ended December 31, 2013, as the fair value determined through the selling price was less than the carrying value. The sale was completed in January 2014 and the assets are classified as held for sale in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and the impairment charge in 2013 and the results of operations have been included in discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.

        In connection with the acquisition of Veolia ES Solid Waste division, the Company was required by the United States Department of Justice to divest certain businesses. The Company completed the divestitures in 2013, as required for those businesses in Georgia and New Jersey and recorded no additional impairment charge upon sale for the year ended December 31, 2013. An impairment charge of $13.7 was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012, as the fair value determined through the selling price was less than the carrying value. The results of operations have been included in discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the applicable periods presented.

        The Company completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities in New York and New Jersey for approximately $45.0, of which $25.0 was received in cash on the date of closing, $5.0 was received in December 2013 and the remainder in the form of a mandatorily redeemable preferred security, which matures in 2017. The Company also reacquired the outstanding minority interest of $2.5 previously held by the minority stockholder in August 2013. In connection with the divestiture, the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $7.6 and $26.7 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The results of operations have been included in discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the applicable periods presented.

F-25


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

4. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

        The Company terminated a long-term lease agreement for one of its landfills. An impairment charge of approximately $39.8 was recorded on long-lived landfill assets no longer being used for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company has classified the results of operations of this landfill as discontinued operations for the applicable periods presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of those businesses that are presented as held for sale in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 
  2014   2013  

ASSETS

             

Accounts receivable, net

  $   $ 0.7  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

        0.3  

Property, plant and equipment, net

        2.1  

Total assets

  $   $ 3.1  

LIABILITIES

             

Accounts payable

  $   $ 1.0  

Deferred revenue

        0.3  

Accrued expenses

        0.4  

Total liabilities

  $   $ 1.7  

F-26


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

4. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the revenues and expenses of those businesses that are presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Service revenues

  $ 0.4   $ 104.3   $ 127.6  

Operating costs and expenses

                   

Operating expenses

    0.9     98.7     112.4  

Selling, general and administrative

    0.3     6.9     5.6  

Depreciation and amortization

    0.3     5.9     22.2  

Gain on disposal of assets

    (0.4 )       (0.9 )

Asset impairment

        22.4     81.2  

Total expenses

    1.1     133.9     220.5  

Other (expense) income

                   

Interest expense

            (0.9 )

Total other (expense) income

            (0.9 )

Loss from discontinued operations before income tax

    (0.7 )   (29.6 )   (93.8 )

Tax benefit

    (1.0 )   (7.1 )   (4.6 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  $ 0.3   $ (22.5 ) $ (89.2 )

5. Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash consists of the following at December 31:

 
  2014   2013  

Funds held for landfill closure and post-closure financial assurance

  $ 0.2   $ 2.4  

6. Valuation Allowances

        Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the following at December 31:

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Beginning balance

  $ 8.4   $ 4.0   $ 2.3  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    4.2     7.7     3.9  

Recovery of bad debts

    0.6     1.7     0.5  

Write-offs of bad debt

    (8.2 )   (5.4 )   (2.6 )

Other

        0.4     (0.1 )

  $ 5.0   $ 8.4   $ 4.0  

F-27


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

6. Valuation Allowances (Continued)

        The deferred tax asset valuation allowances at December 31 consist of the following:

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Balance at January 1,

  $ 141.6   $ 128.1   $ 35.3  

(Decrease) in valuation allowance for tax provision for continuing operations

    (51.4 )        

Increase in valuation allowance for tax provision for continuing operations

    5.9     7.6     77.7  

Additions from purchase accounting

        5.9     14.9  

Other

            0.2  

Balance at December 31,

  $ 96.1   $ 141.6   $ 128.1  

7. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

        Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following at December 31:

 
  2014   2013  

Prepaid insurance

  $ 6.3   $ 7.4  

Prepaid expenses

    15.8     13.0  

Other receivables and current assets

    3.0     5.5  

Parts and supplies inventory

    9.1     9.3  

  $ 34.2   $ 35.2  

8. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

        The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments recorded in our consolidated balance sheets.

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
  Balance Sheet Location   2014   2013  

Other

  Other current assets   $   $ 0.1  

Interest rate caps

  Other assets     2.7     6.1  

Fuel commodity derivatives

  Other current liabilities     20.6      

Fuel commodity derivatives

  Other long-term liabilities     6.7      

Total derivatives

      $ 24.6   $ 6.2  

        We have not offset fair value amounts recognized for our derivative instruments.

    Interest Rate Swaps

        We have used interest rate swaps to maintain a portion of our debt obligations at fixed market interest rates. These interest rate derivatives qualify for hedge accounting. In November 2012, we terminated these interest rate swaps in connection with our debt refinancing (Note 13) and paid approximately $7.0 upon termination. The amounts were

F-28


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

8. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (Continued)

deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income upon termination and are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the original swap. The cash paid upon termination of the swaps have been classified as a change in other liabilities within "net cash provided by operating activities" in the consolidated statement of cash flows. The interest rate swap agreements that do not qualify for hedge accounting increased net interest expense by $0.0, $0.0 and $0.2 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        The Company also recognizes the impacts of the amortization of previously terminated interest rate swap agreements as adjustments to interest expense. The following table summarizes the impacts of periodic settlements of terminated swap agreements on the Company's results of operations:

 
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  Statement of Operations
Classification
 
 
  2014   2013   2012  

Terminated swap agreements

  Interest expense   $   $ 6.0   $ 1.0  

    Interest Rate Cap

        In December 2012, the Company entered into four interest rate cap agreements to hedge the risk of a rise in interest rates and associated cash flows on the variable rate debt. The interest rate caps expire in various tranches through 2016. The Company recorded the premium of $5.0 in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet and amortizes the premium to interest expense based upon decreases in time value of the caps. Amortization expense was approximately $2.1 and $1.3 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The aggregate notional amounts of the contracts were approximately $1,102.9 at December 31, 2014 and expire in tranches through 2016.

    Commodity Futures Contracts

        The Company utilizes fuel derivative instruments (commodity futures contracts) as economic hedges of the risk that fuel prices will fluctuate. The Company has used financial derivative instruments for both short-term and long-term time frames and utilizes fixed swap price agreements to manage the identified risk. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

        Changes in the fair value and settlements of the fuel derivative instruments are recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The market price of diesel fuel is unpredictable and can fluctuate significantly. Significant volatility in the price of fuel could adversely affect the business and reduce the Company's operating margins. To manage a portion of that risk, the Company entered into commodity swap agreements that mature in 2015 for 23.8 million gallons and 2016 for 13.4 million gallons at weighted average prices per gallon that range from $2.20 to $2.84 per gallon. If the mean price of the high and the low of the calculation period for Gulf Coast Ultra Low Sulfur diesel pipeline platts for a gallon of diesel fuel exceeds the contract price per gallon, we receive the difference between

F-29


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

8. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (Continued)

the average price and the contract price (multiplied by the notional gallons) from the counterparty. If the average price is less than the contract price per gallon, we pay the difference to the counterparty. The change in the fair value of the Company's derivative contracts during 2014 was a decrease of $27.3, which resulted in a loss in the consolidated statements of operations.

9. Property and Equipment, Net

        Property and equipment, net consist of the following at December 31:

 
  2014   2013  

Land

  $ 186.0   $ 176.4  

Landfill site costs

    1,281.6     1,091.6  

Vehicles

    490.8     430.4  

Containers

    261.8     238.2  

Machinery and equipment

    134.4     113.2  

Furniture and fixtures

    24.1     22.3  

Building and improvements

    155.3     147.4  

Construction in process

    44.4     78.5  

    2,578.4     2,298.0  

Less: Accumulated depreciation on property and equipment

    (411.8 )   (310.8 )

Less: Accumulated landfill airspace amortization

    (502.7 )   (319.8 )

  $ 1,663.9   $ 1,667.4  

        Gross assets under capital lease amount to approximately $27.9 and $16.5 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Amortization expense of assets under capital lease was $2.0 for year ending December 31, 2014 and not significant for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Depreciation, amortization and depletion expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $229.1, $236.7 and $88.6, respectively.

F-30


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

10. Landfill Accounting

        Liabilities for final closure and post-closure costs consist of the following for the years ended December 31:

 
  2014   2013  

Balance at January 1

  $ 184.3   $ 191.5  

Increase in retirement obligation

    11.5     10.8  

Accretion of closure and post-closure costs

    13.5     15.0  

Disposition

        (6.5 )

Change in estimate

    5.6     (14.5 )

Costs incurred

    (13.8 )   (12.0 )

    201.1     184.3  

Less: Current portion

    (29.2 )   (28.7 )

Balance at December 31

  $ 171.9   $ 155.6  

11. Other Intangible Assets, Net and Goodwill

        Intangible assets, net consist of the following at December 31:

 
  2014  
 
  Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Impairment   Net
Carrying
Value
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Noncompete agreements

  $ 16.9   $ (12.5 ) $ (0.1 ) $ 4.3     2.3  

Tradenames

    17.0     (7.1 )       9.9     16.6  

Customer lists and contracts

    491.3     (125.6 )   (2.5 )   363.2     14.6  

Operating permits

    2.2             2.2     N/A  

Above/below market leases

    0.4     (0.1 )       0.3     11.6  

  $ 527.8   $ (145.3 ) $ (2.6 ) $ 379.9        

 

 
  2013  
 
  Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Impairment   Net
Carrying
Value
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Noncompete agreements

  $ 21.6   $ (15.5 ) $   $ 6.1     2.7  

Tradenames

    16.9     (5.8 )       11.1     17.5  

Customer lists and contracts

    487.5     (87.9 )   (0.6 )   399.0     14.8  

Operating permits

    2.2             2.2     18  

Above/below market leases

    0.4             0.4     12.6  

  $ 528.6   $ (109.2 ) $ (0.6 ) $ 418.8        

        Amortization expense recorded on intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $42.3, $42.2 and $15.5, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

11. Other Intangible Assets, Net and Goodwill (Continued)

        Future amortization expense for intangible assets for the year ending December 31 is estimated to be:

2015

    43.8  

2016

    39.6  

2017

    38.5  

2018

    36.4  

2019

    27.2  

Thereafter

    194.4  

  $ 379.9  

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 
  Goodwill   Accumulated
Impairment
  Goodwill, Net  

December 31, 2012

  $ 1,223.0   $ (84.9 ) $ 1,138.1  

Acquisition

    4.3         4.3  

Purchase price adjustments

    26.6         26.6  

Disposition of businesses

        (2.6 )   (2.6 )

December 31, 2013

    1,253.9     (87.5 )   1,166.4  

Acquisition

    1.3         1.3  

Disposition of businesses

        (0.8 )   (0.8 )

December 31, 2014

  $ 1,255.2   $ (88.3 ) $ 1,166.9  

12. Accrued Expenses

        Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31:

 
  2014   2013  

Accrued compensation and benefits

  $ 28.3   $ 31.3  

Accrued waste disposal costs

    37.2     36.4  

Accrued insurance and self-insurance reserves

    14.9     12.1  

Accrued severance

    3.6     5.4  

Derivative valuation

    20.6      

Other accrued expenses

    26.1     32.6  

  $ 130.7   $ 117.8  

F-32


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

13. Long-Term Debt

        Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31:

 
  2014   2013  

Revolving line of credit with lenders, interest at base rate plus margin, as defined (4.16% and 4.17% at December 31, 2104 and 2013, respectively) due quarterly; balance due at maturity on October 2017

  $   $ 8.0  

Note payable; discounted at 7.3%, annual payments varied; balance due 2029

    3.8     3.5  

Note payable; discounted at 8.5%, annual payments of $0.2; balance due February 2018; collateralized by real property

    0.6     0.6  

Term loans; quarterly payments commencing March 31, 2013 through June 30, 2019 with final payment due October 9, 2019; interest at LIBOR floor of 0.75% plus an applicable margin (3.75% and 4.25%, respectively)

    1,749.0     1,782.0  

Senior notes payable; interest at 8.25% payable in arrears semi-annually commencing April 1, 2013; maturing on October 1, 2020

    550.0     550.0  

Capital lease obligations, maturing through 2024

    23.3     15.4  

Other debt

    0.5     1.1  

    2,327.2     2,360.6  

Less: Original issue discount

    (23.7 )   (28.7 )

Less: Current portion

    (25.3 )   (29.1 )

  $ 2,278.2   $ 2,302.8  

        Annual aggregate principal maturities at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

2015

  $ 25.3  

2016

    21.7  

2017

    21.6  

2018

    20.9  

2019

    1,680.2  

Thereafter

    557.5  

  $ 2,327.2  

        In October 2012, the Company placed $1,800.0 in term B loans, $550.0 in bonds and a $300.0 revolving credit facility ("Revolver"). The proceeds were used to finance the acquisition of Veolia ES Solid Waste division and repay borrowings under its previously outstanding revolving credit facility and extinguish term loans and notes payable. Substantially all of the Company's assets collateralize the loans, bonds and credit facility and each of the agreements restrict further indebtedness and payment of dividends in excess of certain predefined amounts.

F-33


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

13. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

        All borrowings under the term B loan and the Revolver are guaranteed by each of the Company's current and future U.S. subsidiaries (which also guarantee the 8.25% bonds), subject to certain agreed-upon exemptions. The Company has one non-guarantor foreign subsidiary that is minor, as its assets, revenue, income from continuing operations and cash flows from operating activities are less than 3% of the Company's consolidated amounts. All guarantors are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally liable. The parent company has no independent assets or operations and each of the subsidiary guarantor is 100% owned by the Company. There are no significant restrictions on the Company or any guarantor to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan.

        The Revolver is a syndicated revolving credit facility that is available for general corporate purposes including working capital, equipment purchases and business acquisitions and collateralized by the real property of the Company. It is due at maturity in October, 2017. At December 31, 2014, the Revolver had no borrowings outstanding and $58.1 in letters of credit outstanding. At December 31, 2013, the Revolver facility had $8.0 borrowings outstanding and $70.7 in outstanding letters of credit. An annual commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum on the daily unused amount is due quarterly. The amount of fees for 2014, 2013 and 2012 were not significant.

        The term B loan is due in September 2019 and has payments due quarterly of $4.5 with mandatory prepayments due to the extent net cash proceeds from the sale of assets exceed $25.0 in any fiscal year and are not reinvested in the business within 365 days from the date of sale, upon notification of the Company's intent to take such action or in accordance with excess cash flow, as defined. The term B loan is collateralized by certain real property of the Company. Further prepayments are due when there is excess cash flow, as defined.

        The bonds are redeemable prior to October 1, 2015 at a price equal to 108.25% of the principal plus accrued interest for up to 35% of the issuance. On October 1, 2016 and 2017, the bonds may be redeemed for a call premium of 104.125% and 102.063%, respectively. Subsequent to October 1, 2018, the notes are redeemable at par. The bonds bear interest at 8.25% and are due in October 2020.

        The term B loan bear interest at a base rate (alternate base rate or LIBOR base rate) plus an applicable margin. The alternate base rate is defined as the greater of the prime rate or federal funds rate plus 50 basis points and the LIBOR base rate is subject to a 0.75% floor.

        The Revolver loan bear interest at a base rate (alternate base rate or LIBOR base rate) plus an applicable margin. The alternate base rate is defined as the greater of the prime rate or federal funds rate plus 50 basis points and the LIBOR base rate is subject to a 1.25% floor.

        The applicable margin for the term B loan is based on the total leverage ratio of the Company as follows:

Total Leverage Ratio
  LIBOR Base Rate   Alternate Base Rate

<4.75:1.00

  2.50%   2.50%

³ 4.75:1.00

  3.00%   3.00%

F-34


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

13. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

        The applicable margin for the Revolver is based on the total leverage ratio of the Company as follows:

Total Leverage Ratio
  LIBOR Base Rate   Alternate Base Rate

<4.75:1.00

  3.50%   2.50%

³ 4.75:1.00

  4.00%   3.00%

    Fair Value of Debt

        The fair value of the Company's debt is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on rates the Company would currently pay for similar types of instruments except for variable rate debt for which cost approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the interest rate (Level 2 inputs). Although the Company has determined the estimated fair value amounts using available market information and commonly accepted valuation methodologies, considerable judgment is required in interpreting the information and in developing the estimated fair values. Therefore, these estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company, or holders of the instruments, could realize in a current market exchange. The fair value estimates are based on information available as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 respectively.

        The estimated fair value of our debt is as follows at December 31:

 
  2014   2013  

Senior notes

  $ 550.0   $ 596.1  

Term Loan B

    1,692.2     1,788.1  

  $ 2,242.2   $ 2,384.2  

        The carrying value of the debt at December 31, 2014 is approximately $2,299.0 compared to $2,332.0 at December 31, 2013.

14. Leases

        The Company leases certain facilities under operating lease agreements. Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2014 for noncancelable operating leases that have initial or remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:

2015

  $ 5.8  

2016

    5.2  

2017

    4.3  

2018

    3.9  

2019

    3.4  

Thereafter

    20.6  

  $ 43.2  

F-35


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

14. Leases (Continued)

        The total rental expense for all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $10.2, $12.4 and $8.8, respectively.

        Direct rental expense, consisting of rental expense at operating locations, is included in operating expenses, and rental expense for corporate offices is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

15. Stockholder's Equity and Stock Options

     (Share amounts not in millions)

        The Company's equity consists of one thousand shares of authorized, issued and outstanding common stock.

        In October 2012, the Parent's Board of Directors adopted the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") under which an aggregate of 150,000 shares of the Parent's common stock was reserved for issuance. The Plan provides for employees of the Company to participate in the plan and provides that the options or stock purchase rights have a term of ten years and vest equally over four years at a rate of 20% with 20% of the options being vested at the date of grant for all options except the Strategic grants which vest 100% after five years. All options of the Strategic Plan issued prior to 2010 vest upon a change of control. All other options vest in 20% tranches from the date of issuance upon a change of control. This 2012 Plan replaced the 2006 Plan of Advanced Disposal Services South, Inc. All outstanding options under the 2006 Plan were cancelled and reissued under the 2012 Plan. The incremental compensation expense associated with the exchange is immaterial.

        These options have an assumed forfeiture rate ranging from 4%-14.8% for 2014 and 2013.

        On December 31, 2008, senior management exercised 71,941 of outstanding stock options. Certain members of senior management issued promissory notes to Advanced Disposal Services South, Inc. for $28.0 to complete the stock option transaction. Interest began accruing at December 31, 2008 semi-annually. In conjunction with the Reorganization, the notes were restructured and bear interest at a rate of 0.89% which was the Applicable Federal Rate in effect at the time of restructuring the notes at December 31, 2012. As the rate is considered below market, compensation expense in the amount of approximately $0.3 and $0.3 was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The principal and interest of the promissory notes are due on the earliest of the tenth anniversary of the issuance of the stock option awards, sale of the Company or termination of employment. The notes were distributed to Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. in connection with the Reorganization during 2012.

F-36


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

15. Stockholder's Equity and Stock Options (Continued)

    Stock Option Plans

        The fair value of the options granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

 
  2014   2013   2012

Average expected term (years)

  6.0     6.0   6.0

Risk-free interest rate

  1.83% - 2.10%     0.93 % 1.09% - 1.36%

Expected volatility

  30.0%     20.0 % 22.4% - 25.1%

        Since the Company does not have any historical exercise data that is indicative of expected future exercise performance, it has elected to use the "simplified method" to estimate the options expected term by taking the average of each vesting-tranche and the contractual term. The Company used the average weekly historical volatility for public companies in the solid waste sector to estimate historical volatility used in the Black-Scholes model. The risk-free rate used was based on the US Treasury security rate estimated for the expected term of the option at the date of grant. The Company has applied a discount for lack of marketability ranging from 9% to 20% for shares issued in 2014, 2013 and 2012, to the option value as the shares being valued are privately held and not readily marketable.

    Annual Stock Options

        A summary of the Annual Stock Options and Senior Management Stock Options outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2014 (in millions, except share and per share amounts) is as follows:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

    42,195   $ 621        

Granted

    4,239     911        

Exercised

    (25 )   620        

Expired or forfeited

    (7,481 )   590        

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    38,928   $ 659     6.69  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

    22,491   $ 548     5.72  

        The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted was $268, $268 and $275 during 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The total fair value of options vested was $1,623, $1,820 and $1,332 during 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The intrinsic value of the options outstanding at December 31, 2014 was approximately $9.8.

F-37


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

15. Stockholder's Equity and Stock Options (Continued)

    Strategic Stock Options

        A summary of the Strategic Stock Options for the year ended December 31, 2014 (in million, except share and per share amounts) is as follows:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

    46,595   $ 540        

Granted

    4,514     911        

Exercised

                 

Expired or forfeited

    (11,381 )   577        

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    39,728   $ 572     5.27  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

    17,315   $ 386     2.37  

        The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted was $306, $272 and $300 during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The intrinsic value of the options at December 31, 2014 was approximately $13.5.

    Compensation Expense

        Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting period for those awards that the Company expects to vest. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized share-based compensation expense as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses of $4.5, $4.6 and $1.3, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the Company estimates that a total of approximately $2.7 of currently unrecognized compensation expense will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years for unvested options issued and outstanding.

16. Insurance

        The Company carries insurance coverage for protection of its assets and operations from certain risks including automobile liability, general liability, real and personal property damage, workers' compensation claims, directors' and officers' liability, pollution liability, employee group health claims and other coverages that are customary in the industry. The Company's exposure to loss for insurance claims is generally limited to the per incident deductible under the related insurance policy. As of December 31, 2014, the Company's insurance programs carried self-insurance exposures of up to $0.5, $1.0 and $0.8 per incident for general liability, automobile and workers' compensation, respectively Certain self-insurance claims reserves are recorded at present value using a 1.10% and a 0.78% discount rate as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-38


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

16. Insurance (Continued)

        The Company has a partially self-insured employee group health insurance program that carries an aggregate stop loss amount. The amount recorded for the health insurance liability at December 31, 2014 and 2013 for unpaid claims, including an estimate for incurred but not reported ("IBNR") claims, was $4.7 and $3.8, respectively. Liabilities are recorded gross of expected recoveries.

        The self-insured portion of workers' compensation liability for unpaid claims and associated expenses, including IBNR claims, is based on an actuarial valuation and internal estimates. The amount recorded for workers' compensation liability at December 31, 2014 and 2013 for unpaid claims, including an estimate for IBNR claims, is $25.1 and $20.8, respectively.

        The self-insured portion of general liability and automobile liability for unpaid claims and associated expenses, including IBNR claims, is based on an actuarial valuation and internal estimates. The amount recorded for general and automobile liability at December 31, 2014 and 2013 for unpaid claims, including an estimate for IBNR claims, was $18.0 and $14.0, respectively.

        Of the above amounts, $14.9 and $12.1 is included in accrued expenses and the remainder is included in other long-term liabilities at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

17. Benefit Plans

        The Company has 401(k) Savings Plans ("401(k) Plan") for the benefit of qualifying full-time employees who have more than one year of service and are over 21 years of age. Employees make pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) Plan with a partial matching contribution made by the Company. The Company's matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan were $2.8, $2.8 and $1.9 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Contributions by the Company are included in operating costs and expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        The Company is a participating employer in a number of trustee-managed multiemployer, defined benefit pension plans for employees who participate in collective bargaining agreements. Approximately 13.5% of the Company's workforce is subject to a collective bargaining agreement and five of the collective bargaining agreements expire within one year. The risks of participating in the multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in that (i) assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers; (ii) if a participating employers stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be required to be assumed by the remaining participating employers; and (iii) if we choose to stop participating in any of our multiemployer plans, we may be required to pay those plans a withdrawal amount based on the underfunded status of the plan.

F-39


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

17. Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The following table outlines our participation in multiemployer plans considered to be individually significant:

 
   
  Pension Protection
Act Zone Status
   
   
   
   
  Expiration
Date of
Collective-
Bargaining
Agreement
 
 
   
   
  Contributions  
 
  EIN/Pension
Plan Number
  FIP/RP
Status Pending/
Implemented (B)
 
Pension Fund
  2013   2012   2014   2013   2012  

Suburban Teamsters of Northern IL Pension Fund                   

    36-6155778-001   Critical as of
1/1/2013
  Critical as of
1/1/2012
  Implemented   $ 0.5   $ 0.4   $     1/31/2019  

Pension Fund of Automobile Mechanics Local No. 701

    36-6042061-001   Critical as of
1/1/2013
  Critical as of
1/1/2012
  Implemented   $ 0.2   $ 0.2   $     12/31/2018  

Local 731 Private Scavengers and Garage Attendants Pension Fund (A)

    36-6513567-001   Endangered as
of 10/1/2013
  Endangered as
of 10/1/2012
  Implemented   $ 1.7   $ 1.6   $ 0.2     9/30/2018  

Midwest Operating Engineers Pension Fund

    36-6140097-001   Endangered as
of 4/1/2012
  Endangered as
of 4/1/2012
  Implemented   $ 0.6   $ 0.5   $     9/30/2016  

Teamsters Local Union No. 301 Union Pension Fund (A)

    36-6492992-001   Not endangered
or critical as of
1/1/13
  Not endangered
or critical as of
1/1/12
  No   $ 0.8   $ 0.6   $     9/30/2018  

Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund

    36-6044243-001   Critical as of
1/1/2013
  Critical as of
1/1/2012
  Implemented   $ 0.2   $ 0.2   $     1/31/2015  

Local 705 Int'l Brotherhood of Teamsters Pension TR. FD. 

    36-6492502-001   Critical as of
1/1/2013
  Critical as of
1/1/2012
  Implemented   $ 0.2   $ 0.2   $     9/30/2018  

(A)
The employers contributions to the plan represent greater than 5% of the total contributions to the plan for the most recent plan year available.

(B)
A multi-employer defined benefit pension plan that has been certified as endangered, seriously endangered, or critical may begin to levy a statutory surcharge on contribution rates. Once authorized, the surcharge is at the rate of 5% for the first 12 months and 10% for any periods thereafter. Contributing employers, however, may eliminate the surcharge by entering into a collective bargaining agreement that meets the requirements of the applicable funding improvement plan or rehabilitation plan.

F-40


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

18. Income Taxes

        The components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations are comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Current

                   

Federal

  $ 0.2   $   $  

State

    2.7     2.4     1.4  

    2.9     2.4     1.4  

Deferred

                   

Federal

    (83.2 )   (39.4 )   (18.4 )

State

    (0.3 )   (8.4 )   3.5  

    (83.5 )   (47.8 )   (14.9 )

Benefit for income taxes

  $ (80.6 ) $ (45.4 ) $ (13.5 )

        The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with current guidance. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, the federal statutory rate in effect was 35%, 34% and 34%, respectively. A reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision for continuing operations using the federal statutory in effect for the years ended December 31 as follows:

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Amount computed using statutory rates

  $ (34.3 ) $ (47.6 ) $ (40.3 )

State income taxes, net of Federal benefit

    (1.3 )   (2.4 )   (5.8 )

Tax rate adjustment

    6.6     0.1     8.8  

Other

    (0.2 )   1.1     3.6  

Transaction costs

            4.0  

Valuation allowance

    (51.4 )   3.4     16.2  

Benefit for income taxes

  $ (80.6 ) $ (45.4 ) $ (13.5 )

F-41


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

18. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities from continuing operations relate to the following sources and differences between financial accounting and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities at December 31:

 
  2014   2013  

Deferred tax assets

             

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 2.0   $ 2.7  

Insurance reserve

    17.5     12.4  

Net operating loss

    178.3     178.1  

Capital loss carryforward

    69.1     67.2  

Accrued bonus and vacation

    7.7     8.0  

Stock compensation

    1.8     3.5  

Other comprehensive income

    0.6      

Tax credits

    6.9     6.8  

Other

    21.1     8.7  

Total deferred tax assets

    305.0     287.4  

Valuation allowance

    (96.1 )   (141.6 )

Deferred tax assets less valuation allowance

    208.9     145.8  

Deferred tax liabilities

             

Fixed asset basis

    (117.8 )   (120.3 )

Intangible basis

    (127.2 )   (126.7 )

Landfill and environmental remediation liabilities

    (113.8 )   (136.4 )

Other

    (5.4 )   (2.8 )

Deferred tax liabilities

    (364.2 )   (386.2 )

Net deferred tax liability

  $ (155.3 ) $ (240.4 )

        The amounts recorded as deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 represent the amounts of tax benefits of existing deductible temporary differences or net operating and capital losses carryforwards ("NOLs"). Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of any loss carryforwards. A valuation allowance has been recorded against deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 in the amount of $96.1. The valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $141.6. We have established valuation allowances for uncertainties in realizing the benefit of certain tax loss and credit carryforwards. While we expect to realize the deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowances, changes in estimates of future taxable income or in tax laws may alter this expectation.

        The Company had available federal NOL carryforwards from continuing operations of approximately $432.5 and $408.3 at December 31, 2014 and 2013 respectively. The Company's federal net operating losses have expiration dates beginning in the year 2016 through 2033 if not utilized against taxable income. The capital losses of $182.9 expire in 2018, if not

F-42


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

18. Income Taxes (Continued)

previously utilized against capital gains. The 2014 federal NOL amount is reflecting 2013 return to provision adjustments and a projected current tax benefit use for 2014 of $6.4.

        In 2014, the Company recognized a decrease in valuation allowance of $51.4, which was primarily related to the completion of a legal entity restructuring that was undertaken in order to drive administrative and legal efficiencies. As a result of the operational restructuring, during the fourth quarter the Company was able to project and support our ability to utilize certain federal net operating losses that were previously limited under the Separate Return Limitation Year ("SRLY") tax rules.

        The Company has grown through a series of acquisitions and mergers and has had change of control events that resulted in limitations on the utilization of NOLs pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC").

        Approximately $185.9 of the NOLs from continuing operations are limited under the SRLY rules of the IRC. These NOLs are only available to be utilized against taxable income of the HWStar Waste Holdings, Corp. and subsidiaries thereof, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. At this time, the Company expects to utilize these NOLs, as a result of the operational restructuring discussed above.

        A predecessor of the Company had a transaction on June 2, 2002 that was treated as a reorganization. As such, the Company may be precluded from utilizing all or a portion of its federal and state NOLs originating prior to the ownership change. The Company estimates that it is subject to an annual limitation of approximately $3.5 on NOLs of approximately $123.6 originating prior to June 28, 2002. The predecessor had a subsequent change of control on November 1, 2005. As such, NOLs of $4.8 originating after June 28, 2002 through November 1, 2005 are subject to an annual limitation of $4.2.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits for 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Balance at January 1,

  $ 6.2   $ 6.2   $  

Additions based on tax positions of prior years

            6.2  

Balance at December 31,

  $ 6.2   $ 6.2   $ 6.2  

        These liabilities are included as a component of other liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The Company does not anticipate that settlement of the liabilities will require payment of cash within the next 12 months. As of December 31, 2014, $0.7 of net unrecognized tax benefit, if recognized in future periods, would impact the Company's effective rate.

        The Company recognizes interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. During the tax years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, the Company recognized approximately $0.2 of such interest expense as a component of our "Provision for Income Taxes" in each of the years.

F-43


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

18. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company had approximately $2.0 and $1.8 of accrued interest and $0.3 and $0.3 of accrued penalties in the Company's balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to income tax in the United States at the federal, state and local jurisdictional levels. The Company is currently under federal audit for the 2012 tax year. The Company has open tax years dating back to 1998. There were no settlements of state audits during 2014. Prior to the acquisition, Veolia ES Solid Waste division was part of a consolidated group and is still subject to IRS and state examinations dating back to 2004. Pursuant to the terms of the acquisition of Veolia ES Solid Waste, Inc., the Company is entitled to certain indemnifications for Veolia ES Solid Waste Division's pre-acquisition tax liabilities. During 2014, there were no changes in federal or state law that would result in a material impact of the financial statement or future cash flows.

19. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        As a basis for considering assumptions, the fair value guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1

  Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2

 

Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3

 

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

        Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of three valuation techniques noted in the guidance. The three valuation techniques are as follows:

    Market approach

        Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities;

    Cost approach

        Amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (i.e., replacement cost); and;

    Income approach

        Techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount are based on market expectations (including present value techniques, option-pricing models, and lattice models).

        The Company's financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include derivative instruments and certain investments included in cash equivalent money market funds as restricted cash. The Company's fuel derivative instruments and interest rate caps are recorded at their estimated fair values based on quotes received from financial

F-44


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

19. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

institutions that trade these contracts and a current forward fixed price swap curve, respectively. The Company verifies the reasonableness of these quotes using similar quotes from another financial institution as of each date for which financial statements are prepared. For the Company's fuel derivative instruments, the Company also considers the Company's and counterparty's credit worthiness in its determination of the fair value measurement of these instruments in a net liability position. The Company's restricted cash measured at fair value is invested primarily in U.S. government and agency securities.

        All instruments were valued using the market approach. Our interest rate caps are valued using a third-party pricing model that incorporates information about LIBOR yield curves, which is considered observable market data, for each instrument's respective term. Counterparties to our interest rate caps are financial institutions who participate in our term B loan. Valuations of our interest rate caps may fluctuate significantly from period to period due to volatility in valuation interest rates which are driven by market conditions and the scheduled maturities of the caps. The Company's assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis approximate the following:

 
  Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2014
Reporting Date Using
 
 
  Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total
Gains
(Losses)
  Carrying
Value
 

Recurring fair value measurements

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1.0   $ 1.0   $   $   $   $ 1.0  

Restricted cash

    0.2     0.2                 0.2  

Derivative instruments—Asset position

    2.7         2.7             2.7  

Derivative instruments—Liability position

  $ 27.3   $   $ 27.3   $   $   $ 27.3  

Total recurring fair value measurements

  $ 23.4   $ 1.2   $ 24.6   $   $   $ 23.4  

F-45


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

19. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)


 
  Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2013
Reporting Date Using
 
 
  Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total
Gains
(Losses)
  Carrying
Value
 

Recurring fair value measurements

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12.0   $ 12.0   $   $   $   $ 12.0  

Restricted cash

    2.4     2.4                 2.4  

Derivative instruments—Asset position

    6.2         6.2             6.2  

Total recurring fair value measurements

  $ 20.6   $ 14.4   $ 6.2   $   $   $ 20.6  

        Refer to Note 13 for disclosures regarding long-term debt.

20. Commitments and Contingencies

        Municipal solid waste service and other service contracts, permits and licenses to operate transfer stations, landfills and recycling facilities may require performance or surety bonds, letters of credit or other means of financial assurance to secure contractual performance. To secure its obligations, the Company has provided customers, various regulatory authorities and the Company's insurer with such bonds totaling to approximately $705.9 and $690.1 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The majority of these obligations expire each year and are automatically renewed. Additionally, letters of credit have been issued to fulfill such obligations and are included in the total letters of credit outstanding disclosed in footnote 13 "Long Term Debt" in the notes to the consolidated financial statements herein.

        In February 2009, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries were named as defendants in a purported class action suit in the Circuit Court of Macon County, Alabama. Similar class action complaints were brought against the Company and certain of its subsidiaries in 2011 in Duval County, Florida and in 2013 in Quitman County, Georgia and Barbour County, Alabama, and in Chester County, Pennsylvania in 2014. The Georgia complaint was dismissed in March 2014. The plaintiffs in those cases primarily allege that the defendants charged improper fees (fuel, administrative and environmental fees) that were in breach of the plaintiffs' contracts with the Company and seek damages in an unspecified amount. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses against these purported class actions, which it will vigorously pursue. Given the inherent uncertainties of litigation, including the early stage of these cases, the unknown size of any potential class, and legal and factual issues in dispute, the outcome of these cases cannot be predicted and a range of loss, if any, cannot currently be estimated.

        The Company is involved in other legal proceedings and regulatory investigations from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that none of these

F-46


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

20. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

other legal proceedings or regulatory investigations will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        The Company is subject to various other proceedings, lawsuits, disputes and claims arising in the ordinary course of its business. Many of these actions raise complex factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties. Actions filed against the Company include commercial, customer, and employment-related claims. The plaintiffs in some actions seek unspecified damages or injunctive relief, or both. These actions are in various procedural stages, and some are covered in part by insurance. The Company currently does not believe that the eventual outcome of any such actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

        The Company has an obligation as part of the purchase of one of its C&D landfills for payments of 6% of net revenue that began at the commencement of landfill operations and continues through the life of the landfill.

21. Restructuring

        In September 2012, we announced a reorganization of our operations, designed to consolidate management and staff in connection with the merging of the legacy businesses. Subsequent to the closing of Veolia ES Solid Waste division, further organizational changes were announced and implemented. Principal changes included consolidation and elimination of management, relocation of staff to new regional headquarter's locations and divesting of certain locations. Through this reorganization we eliminated approximately 130 positions throughout the Company and offered voluntary separation agreements to those impacted.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized approximately $0.4 of severance costs, $0.6 for lease termination costs and $0.3 for relocation costs in the Midwest region; $0.4 for severance costs and $0.3 for relocation costs in the East region; $0.2 for severance costs $0.8 for relocation costs in the South region, as well as $1.6 of primarily relocation costs for Corporate.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized approximately $2.5 of severance costs, $1.7 for lease termination costs and $2.3 for relocation costs in the Midwest region; $0.6 for lease termination costs in the East region; $0.3 for lease termination costs in the South region and $0.3 for other expenses, as well as $2.3 of severance costs for Corporate.

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized employee severance and benefits restructuring charges of approximately $7.4, of which $4.3 related to the East region and the remaining amount in the Midwest region. The remaining expense is for other expense are primarily for lease termination costs for exiting facilities of $2.3 associated with accomplishing the restructuring actions in the East region.

F-47


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

21. Restructuring (Continued)

        Through December 31, 2014, the Company has recognized $24.5 of restructuring charges, of which $18.5 was related to employee severance and relocation costs and $5.5 was related to lease termination costs for exiting facilities. Costs included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations are as follows:

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Restructuring charges

  $ 4.6   $ 10.0   $ 9.9  

Total pre-tax and restructuring charges

  $ 4.6   $ 10.0   $ 9.9  

        The costs associated with the actions above are included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and include the amounts as follows:

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Beginning balance

  $ 6.4   $ 5.1   $  

Expense

    4.6     10.0     9.9  

Cash expenditures

                   

Severance and relocation

    (5.1 )   (7.7 )   (4.5 )

Other

    (0.5 )   (1.0 )   (0.3 )

Ending balance

  $ 5.4   $ 6.4   $ 5.1  

22. Segment and Related Information

        Our operations are managed through three operating segments: South, East and Midwest regions. These three operating segments and corporate entities are presented below as our reportable segments. The historical results, discussion and presentation of our reportable segments as set forth in our consolidated provide integrated waste management services consisting of collection, transfer, recycling and disposal of non-hazardous solid waste.

F-48


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

22. Segment and Related Information (Continued)

Summarized financial information concerning our reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is shown in the following table:

 
  Services
Revenue
  Operating
Income (Loss)
  Depreciation
and
Amortization
  Capital
Expenditures
  Total Assets  

2014

                               

South

  $ 493.7   $ 72.2   $ 70.3   $ 52.3   $ 1,188.9  

East

    364.3     8.7     85.1     63.7     810.7  

Midwest

    545.2     51.2     108.1     73.1     1,437.3  

Corporate

    (0.2 )   (62.7 )   7.9     7.3     113.1  

  $ 1,403.0   $ 69.4   $ 271.4   $ 196.4   $ 3,550.0  

2013

                               

South

  $ 475.4   $ 66.4   $ 79.0   $ 63.2   $ 1,216.0  

East

    331.1     7.7     78.7     29.2     802.8  

Midwest

    512.6     39.6     112.6     53.8     1,460.6  

Corporate

        (91.6 )   8.6     11.9     147.4  

  $ 1,319.1   $ 22.1   $ 278.9   $ 158.1   $ 3,626.8  

2012

                               

South

  $ 336.9   $ 53.3   $ 51.6   $ 46.6   $ 1,215.5  

East

    146.2     (42.3 )   33.7     33.3     939.7  

Midwest

    54.8     2.8     12.7     4.7     1,509.4  

Corporate

        (74.6 )   6.1     1.8     120.7  

  $ 537.9   $ (60.8 ) $ 104.1   $ 86.4   $ 3,785.3  

23. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

        Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Cash paid for interest

  $ 119.7   $ 119.1   $ 38.1  

Cash paid for taxes

  $ 3.2   $ 0.6   $ 2.3  

F-49


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

24. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

        The changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, which is included as a component of stockholders' equity, are as follows:

 
  Gains and
Losses on
Derivative
Instruments
 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ (3.2 )

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax

    3.0  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

    (2.0 )

Net current period other comprehensive loss

    1.0  

Balance, December 31, 2012

    (2.2 )

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

    2.3  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

    2.4  

Net current period other comprehensive income

    4.7  

Balance, December 31, 2013

    2.5  

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

    (1.0 )

Net current period other comprehensive income

    (1.0 )

Balance, December 31, 2014

  $ 1.5  

        The significant amounts either added to or reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive are included in the tables below:

 
  Amount of Derivative
Gain (Loss) Recognized in
OCI—Effective for the
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2012  

Derivatives Designated as Cash Flow Hedges

                   

Interest rate swaps

            0.6  

Interest rate caps

    (1.4 )   2.6      

Other

  $   $ 0.5   $ 4.0  

Total before tax

    (1.4 )   3.1     4.6  

Tax benefit (expense)

    0.4     (0.8 )   (1.6 )

Net of tax

  $ (1.0 ) $ 2.3   $ 3.0  

        After tax reclassification adjustments were decreases of $2.4 and increases of $2.0 for the year ending December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively and were not material to any line item on the consolidated statement of operations.

F-50


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In millions of dollars, except per share data)

25. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

        The following table summarizes the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the respective quarters:

 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
 

2014

                         

Operating revenues

  $ 321.3   $ 359.9   $ 368.1   $ 353.7  

Income from operations

  $ 8.3   $ 16.0   $ 25.8   $ 19.3  

Consolidated net (loss) income (a)

  $ (19.3 ) $ (15.4 ) $ (6.5 ) $ 24.1  

2013

                         

Operating revenues

  $ 307.1   $ 333.7   $ 344.7   $ 333.6  

Income from operations

  $ 6.0   $ 7.0   $ 7.8   $ 1.3  

Consolidated net loss

  $ (24.4 ) $ (25.1 ) $ (32.4 ) $ (35.9 )

(a)
In the fourth quarter, the Company recorded a loss on commodity futures contracts related to fuel of $27.3 in other income/(expense), net due to a decline in fuel prices in the fourth quarter of 2014 and recorded a valuation allowance release of $51.4 related to a legal entity restructuring project. Refer to Note 18 "Income Taxes" for further information.

26. Earnings per Share

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Amounts attributable to the Company:

                   

Loss from continuing operations for per-share calculations

  $ (17.4 ) $ (95.3 ) $ (104.8 )

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest

            (1.4 )

Loss available to common stockholder, before discontinued operations

    (17.4 )   (95.3 )   (103.4 )

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations attributable common share owners

    0.3     (22.5 )   (89.2 )

Net loss attributable to ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. common share owners

  $ (17.1 ) $ (117.8 ) $ (192.6 )

Per share data

                   

Loss per share available to common stockholder, before discontinued operations

  $ (17,400 ) $ (95,300 ) $ (103,400 )

Discontinued operations

  $ 300   $ (22,500 ) $ (89,200 )

        The Company had 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and no other anti-dilutive securities.

27. Subsequent Events

        In January 2015, the Company returned capital to the parent of $7.4.

F-51


Table of Contents

ADS WASTE HOLDINGS, INC.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-52


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

(in millions, except share data)
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Assets

             

Current assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2.9   $ 1.0  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4.2 and $5.0, respectively

    178.3     188.0  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    26.3     34.2  

Deferred income taxes

    18.6     14.6  

Total current assets

    226.1     237.8  

Restricted cash

        0.2  

Other assets, net

    76.9     101.3  

Property and equipment, net

    1,632.3     1,663.9  

Goodwill

    1,169.2     1,166.9  

Other intangible assets, net

    359.1     379.9  

Total assets

  $ 3,463.6   $ 3,550.0  

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity

             

Current liabilities

             

Accounts payable

  $ 85.4   $ 94.7  

Accrued expenses

    144.7     130.7  

Deferred revenue

    57.9     60.0  

Current maturities of landfill retirement obligations

    31.9     29.2  

Current maturities of long-term debt

    12.5     25.3  

Total current liabilities

    332.4     339.9  

Other long-term liabilities, less current maturities

    53.9     61.2  

Long-term debt, less current maturities

    2,245.2     2,278.2  

Accrued landfill retirement obligations, less current maturities

    172.2     171.9  

Deferred income taxes

    162.7     169.9  

Total liabilities

    2,966.4     3,021.1  

Commitments and contingencies

             

Equity

             

Common stock: $.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

         

Additional paid-in capital

    1,099.6     1,105.0  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

        1.5  

Accumulated deficit

    (602.4 )   (577.6 )

Total stockholder's equity

    497.2     528.9  

Total liabilities and stockholder's equity

  $ 3,463.6   $ 3,550.0  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-53


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in millions except per share data)
  2015   2014  

Service revenues

  $ 1,046.8   $ 1,049.2  

Operating costs and expenses

             

Operating

    652.4     673.0  

Selling, general and administrative

    110.4     115.6  

Depreciation and amortization

    194.8     206.7  

Acquisition and development costs

    1.3     0.1  

Loss on disposal of assets and businesses disposed and asset impairments

    17.8     1.1  

Restructuring charges

        3.6  

Total operating costs and expenses

    976.7     1,000.1  

Operating income

    70.1     49.1  

Other income (expense)

             

Interest expense

    (104.0 )   (105.7 )

Other, net

    (4.7 )   2.9  

Total other expense

    (108.2 )   (102.8 )

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

    (38.6 )   (53.7 )

Income tax benefit

    (13.8 )   (12.0 )

Loss from continuing operations

    (24.8 )   (41.7 )

Discontinued operations

             

Loss from discontinued operations

        (0.7 )

Income tax benefit

        (1.0 )

Discontinued operations, net

        0.3  

Net loss

  $ (24.8 ) $ (41.4 )

Loss from continuing operations per share

             

Basic loss per share

  $ (24,800 ) $ (41,700 )

Diluted loss per share

    N/A     N/A  

Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share

   
 
   
 
 

Basic loss per share

  $ (24,800 ) $ (41,400 )

Diluted loss per share

    N/A     N/A  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-54


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(Unaudited)

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in millions)
  2015   2014  

Net loss

  $ (24.8 ) $ (41.4 )

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    (1.5 )   (2.7 )

Comprehensive loss

  $ (26.3 ) $ (44.1 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-55


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholder's Equity

(Unaudited)

(in millions, except share data)
  Common
Shares
  Stock
Amount
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholder's
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    1,000   $   $ 1,105.0   $ 1.5   $ (577.6 ) $ 528.9  

Net loss

                    (24.8 )   (24.8 )

Unrealized loss resulting from change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

                (1.5 )       (1.5 )

Stock-based compensation expense

            1.6             1.6  

Capital contribution

            0.5             0.5  

Return of capital to parent company

            (7.5 )           (7.5 )

Balance at September 30, 2015

    1,000   $   $ 1,099.6   $   $ (602.4 ) $ 497.2  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
financial statements.

F-56


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
(in millions)
  2015   2014  

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (24.8 ) $ (41.4 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities

             

Depreciation and amortization

    194.8     207.0  

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

    (8.7 )    

Amortization of interest rate cap premium

    1.5     1.9  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount

    14.5     14.0  

Accretion on landfill retirement obligations

    10.0     9.3  

Accretion on capital leases, long-term debt, loss contracts and other long-term liabilities and amortization of deferred contract costs

    1.9     1.7  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    2.7     2.9  

Loss on disposition of assets

    0.8     0.5  

Impairment of assets

    6.4      

Loss (gain) on disposition of businesses

    10.6     (0.6 )

Gain on redemption of security

    (2.5 )    

Stock option vesting

    1.6     1.8  

Deferred tax provision

    (15.8 )   (14.8 )

Earnings in equity investee

    (1.1 )   0.1  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of businesses acquired

             

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable

    6.8     (4.2 )

Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7.6     7.4  

Decrease in other assets

    0.9     1.8  

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

    (1.8 )   (0.2 )

Decrease in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities

    14.9     17.4  

Decrease in unearned revenue

    (2.5 )   (3.1 )

Capping, closure and post-closure expenditures

    (11.2 )   (6.7 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

    206.6     194.8  

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Purchases of property and equipment and construction and development

    (129.7 )   (144.0 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    1.7     1.9  

Proceeds from maturity of securities

    15.0      

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (25.0 )   (8.7 )

Proceeds from sale of businesses

    11.6     2.1  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (126.4 )   (148.7 )

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Proceeds from borrowings on long-term debt

    35.0     75.0  

Repayment on long-term debt

    (103.9 )   (100.0 )

Deferred financing charges

        (1.2 )

Bank overdraft

    (1.3 )    

Other financing activities

    (1.1 )   0.1  

Capital contribution from parent

    0.5     0.1  

Return of capital to parent

    (7.5 )   (1.9 )

Net cash used in financing activities

    (78.3 )   (27.9 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    1.9     18.2  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    1.0     12.0  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 2.9   $ 30.2  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-57


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except per share data)

1. Business Operations

        ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. (the "Company," "ADS Waste" or "ADS") together with its consolidated subsidiaries is a nonhazardous solid waste services company providing collection, transfer, recycling and disposal services to customers in the Southeast, Midwest and Eastern regions of the United States, as well as in the Commonwealth of the Bahamas. The Company is wholly owned by ADS Waste Holdings Corp. (the "Parent").

        The Company currently manages and evaluates its principal operations through three reportable operating segments on a regional basis. Those operating segments are the South, East and Midwest regions which provide collection, transfer, disposal and recycling services. Additional information related to segments can be found in Note 8.

        Seven acquisitions were completed during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 for aggregate prices consisting of cash of $25.0 and notes payable of $3.3 subject to net working capital adjustments, which are expected to be completed within one year. Six acquisitions were completed during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 for a purchase price of $8.7. The results of operations of each acquisition are included in our condensed consolidated statements of operations subsequent to the closing date of each acquisition.

        The Company disposed of certain businesses in the South segment for strategic reasons in June 2015 and recorded a loss on disposal of $10.9 for the nine months ending September 30, 2015. In connection with the sale, the Company impaired certain assets in the amount of $4.3 in the nine months ending September 30, 2015. Further, the Company strategically concluded not to pursue permitting on a landfill site and therefore recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $2.1 primarily for permitting costs in the nine months ending September 30, 2015. No impairments or loss on disposal of businesses were recorded for the nine months ending September 30, 2014.

2. Basis of Presentation

        The Company's condensed consolidated financial statements include its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Advanced Disposal Services South, LLC and HW Star Holdings, Corp. and their respective subsidiaries.

        All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

        The condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 are unaudited. In the opinion of management, these financial statements include all adjustments, which, unless otherwise disclosed, are of a normal recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the balance sheet, results of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows, and changes in equity for the periods presented. The results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year. The financial statements presented herein should be read in conjunction with the financial statements included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

F-58


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

2. Basis of Presentation (Continued)

        In preparing our financial statements that conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management uses estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements and accompanying notes. We must make these estimates and assumptions because certain information that we use is dependent on future events, cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available or simply cannot be readily calculated based on generally accepted methodologies. In preparing our financial statements, the more subjective areas that deal with the greatest amount of uncertainty relate to: our accounting for our long-lived assets, including recoverability; landfill development costs; and final capping, closure and post-closure costs; our valuation allowances for accounts receivable and deferred tax assets; our liabilities for potential litigation; claims and assessments; our liabilities for environmental remediation; stock compensation; accounting for goodwill and intangible asset impairments; deferred taxes; uncertain tax positions; self-insurance reserves; and our estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in any acquisition. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions that the Company uses in preparation of its financial statements.

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued authoritative guidance regarding revenue recognition from contracts with customers that will supersede most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The underlying principle is that an entity will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers at an amount that the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. Other major provisions include capitalization of certain contract costs, consideration of time value of money in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity's contracts with customers. The guidance is effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The guidance permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has not yet selected a transition method and is currently evaluating the impact of the amended guidance on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and related disclosure.

        In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance which requires debt issuance costs (other than those paid to a lender) to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount. The standard does not affect the recognition and measurement of debt issuance costs. Therefore, the amortization of such costs should continue to be calculated using the interest method and be reported as interest expense. The standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The balance sheet presentation of the Company's debt issuance costs and related debt liabilities will be affected beginning January 1, 2016. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact on the balance sheet presentation.

F-59


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

3. Landfill Liabilities

        Liabilities for final closure and post-closure costs for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 are shown in the table below:

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 184.3  

Increase in retirement obligation

    11.5  

Accretion of closure and post-closure costs

    13.5  

Change in estimate

    5.6  

Costs incurred

    (13.8 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    201.1  

Increase in retirement obligation

    7.9  

Accretion of closure and post-closure costs

    10.0  

Costs incurred

    (11.2 )

Divestiture of businesses

    (3.7 )

Balance at September 30, 2015

    204.1  

Less: Current portion

    (31.9 )

  $ 172.2  

F-60


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

4. Debt

        The following table summarizes the major components of debt at each balance sheet date and provides the maturities and interest rate ranges of each major category of debt:

 
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Revolving line of credit with lenders ("Revolver"), interest at applicable rate plus margin, as defined due quarterly; balance due at maturity in October 2017

  $   $    

Note payable; discounted at 7.3%, annual payments varied; balance due 2029

    3.9     3.8  

Note payable; discounted at 8.5%, annual payments of $0.2; balance due February 2018; collateralized by real property

        0.6  

Term loans ("Term Loan B"); quarterly payments of $4.5 commencing March 31, 2013 through June 30, 2019 with final payment due October 9, 2019; interest at LIBOR floor of 0.75% plus an applicable margin of 300 basis points at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

    1,685.5     1,749.0  

Senior notes payable; interest at 8.25% payable in arrears semi-annually commencing April 1, 2013; maturing on October 1, 2020

    550.0     550.0  

Capital lease obligations, maturing through 2024

    26.5     23.3  

Other debt

    13.1     0.5  

    2,279.0     2,327.2  

Less: Original issue discount

    (21.3 )   (23.7 )

Less: Current portion

    (12.5 )   (25.3 )

  $ 2,245.2   $ 2,278.2  

        All borrowings under the Term Loan B and the Revolver are guaranteed by each of the Company's current and future U.S. subsidiaries (which also guarantee the 8.25% senior notes), subject to certain agreed-upon exemptions. The Company has one non-guarantor foreign subsidiary that is minor, as its revenues, income from continuing operations before taxes, assets and cash flow from operations is less than 3% of the Company's consolidated amounts. All guarantors are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally liable. The Parent has no independent assets or operations and each subsidiary guarantor is 100% owned by the Company. There are no significant restrictions on the Company or any guarantor to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan.

    Revolver and Letter of Credit Facilities

        As of September 30, 2015, the Company had an aggregate committed capacity of $300.0, of which $100.0 was available for letters of credit under its credit facilities. The Company's Revolver is its primary source of letter of credit capacity and expires in October 2017. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had an aggregate of approximately

F-61


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

4. Debt (Continued)

$58.5 and $58.1 of letters of credit outstanding under its credit facilities. No other amounts were outstanding as of September 30, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

    Debt Borrowings and Repayments

        The Company repaid $35.0 under its Revolver, $63.5 on its Term Loan B and $5.4 on various other obligations in cash during the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The Company had $35.0 of borrowings on the Revolver during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and issued notes payable and capital leases of $15.0 in connection with the purchase of land, an acquisition of a business and capital procurement.

        In February 2014, the Company refinanced its Term Loan B in an amount equal to the outstanding principal at December 31, 2013 bearing interest at a LIBOR floor of 0.75% plus 300 basis points or the base rate as defined plus 200 basis points. No gain or loss was recorded upon the modification and total costs deferred and amortized over the remaining term of the loan in connection with the transaction were approximately $1.2 for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The covenants remained unchanged from the previous debt and the Company was in compliance with the covenants.

5. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

        The following table summarizes the fair values of derivative instruments recorded in the Company's condensed consolidated balance sheets:

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
  Balance Sheet Location   September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Interest rate caps

  Other assets   $ 0.2   $ 2.7  

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

                 

Fuel commodity derivatives

  Other current liabilities     15.7     20.6  

Fuel commodity derivatives

  Other long term liabilities     2.9     6.7  

Total derivatives

      $ 18.4   $ 24.6  

        We have not offset fair value of assets and liabilities recognized for our derivative instruments.

    Interest Rate Cap

        In December 2012, the Company entered into four interest rate cap agreements to hedge the risk of a rise in interest rates and associated cash flows on its variable rate debt. The Company recorded a premium of $5.0 in other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets and amortizes the premium to interest expense based upon decreases in time value of the caps. Amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $1.5 and $1.9, respectively. The notional amounts of the contracts aggregated were approximately $797.1 as of September 30, 2015 and expire in tranches through 2016.

    Commodity Futures Contracts

        The Company utilizes fuel derivative instruments (commodity futures contracts) as economic hedges of the risk that fuel prices will fluctuate. The Company has used financial derivative instruments for both short-term and long-term time frames and utilizes fixed price swap price agreements to manage the identified risk. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

F-62


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

5. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (Continued)

        Changes in the fair value and settlements of the fuel derivative instruments are recorded in other income (expense), net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 were losses of $9.5 and $0, respectively. The market price of diesel fuel is unpredictable and can fluctuate significantly. Significant volatility in the price of fuel could adversely affect the business and reduce the Company's operating margins. For fiscal 2015 and 2016, we have fuel derivative contracts to manage our exposure to fluctuations in fuel pricing and as of September 30, 2015 we have 5.9 million gallons and 13.4 million gallons, respectively under fixed price contracts with strike prices ranging from $2.20 to $2.84 per gallon. If the mean price of the high and the low exceeds the contract price per gallon, we receive the difference between the average price and the contract price (multiplied by the notional gallons) from the counterparty. If the mean average price is less than the contract price per gallon, we pay the difference to the counterparty.

6. Income Taxes

        The Company's effective income tax benefit rate for continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 was 36% and 22%, respectively. The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 35% and reported income taxes from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was primarily due to recording additional valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets, as well as mix of income in the states in which the Company operates. The difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 34% and reported income taxes from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was primarily due to a permanent difference from an employee stock option plan and the effect of recording additional valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

        Financial Instruments —The Company has obtained letters of credit, performance bonds and insurance policies for the performance of landfill final capping, closure and post-closure requirements, environmental remediation, and other obligations. Letters of credit are supported by the Company's Revolver.

        Management does not expect that any claims against or draws on these instruments would have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements. The Company has not experienced any unmanageable difficulty in obtaining the required financial assurance instruments for its current operations. In an ongoing effort to mitigate risks of future cost increases and reductions in available capacity, the Company continues to evaluate various options to access cost-effective sources of financial assurance.

        Insurance —The Company carries insurance coverage for protection of its assets and operations from certain risks including automobile liability, general liability, real and personal property, workers' compensation, directors' and officers' liability, pollution legal liability and other coverages the Company believes are customary to the industry. The Company's exposure to loss for insurance claims is generally limited to the per incident deductible, or

F-63


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

self-insured retention, under the related insurance policy. Its exposure, however, could increase if its insurers are unable to meet their commitments on a timely basis.

        The Company has retained a significant portion of the risks related to its automobile, general liability, workers' compensation and health claims programs. For its self-insured retentions, the exposure for unpaid claims and associated expenses, including incurred but not reported losses, is based on an actuarial valuation and internal estimates. The accruals for these liabilities could be revised if future occurrences or loss development significantly differ from the Company's assumptions used. The Company does not expect the impact of any known casualty, property, environmental or other contingency to have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        Litigation and Other Matters —In February 2009, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries were named as defendants in a purported class action suit in the Circuit Court of Macon County, Alabama. Similar class action complaints were brought against the Company and certain of its subsidiaries in 2011 in Duval County, Florida and in 2013 in Quitman County, Georgia and Barbour County, Alabama, and in 2014 in Chester County, Pennsylvania. The Georgia complaint was dismissed in March 2014. The plaintiffs in those cases primarily allege that the defendants charged improper fees (fuel, administrative and environmental fees) that were in breach of the plaintiffs' service agreements with the Company and seek damages in an unspecified amount. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses against these purported class actions, which it will vigorously pursue. Given the inherent uncertainties of litigation, including the early stage of these cases, the unknown size of any potential class, and legal and factual issues in dispute, the outcome of these cases cannot be predicted and a range of loss, if any, cannot currently be estimated.

        In November 2014, the Attorney General of the State of Vermont filed a complaint against the Company relating to the Moretown, Vermont landfill regarding alleged odor and other environmental-related noncompliances with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. In the complaint, the Attorney General requested that the State of Vermont Superior Court find the Company liable for the alleged noncompliances, issue related civil penalties, and order the Company to reimburse the State of Vermont for enforcement costs. While the complaint does not specify a monetary penalty, prior correspondence from the Attorney General of the State of Vermont indicates that it may seek a penalty of $450,000 relating to the alleged noncompliances.

        The Company is subject to various other proceedings, lawsuits, disputes and claims and regulatory investigations arising in the ordinary course of its business. Many of these actions raise complex factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties. Actions filed against the Company include commercial, customer, and employment-related claims. The plaintiffs in some actions seek unspecified damages or injunctive relief, or both. These actions are in various procedural stages, and some are covered in part by insurance. Although we cannot predict the ultimate outcome and the range of loss cannot be currently estimated, we do not believe that the eventual outcome of any such action could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

F-64


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        Multiemployer Defined Benefit Pension Plans —Approximately 13.2% of the Company's workforce is covered by collective bargaining agreements with various union locals across our operating regions. As a result of some of these agreements, certain of the Company's subsidiaries are participating employers in a number of trustee-managed multiemployer, defined benefit pension plans for the affected employees. In connection with its ongoing renegotiation of various collective bargaining agreements, the Company may discuss and negotiate for the complete or partial withdrawal from one or more of these pension plans. A complete or partial withdrawal from a multiemployer pension plan may also occur if employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement vote to decertify a union from continuing to represent them. The Company is not aware of any such actions in connection with continuing operations. As a result of certain discontinued operations, the Company is potentially exposed to certain withdrawal liabilities. The Company does not believe that any future withdrawals, individually or in the aggregate, from the multiemployer plans to which we contribute could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or liquidity. However, such withdrawals could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for a particular reporting period, depending on the number of employees withdrawn in any future period and the financial condition of the multiemployer plan(s) at the time of such withdrawal(s).

        Tax Matters —The Company has open tax years dating back to 1998 in certain jurisdictions. Prior to the acquisition, MW Star Holdings, Corp. ("Veolia ES Solid Waste division") was part of a consolidated group and is still subject to IRS and state examinations dating back to 2004. Pursuant to the terms of the acquisition of Veolia ES Solid Waste, Inc., the Company is entitled to certain indemnifications for Veolia ES Solid Waste Division's pre-acquisition tax liabilities.

        The Company maintains a liability for uncertain tax positions, the balance of which management believes is adequate. Results of audit assessments by taxing authorities are not currently expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations or cash flows.

8. Segment and Related Information

        The Company currently manages and evaluates its operations primarily through its South, East and Midwest regional segments. These three groups are presented below as the Company's reportable segments. The Company's three geographic operating segments provide collection, transfer, disposal and recycling services. The Company serves residential, commercial and industrial, and municipal customers throughout its operating regions.

F-65


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

8. Segment and Related Information (Continued)

Summarized financial information concerning its reportable segments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 are shown in the table below:

 
  Service
Revenues
  Operating
Income (Loss)
  Depreciation and
Amortization
 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015

                   

South

  $ 368.6   $ 49.8   $ 54.6  

East

    272.8     16.4     56.7  

Midwest

    405.4     45.5     77.3  

Corporate

        (41.6 )   6.2  

  $ 1,046.8   $ 70.1   $ 194.8  

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

                   

South

  $ 372.0   $ 54.3   $ 55.7  

East

    268.4     4.8     63.0  

Midwest

    408.8     38.5     81.7  

Corporate

        (48.5 )   6.3  

  $ 1,049.2   $ 49.1   $ 206.7  

        Fluctuations in the Company's operating results may be caused by many factors, including period-to-period changes in the relative contribution of revenue by each line of business and operating segment and by general economic conditions. In addition, its revenues and income from operations typically reflect seasonal patterns. We expect our operating results to vary seasonally, with revenues typically lowest in the first quarter, higher in the second and third quarters and lower in the fourth quarter than in the second and third quarters. This seasonality reflects the lower volume of solid waste generated during the late fall, winter and early spring because of decreased construction and demolition activities during winter months in the United States. In addition, some of our operating costs may be higher in the winter months. Adverse winter weather conditions slow waste collection activities, resulting in higher labor and operational costs. Greater precipitation in the winter increases the weight of collected municipal solid waste, resulting in higher disposal costs, which are calculated on a per ton basis.

        Additionally, certain destructive weather conditions that tend to occur during the second half of the year, such as hurricanes that most often impact the South region, can increase the Company's revenues in the areas affected. While weather-related and other "one-time" occurrences can boost revenues through additional work, as a result of significant start-up costs and other factors, such revenue sometimes generates earnings at comparatively lower margins. Certain weather conditions, including severe winter storms, may result in the temporary suspension of the Company's operations, which can significantly affect the operating results of the affected regions.

F-66


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

9. Fair Value Measurements

    Assets and Liabilities Accounted for at Fair Value

        In measuring fair values of assets and liabilities, we use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs (Level 1) and minimize the use of unobservable inputs (Level 3). We also use market data or assumptions that we believe market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, including assumptions about risk when appropriate. The carrying value for certain of our financial instruments, including cash approximate fair value because of their short-term nature. The Company's assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following:

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement at September 30, 2015
Reporting Date Using
 
 
  Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total
Gains
(Losses)
  Carrying
Value
 

Recurring fair value measurements

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2.9   $ 2.9   $   $   $   $ 2.9  

Derivative instruments—Asset position

    0.2         0.2             0.2  

Derivative instruments—Liability position

    (18.6 ) $     (18.6 ) $   $   $ (18.6 )

Total recurring fair value measurements

  $ (15.5 ) $ 2.9   $ (18.4 ) $   $   $ (15.5 )

 

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2014
Reporting Date Using
 
 
  Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total
Gains
(Losses)
  Carrying
Value
 

Recurring fair value measurements

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1.0   $ 1.0   $   $   $   $ 1.0  

Restricted cash

    0.2     0.2                 0.2  

Derivative instruments—Asset position

    2.7         2.7             2.7  

Derivative instruments—Liability position

    (27.3 ) $     (27.3 ) $   $   $ (27.3 )

Total recurring fair value measurements

  $ (23.4 ) $ 1.2   $ (24.6 ) $   $   $ (23.4 )

F-67


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

9. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The fair values of our fuel hedges and interest rate caps are determined using standard option valuation models with assumptions about commodity prices based on those observed in underlying markets (Level 2 in fair value hierarchy).

    Fair Value of Debt

        The fair value of the Company's debt (Level 2) is estimated using indirectly observable market inputs, based on rates the Company would currently pay for similar types of instruments except for variable rate debt for which cost approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the interest rate. Although the Company has determined the estimated fair value amounts using available market information and commonly accepted valuation methodologies, considerable judgment is required in interpreting the information and in developing the estimated fair values. Therefore, these estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company, or holders of the instruments, could realize in a current market exchange. The fair value estimates are based on information available as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

        The estimated fair value of the Company's debt is as follows:

 
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Senior notes

  $ 550.0   $ 550.0  

Term Loan B

    1,660.2     1,692.2  

  $ 2,210.2   $ 2,242.2  

        The carrying value of the Company's debt at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was approximately $2,235.5 and $2,299.0, respectively.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, there were 4,750 annual and senior management and 6,410 strategic grant issuances under the Parent's stock option plan. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, 1,812 annual and senior management options were forfeited and 3,722 strategic options were forfeited. Further, 117 annual and senior management options and 715 strategic options were exercised for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2015 there were 41,747 options outstanding under the annual and senior management plan and 41,700 outstanding under the strategic plan. The weighted average exercise price of annual and strategic stock options were $686 and $608, respectively and the weighted average grant date fair value of annual and strategic stock options were $291 and $331, respectively.

        The weighted average remaining contractual term for the outstanding annual and senior management stock option plans was 6.3 years. The weighted average remaining contractual terms for the outstanding strategic option plan was 5.1 years. Total unrecognized compensation expense was approximately $3.5, which will be recognized over the next 2.4 years for annual awards and 3.6 years for strategic grants. For the nine months ended

F-68


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

September 30, 2015 and 2014, compensation expense was approximately $1.6 and $1.8, respectively.

11. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

        The changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, which is included as a component of stockholder's equity, are as follows:

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2015
 
 
  Gains and Losses
on Derivative
Instruments (a)
 

Balance, December 31, 2014

  $ 1.5  

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax

     

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

    (1.5 )

Net current period other comprehensive loss

    (1.5 )

Balance, September 30, 2015

  $  

(a)
Amounts in parentheses represent debits to accumulated other comprehensive income.

        There were no significant amounts reclassified into accumulated other comprehensive income.

        After tax reclassification adjustments decreased accumulated other comprehensive income by $1.5 and $0.1 primarily related to the interest rate caps for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

F-69


Table of Contents


ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in millions, except per share data)

12. Earnings Per Share

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2015   2014  

Amounts attributable to the Company:

             

Loss from continuing operations attributable to common share owners

  $ (24.8 ) $ (41.7 )

Income from discontinued operations attributable to common share owners

        0.3  

Net loss attributable to ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. common share owners for per-share calculations

  $ (24.8 ) $ (41.4 )

Per share loss from continuing operations attributable to common share owners

  $ (24,800 ) $ (41,700 )

Discontinued operations

    N/A   $ 300  

        The Company had 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding for each of the periods ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and no other anti-dilutive securities.

F-70


Table of Contents


LOGO

 


Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

 


21,428,571 Shares

Common Stock



Deutsche Bank Securities
Credit Suisse
Barclays

BofA Merrill Lynch
Macquarie Capital
Morgan Stanley
UBS Investment Bank
SMBC Nikko
First Analysis Securities Corp.

Prospectus

                           , 2016

 

 

Through and including                           , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee. Except as otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by us.

 
  Amount to
be paid
 

SEC Registration Fee

  $ 53,170  

FINRA Filing Fee

    79,700  

Legal Fees and Expenses

    1,900,000  

Accounting Fees and Expenses

    550,000  

Printing and Engraving Expenses

    310,000  

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees

    14,000  

Miscellaneous Expenses

    670,000  

Total

  $ 3,576,870  (1)

(1)
$1.5 million was prepaid in the third quarter of 2015 and therefore does not reduce net proceeds.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        We are a Delaware corporation. Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorney fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

II-1


Table of Contents

        Further subsections of DGCL Section 145 provide that:

    (1)
    to the extent a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith;

    (2)
    the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for pursuant to Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; and

    (3)
    the corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance of behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.

        As used in this Item 14, the term "proceeding" means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of us, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise.

        Section 145 of the DGCL makes provision for the indemnification of officers and directors in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify our officers and directors under certain circumstances from liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act. Our certificate of incorporation will provide, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, we will indemnify any and all of our officers and directors. Our certificate of incorporation also will relieve our directors from monetary damages to us or our stockholders for breach of such director's fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, a corporation may relieve its directors from personal liability to such corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as directors except (i) for a breach of the duty of loyalty, (ii) for failure to act in good faith, (iii) for intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (iv) for willful or negligent violations of certain provisions in the DGCL imposing certain requirements with respect to stock repurchases, redemptions and dividends, or (v) for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        We have purchased insurance policies which, within the limits and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, cover certain expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by directors and officers in connection with proceedings that may be brought against them as a result of an act or omission committed or suffered while acting as our director or officer.

        The form of Underwriting Agreement, to be entered into in connection with this offering and to be attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for the indemnification by the Underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        On October 9, 2012, we sold $550 million aggregate principal amount of 8 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2020 to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as initial purchasers at a cash purchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount. These securities were issued in a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering and thereby exempt from the registration requirements in reliance of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The 8 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2020 were sold to "qualified institutional buyers" within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act, without any general advertising or solicitation or were sold in sales occurring outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S.

        In December 2013, we exchanged all of the outstanding notes for registered notes with identical terms.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, in connection with the Reorganization, we are issuing shares of our common stock in exchange for outstanding shares of Advanced Disposal Services Corp. The issuance of such shares of common stock is not and will not be registered under the Securities Act and are being issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

    (a)
    Exhibits

        The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules

        No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings

    (a)
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    (b)
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it or them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-3


Table of Contents

    (c)
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted for the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be a part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For purposes of determining any liability under Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Ponte Vedra, State of Florida, on February 1, 2016.

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.    

By:

 

/s/ RICHARD BURKE

Richard Burke
Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ RICHARD BURKE

Richard Burke
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   February 1, 2016

/s/ STEVEN R. CARN

Steven R. Carn

 

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)

 

February 1, 2016

/s/ MATTHEW GUNNELSON

Matthew Gunnelson

 

Chief Accounting Officer, Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 1, 2016

*

Christopher Beall

 

Director

 

February 1, 2016

*

John Miller

 

Director

 

February 1, 2016

*

Bret Budenbender

 

Director

 

February 1, 2016

*

Jared Parker

 

Director

 

February 1, 2016

/s/ SERGIO PEDREIRO

Sergio Pedreiro

 

Director

 

February 1, 2016

*

Matthew Rinklin

 

Director

 

February 1, 2016

*By:   /s/ RICHARD BURKE

Richard Burke
Attorney-in-fact
   

II-5


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibits
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

2.1

*†

Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger between Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. and Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

 

3.1

*

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

 

4.1

*

Specimen Stock Certificate

 

4.2

 

Indenture, dated as of October 9, 2012, between ADS Waste Escrow Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

4.3

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 20, 2012 among certain subsidiaries of ADS Waste Holdings, Inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

4.4

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 20, 2012 between ADS Waste Holdings, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

4.5

**

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP

 

10.1

 

Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2012, among ADS Waste Escrow Corp. II, as escrow borrower, ADS Waste Holdings, Inc., as borrower upon the acquisition date, Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp., as intermediate holdings upon the acquisition date, the lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company, Americans, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as co-syndication agents, and Barclays Bank PLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as co-documentation agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013, as amended and/or supplemented by (i) Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 2013, (ii) Exhibit 10.1 (a) of the Company's Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 1, 2013 and (iii) Exhibit 10.1(a) of the Company's Amendment No. 6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2013)

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibits
  10.2   Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 8, 2013, to the credit agreement, dated as of October 9, 2012, among ADS Waste Holdings, Inc., Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent and collateral agent, issuing bank and swing line lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.3

 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of February 14, 2014, to the credit agreement, dated as of October 9, 2012, among ADS Waste Holdings, Inc., Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent and collateral agent, issuing bank and swing line lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 21, 2014)

 

10.4

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2012, by and among Veolia Environmental Services North America Corp., VES Solid Waste Holdings, LLC, and Star Atlantic Waste Holdings II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013, as amended and/or supplemented by (i) Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 17, 2013, (ii) Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 17, 2013, (iii) Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 17, 2013 and (iv) Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Amendment No. 6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2013)

 

10.5

 

Amendment, dated as of November 20, 2012, to the Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2012, by and among Veolia Environmental Services North America Corp., VES Solid Waste Holdings, LLC, and Star Atlantic Waste Holdings II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.6

**

Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors and Executive Officers of ADS Waste Holdings, Inc.

 

10.7

 

Executive Employment Agreement for Charles Appleby, dated November 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.7

a

Letter Agreement with Charles Appleby, dated June 20, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the company's Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2014)

 

10.8

 

Executive Employment Agreement for Richard Burke, dated November 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibits
  10.8a   Amendment No. 1 to Executive Employment Agreement with Richard Burke, dated July 18, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 24, 2014)

 

10.11

 

Executive Employment Agreement for Steven R. Carn, dated November 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.12

 

Executive Employment Agreement for John Spegal, dated May 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.13

 

2012 ADS Waste Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.14

**

Amendment No. 1 to 2012 ADS Waste Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan

 

10.15

**

Amendment No. 2 to 2012 ADS Waste Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan

 

10.16

 

Amended and Restated Share Price Protection Agreement, between the Company and Charles Appleby, dated December 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.17

 

Form of Senior Management Stock Option Award Agreement (for Substituted Option) under the Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.18

 

Form of Management Stock Option Award Agreement, Annual Award (for Substituted Option) under the Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.19

 

Form of Management Stock Option Award Agreement, Strategic Performance Award (Post-2009) (for Substituted Option) under the Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.20

 

Form of Management Stock Option Award Agreement/Strategic Performance Award (Pre-2010) (for Substituted Option) under the Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.21

 

Form of Senior Management Stock Option Award Agreement under the Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibits
  10.22   Form of Management Stock Option Award Agreement, Strategic Performance Award under the Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.23

 

Form of Management Stock Option Award Agreement, Annual Award under the Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2013)

 

10.24

**

Executive Employment Agreement for Michael K. Slattery, dated May 29, 2015

 

10.25

**

Executive Employment Agreement for William Westrate, dated May 1, 2015

 

10.26

**

Form of Advance Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.27

**

Form of Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan

 

10.28

*

Form of Award Agreement for Non-Qualified Stock Options for Executive Officers under the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.29

*

Form of Award Agreement for Incentive Stock Options for Executive Officers under the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.30

*

Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Shares for Executive Officers under the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.31

*

Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Share Units for Executive Officers under the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.32

**

Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Shares for Directors under the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.33

**

Form of Award Agreement for Non-Qualified Stock Options under the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.34

**

Form of Award Agreement for Incentive Stock Options under the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.35

**

Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Shares under the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.36

**

Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Share Units under the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

10.37

**

Form of Stockholders Agreement among Advanced Disposal Services, Inc., Star Atlantic Waste Holdings, L.P. and BTG Pactual GP Management LTD.

 

14.1

 

Code of Business Conduct (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 of the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2015)

 

21.1

**

Subsidiaries of ADS Waste Holdings, Inc.

 

23.1

*

Consent of Shearman & Sterling LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

23.2

*

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

24.1

**

Power of Attorney

II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibits
  101.INS ** XBRL Instance Document

 

101.INS

**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

101.CAL

**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

101.DEF

**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB

**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

101.PRE

**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*
Filed herewith.

**
Previously filed.

The Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger filed as Exhibit 2.1 omits certain of the schedules and exhibits to the Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger in accordance with Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A list briefly identifying the contents of all omitted schedules and exhibits is included with the Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger filed as Exhibit 2.1. ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

II-10




Exhibit 1.1

 

[               ] Shares

 

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 

($0.01 Par Value)

 

EQUITY UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

February [   ], 2016

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

As Representatives of the

Several Underwriters

 

c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street, 4th Floor

New York, New York 10005

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), OPTrust Infrastructure I Europe Inc., a shareholder of the Company, (the “ Selling Shareholder ”) propose to sell to the several underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) named on Schedule I hereto for whom you are acting as Representatives (the “ Representatives ”) an aggregate of [          ] shares (the “ Firm Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of which [          ] shares will be sold by the  Company and [         ] shares will be sold by the Selling Shareholder.  The respective amounts of the Firm Shares to be so purchased by the several Underwriters are set forth opposite their names on Schedule I hereto, and the respective amounts to be sold by the Selling Shareholder are set forth opposite its name on Schedule II hereto.  The Company and the Selling Shareholder are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the “ Sellers” .  The Company also proposes to sell at the Underwriters’ option an aggregate of up to [          ] additional shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Option Shares ”) as set forth below.

 

As the Representatives, you have advised the Company and the Selling Shareholder that the several Underwriters are willing, acting severally and not jointly, to purchase the numbers of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule I hereto, plus their pro rata

 



 

portion of the Option Shares if you elect to exercise the option in whole or in part for the accounts of the several Underwriters.  The Firm Shares and the Option Shares (to the extent the aforementioned option is exercised) are herein collectively called the “ Shares ”.

 

In consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and of the interests of the parties in the transactions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER .

 

(a) The Company represents and warrants to each of the Underwriters as follows:

 

(i) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 206508) with respect to the Shares has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and the rules and regulations (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) thereunder and has been filed with the Commission.  Copies of such registration statement, including any amendments thereto, the preliminary prospectuses (meeting the requirements of the Rules and Regulations) contained therein and the exhibits, financial statements and schedules, as finally amended and revised, have heretofore been delivered by the Company to you.  Such registration statement, together with any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act, is herein referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”, which shall be deemed to include all information omitted therefrom in reliance upon Rules 430A, 430B or 430C under the Act and contained in the Prospectus referred to below, has become effective under the Act and no post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed as of the date of this equity underwriting agreement (this “ Agreement ”).  “ Prospectus ” means the form of prospectus first filed with the Commission pursuant to and within the time limits described in Rule 424(b) under the Act. Each preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement prior to the time it becomes effective is herein referred to as a “ Preliminary Prospectus ”.

 

(ii)  As of the Applicable Time (as defined below) and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, neither (i) the General Use Free Writing Prospectus(es) (as defined below) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the Statutory Prospectus (as defined below) and the information included on Schedule V hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”), nor (ii) any individual Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below), when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included or will include any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to information contained in or omitted from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives, specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described in Section 12 hereof.

 

As used in this subsection and elsewhere in this Agreement:

 

2



 

Applicable Time ” means [      ] [a][p].m. (New York time) on the date of this Agreement or such other time as agreed to by the Company and the Representatives.

 

General Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”) that is identified on Schedule IV hereto.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 433 under the Act, including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations of the Act (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Shares that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission or (iii) excepted from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Shares or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not a General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

Statutory Prospectus ” means the Preliminary Prospectus dated [       ], 2016.

 

(iii)          The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with requisite power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  Each of the subsidiaries of the Company as listed in Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Subsidiaries ”) has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation, limited liability company or similar entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with requisite power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  The Subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to Item 16(a) of the Registration Statement are the only “significant subsidiaries” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X).  The Company and each of the Subsidiaries are duly qualified to transact business in all jurisdictions in which the conduct of their business requires such qualification except where the failure to be so qualified would not (i) have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the earnings, business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and of the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (the occurrence of any such effect or any such prevention described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to as a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).  The outstanding shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of each of the Subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and, other than as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are owned by the Company or another Subsidiary free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and equities and claims; and no options, warrants or other rights to purchase,

 

3



 

agreements or other obligations to issue or other rights to convert any obligations into shares of capital stock or ownership interests in the Subsidiaries are outstanding.

 

(iv)          The outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, including all shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholder, have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and when issued and paid for as contemplated herein will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and no preemptive or similar rights of stockholders exist with respect to any of the Shares or the issue and sale thereof.  Neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights, other than those which have been waived or satisfied, for or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock.

 

(v)           The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth under the caption “Capitalization” in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any similar section or information contained in the General Disclosure Package).  All of the Shares conform, in all material respects, to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  The form of certificates for the Shares conforms, in all material respects, to the corporate law of the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation and to any requirements of the Company’s organizational documents.  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein or in this Agreement, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities; (ii) incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (iii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.

 

(vi)          The Commission has not issued an order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus relating to the proposed offering of the Shares, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act has been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission. The Registration Statement contains, and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto will contain, all statements which are required to be stated therein by, and will conform to, the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.  The Registration Statement and any amendments thereto as of their respective applicable effective dates do not contain, and will not contain, any untrue statement of a material fact and do not omit, and will not omit, to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Prospectus and any amendments and supplements thereto as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment and supplements thereto, do not contain, and will not contain, any untrue statement of a material fact and do not omit, and will not omit, to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the

 

4



 

Representatives, specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described in Section 12 hereof.

 

(vii)         No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified.  The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Shares.

 

(viii)            The Company has not, directly or indirectly, distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and other materials, if any, permitted under the Act and consistent with Section 4(a)(ii)  hereof.  The Company will file with the Commission all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses in the time required under Rule 433(d) under the Act.

 

(ix)          At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act, without taking into account any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 under the Act that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer).

 

(x)           The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, together with related notes and schedules as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company and the consolidated Subsidiaries, at the indicated dates and for the indicated periods.  Such financial statements and related schedules have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted principles of accounting (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved, except as disclosed therein.  The summary and selected consolidated financial and statistical data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein at the indicated dates and for the indicated periods and such data has been compiled on a basis consistent with the financial statements presented therein, except as disclosed therein.  All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the Rules and Regulations) comply with Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Act, to the extent applicable.  The Company and the Subsidiaries do not have any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent (including any off-balance sheet obligations or any “variable interest entities” within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46, not disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  There are no financial statements (historical or pro forma) that are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not included as required .

 

5



 

(xi)          Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain of the financial statements filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “ PCAOB ”) as required by the Act.

 

(xii)         Solely to the extent that the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) have been applicable to the Company, there is and has been no failure on the part of the Company to comply in all material respects with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  As of the date of the initial filing of the registration statement referred to in Section 1(a)(i) hereof, except as otherwise disclosed in such Registration Statement, there were no outstanding personal loans made, directly or indirectly, by the Company to any director or executive officer of the Company.

 

(xiii)        Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no legal, governmental, administrative or regulatory investigation, action, suit, claim or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or which has as the subject thereof, any property of the Company or its subsidiaries, before any court or regulatory or administrative agency or otherwise which if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xiv)        The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all of the properties and assets reflected in the consolidated financial statements hereinabove described or described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, subject to no lien, mortgage, pledge, charge or encumbrance of any kind except those reflected in such financial statements or described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or which (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) would reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company and its subsidiaries occupy their leased properties under valid and binding leases conforming in all material respects to the description thereof set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(xv)         The Company and its subsidiaries have timely filed all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax returns which have been required to be filed taking into account any extensions thereof and have timely paid all taxes required to be paid and all assessments received by them or any of them to the extent that such taxes have become due except to the extent that any such taxes or assessments may be being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and except where failure to make such filing or payment would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  All tax liabilities have been adequately provided for in the financial statements of the Company, and the Company does not know of any actual or proposed additional material tax assessments.

 

6



 

(xvi)        Since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in or affecting the earnings, business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and of the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not occurring in the ordinary course of business, (ii) there has not been any material transaction entered into by the Company or its subsidiaries, other than transactions in the ordinary course of business and transactions described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as each may be amended or supplemented, and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(xvii)       Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is, (i) in violation of its certificate or articles of incorporation, charter, by-laws, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational documents, as applicable, (ii) in default under any agreement, lease, contract, indenture or other instrument or obligation to which it is a party or by which it, or any of its properties, is bound or (iii) in violation of any law, order, rule or regulation judgment, order, writ or decree applicable to the Company or any subsidiary, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), for such violations or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default, as applicable, under (a) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any subsidiary or any of their respective properties is bound, (b)of the certificate of incorporation or formation, articles of incorporation or association, charter, by-laws or other organizational documents, as applicable, of the Company or (c) any law, order, rule or regulation judgment, order, writ or decree applicable to the Company or any subsidiary of any court or of any government, regulatory body or administrative agency or other governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, or any of their properties or assets, except in the case of clauses (a) and (c), for such violations or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xviii)      The execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(xix)        No approval, consent, order or authorization, of any regulatory, administrative or other governmental body is required in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated (except such additional steps as may be required by the Commission, FINRA or such additional

 

7



 

steps as may be necessary to qualify the Shares for public offering by the Underwriters under state securities or Blue Sky laws).

 

(xx)         Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries (i) hold all licenses, registrations, certificates and permits from governmental authorities (collectively, “ Governmental Licenses ”) which are necessary to the conduct of their business, (ii) has fulfilled and performed all of its material obligations with respect to such Government Licenses, and (iii) have not received any written or other notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental License.

 

(xxi)        The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess the right to use all patents, inventions, trademarks, trade names, service marks, trade secrets, copyrights, license rights, and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”) reasonably necessary to conduct their business as presently conducted except where failure to own or possess such rights would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is infringing, misappropriating, conflicting with, or otherwise violation any Intellectual Property of any other person or entity, nor have the Company nor any of its subsidiaries received any written notice of infringement of, misappropriation of, conflict with or violation of, any Intellectual Property of any other person or entity, where such infringements, misappropriations, conflicts or violations would, individually or in the aggregate and if the subject of an unfavorable decision, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has no knowledge of any infringement, misappropriation, conflict with, or violation by others of Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

(xxii)       Reserved.

 

(xxiii)      Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its affiliates, has taken or may take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the shares of Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

 

(xxiv)     The Company is not and after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds from the offering and sale of the shares as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “ 1940 Act ”).

 

(xxv)      The Company maintains a system of “internal control over financial reporting”, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that complies in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide

 

8



 

reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, and there has been no change in internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus . The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

(xxvi)     The Company has established and maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c) under the Exchange Act); the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” are reasonably designed to ensure that all information (both financial and non-financial) required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, and that all such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and to make the certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company required under the Exchange Act with respect to such reports.

 

(xxvii)    The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably believes are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

 

(xxviii)   The operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements, including without limitation those of Title 18 U.S. Code section 1956 and 1957, the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “ USA PATRIOT Act ”), the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, and any international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization, such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, of which the United States is a member and with which designation the United States representative to the group or organization continues to concur, all as amended, and any Executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or

 

9



 

governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of the Subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(xxix)     Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is currently the target of any sanctions administered by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”), the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or any applicable sanctions imposed by any other body, governmental or other, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the target of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and the Crimea Region of Ukraine); neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries have knowingly engaged in during the past five years, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any country or territory that is the subject or the target of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Securities hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding or facilitating, is the target of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

(xxx)      Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries: (i) has used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, property, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) has made, taken or will take any action in furtherance of any direct or indirect unlawful payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign or domestic government official or employee (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office); (iii) has made, offered, or taken an act in furtherance of any bribe, unlawful rebate, payoff, influence payment, property, gift, kickback or other unlawful payment; or (iv) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or the OECD Convention on Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions (“ OECD Convention ”), the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ FCPA ”) or any applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws or regulations to which the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject.  The

 

10


 

Company, the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, their Affiliates have each conducted their businesses on behalf of the Company in compliance with the FCPA and any applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws or regulations and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure continued compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

 

(xxxi)     The Company and each of the Subsidiaries carry, or are covered by, insurance, from insurers of recognized financial responsibility, in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties and as is prudent and customary for companies engaged in similar businesses.

 

(xxxii)    Each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ ERISA ”)) established or maintained by the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization that is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) (each a “ Plan ”) (i) is in compliance in all material respects with all presently applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code; (ii) with respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (a) no “reportable event” (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) has occurred for which the Company or any member of its Controlled Group would have any liability; and (b) neither the Company nor any member of its Controlled Group has incurred or expects to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than for contributions to the Plan or premiums payable to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, in each case in the ordinary course and without default); (iii) no Plan which is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA has failed to satisfy the minimum funding standard within the meaning of such sections of the Code or ERISA; and (iv) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.

 

(xxxiv)   Except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (i) the Company and each Subsidiary have complied and are in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local, foreign and international laws (including the common law), statutes, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, decrees or other legally binding requirements of any court, administrative agency or other governmental authority relating to pollution or to the protection of the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, or to the manufacture, use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of hazardous or toxic substances, pollutants, contaminants or wastes, or the arrangement for such activities (“ Environmental Laws ”); (ii) the Company and each Subsidiary have obtained and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, authorizations or other approvals required of them under Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; (iii) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding (including a notice of violation) under any Environmental Laws (a) to which a governmental authority is also a party and which involves potential monetary sanctions, unless it could reasonably be expected that such

 

11



 

proceeding will result in monetary sanctions of less than $100,000, or (b) which is otherwise material; and no such proceeding has been threatened or is known to be contemplated; (iv) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received notice or is otherwise aware of any pending or threatened claim under Environmental Laws in respect of its past or present business, operations (including the disposal of hazardous substances at any off-site location), facilities or real property (whether owned, leased or operated) or on account of any predecessor or any person whose liability under any Environmental Laws it has agreed to assume; and (v) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is aware of any matters regarding compliance with existing or reasonably anticipated Environmental Laws that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

(xxxvi)  There are no relationships, direct or indirect, or related-party transactions involving the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus which have not been described in such documents and the General Disclosure Package as required.

 

(xxxviii)  No material labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened.

 

(xil)  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

 

(b)  The Selling Shareholder represents and warrants as follows:

 

(i)            The Selling Shareholder as of the date of this Agreement has and at the Closing Date (as such date is hereinafter defined) will have good and marketable title to the Firm Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholder, free and clear of any liens, encumbrances, equities and claims, and full right, power and authority to effect the sale and delivery of such Firm Shares.

 

(ii)           The Selling Shareholder has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Custody Agreement referred to below and to perform its obligations under such Agreements. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholder; enforceable against the Selling Shareholder in accordance with its terms. The Custody Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholder and is a valid and binding agreement of the Selling Shareholder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by the Selling Shareholder of the transactions herein contemplated will not require any consent, approval, authorization, or other order of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body (except as may be required under the Act, state securities laws or Blue Sky

 

12



 

laws) and will not result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Selling Shareholder is a party, or be in violation of any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Selling Shareholder of any court or of any regulatory body or administrative agency or other governmental body having jurisdiction.

 

(iii)          The Selling Shareholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to, or which has constituted, or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Stock of the Company and, other than as permitted by the Act, the Selling Shareholder will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering of the Shares.

 

(iv)          The sale of the Firm Shares by the Selling Shareholder pursuant hereto is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or any of the Subsidiaries except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(v)           As of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be , the information furnished by the Selling Shareholder for use in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Selling Shareholder consists of the information described as such in Section 12(b)  hereof, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact  in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(vi)          No consent, approval or waiver is required under any instrument or agreement to which the Selling Shareholder is a party or by which the Selling Shareholder is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or benefit, in connection with the offering, sale or purchase by the Underwriters of any of the Shares which may be sold by the Selling Shareholder under this Agreement or the consummation by the Selling Shareholder of any of the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(vii)         There are no affiliations or associations between any member of FINRA and the Selling Shareholder or any affiliate of such Selling Shareholder.

 

(viii)        The Selling Shareholder is not a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

 

(ix)          The Selling Shareholder has not prepared or had prepared on its behalf or used or referred to any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act and has not distributed any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares.

 

13



 

(x)           The Selling Shareholder is not a Person that is currently the target of Sanctions; and the Selling Shareholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently the target of Sanctions.

 

(xi)          The Selling Shareholder is in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Anti-Money Laundering Laws, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any Selling Shareholder with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Selling Shareholder’s knowledge, threatened.

 

(xii)  The Selling Shareholder has not taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any domestic government official or “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA; and the Selling Shareholder has conducted its business in compliance with the FCPA, U.K. Bribery Act 2010, and all other applicable anti-bribery statutes and regulations.

 

2.                                       PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF THE SHARES .

 

(a)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, and subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Sellers agree to sell to the Underwriters and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase, at a price of $[     ] per share, the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of each Underwriter on Schedule I hereto, subject to adjustments in accordance with Section 8 hereof.  The number of Firm Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter from each Seller shall be as nearly as practicable in the same proportion to the total number of Firm Shares being sold by each Seller as the number of Firm Shares being purchased by each Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares to be sold hereunder.  The obligations of the Company and the Selling Shareholder shall be several and not joint; provided however that the Company has agreed to pay the Underwriter discounts and commissions on behalf of the Selling Shareholder and such discounts and commissions shall be netted out of the aggregate price paid to the Company by the Underwriters.

 

(b)  Certificates in negotiable form for the total number of the Shares to be sold hereunder by the Selling Shareholder have been placed in custody with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as custodian (the “ Custodian ”) pursuant to the Custody Agreement executed by the Selling Shareholder for delivery of all Firm Shares to be sold hereunder by the Selling Shareholder.  The Selling Shareholder specifically agrees that the Firm Shares represented by the certificates held in custody for the Selling Shareholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by the Selling Shareholder for such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of the Selling Shareholder hereunder shall not

 

14



 

be terminable by any act or deed of the Selling Shareholder (or by any other person, firm or corporation including the Company, the Custodian or the Underwriters) or by operation of law (including  dissolution of  the Selling Shareholder) or by the occurrence of any other event or events, except as set forth in the Custody Agreement.  If any such event should occur prior to the delivery to the Underwriters of the Firm Shares hereunder, certificates for the Firm Shares, as the case may be, shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such event has not occurred.  The Custodian is authorized to receive and acknowledge receipt of the proceeds of sale of the Shares held by it against delivery of such Shares.

 

(c)  Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold hereunder is to be made in federal (same day) funds to an account designated by the Company for the shares to be sold by it and to an account designated by the Custodian for the shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholder, in each case against delivery of certificates therefor to the Representatives for the several accounts of the Underwriters.  Such payment and delivery are to be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the third business day after the date of this Agreement or at such other time and date not later than five business days thereafter as you and the Company shall agree upon, such time and date being herein referred to as the “ Closing Date ”.  As used herein, “ business day ” means a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which banks in New York are open for business and not permitted by law or executive order to be closed.

 

(d)  In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase the Option Shares at the price per share as set forth in Section 2(a) hereof, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.  The maximum number of Option Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters  is set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule III hereto.  The option granted hereby may be exercised in whole or in part by giving written notice (i) at any time before the Closing Date and (ii) at any time, from time to time thereafter within 30 days after the date of this Agreement, by you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, to the Company, setting forth the number of Option Shares as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the time and date at which such certificates are to be delivered.  The time and date at which certificates for Option Shares are to be delivered shall be determined by the Representatives but shall not be earlier than three nor later than 10 full business days after the exercise of such option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Date (such time and date being herein referred to as the “ Option Closing Date ”).  If the date of exercise of the option is three or more days before the Closing Date, the notice of exercise shall set the Closing Date as the Option Closing Date.  The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be in the same proportion to the total number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Firm Shares being purchased by such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares, adjusted by you in such manner as to avoid fractional shares.  You, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, may cancel such option at any time prior to its expiration by giving written notice of such cancellation to the Company.  To the extent, if any, that the option is exercised, payment for the Option Shares shall be made on the Option Closing Date in federal (same day) funds drawn to the

 

15



 

order of the Company for the Option Shares to be sold by it against delivery of certificates therefor through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York.

 

(e)  If on the Closing Date the Selling Shareholder fails to sell the Firm Shares which the Selling Shareholder has agreed to sell on such date as set forth on Schedule II hereto, the Company agrees that it will sell or arrange for the sale of that number of shares of Common Stock to the Underwriters which represents Firm Shares which the Selling Shareholder has failed to so sell, as set forth on Schedule II hereto, or such lesser number as may be requested by the Representatives.

 

3.                                       OFFERING BY THE UNDERWRITERS .

 

It is understood that the several Underwriters are to make a public offering of the Firm Shares as soon as the Representatives deem it advisable to do so.  The Firm Shares are to be initially offered to the public at the initial public offering price set forth in the Prospectus.  The Representatives may from time to time thereafter change the public offering price and other selling terms.

 

It is further understood that you will act as the Representatives for the Underwriters in the offering and sale of the Shares in accordance with a Master Agreement Among Underwriters entered into by you and the several other Underwriters.

 

4.                                       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER .

 

(a)  The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

 

(i) The Company will (A) prepare and timely file with the Commission under Rule 424(b) under the Act a Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives containing information previously omitted at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement in reliance on Rules 430A, 430B or 430C under the Act, (B) not file any amendment to the Registration Statement or distribute an amendment or supplement to the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus of which the Representatives shall not previously have been advised and furnished with a copy or to which the Representatives shall have reasonably objected in writing or which is not in compliance with the Rules and Regulations and (C) file on a timely basis all reports and any definitive proxy or information statements required to be filed by the Company with the Commission subsequent to the date of the Prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering of the Shares by the Underwriters.

 

(ii) The Company will (i) not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) required to be filed by the Company with the Commission under Rule 433 under the Act unless the Representatives approve its use in writing prior to first use (each, a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus ”); provided that the prior written consent of the Representatives hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) included on Schedule V hereto, (ii)  treat each Permitted Free

 

16



 

Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (iii) comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including the requirements relating to timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping and (iv) not take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that such Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

 

(iii) The Company will prepare a final term sheet (the “ Final Term Sheet ”) reflecting the final terms of the Shares, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, and shall file such Final Term Sheet as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus pursuant to Rule 433 under the Act prior to the close of business two business days after the date hereof; provided that the Company shall provide the Representatives with copies of any such Final Term Sheet a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing and will not use or file any such document to which the Representatives or counsel to the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

(iv) The Company will advise the Representatives promptly (A) when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto shall have become effective, (B) of receipt of any comments from the Commission, (C) when any supplement to the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed, (D) of any request of the Commission for amendment of the Registration Statement or for supplement to the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or for any additional information, (E) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any, or of the institution of any proceedings for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act, (F) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, and (G) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.  The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order referred to in clause (E) or (G) of this paragraph and to obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof, if issued.

 

(v)  The Company will cooperate with the Representatives in endeavoring to qualify the Shares for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably have designated in writing and will make such applications, file such documents, and furnish such information as may be reasonably required for that purpose; provided that the Company shall not be required to (x) qualify as a foreign corporation or dealer in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise by required to so qualify, (y) file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or required to file such a consent, or (z) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.  The Company will,

 

17



 

from time to time, prepare and file such statements, reports, and other documents, as are or may be required to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a period as the Representatives may reasonably request for distribution of the Shares.

 

(vi)  The Company will deliver to, or upon the order of, the Representatives, from time to time, as many copies of any Preliminary Prospectus as the Representatives may reasonably request.  The Company will deliver to, or upon the order of, the Representatives, from time to time, as many copies of any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as the Representatives may reasonably request.  The Company will deliver to, or upon the order of, the Representatives during the period when delivery of a Prospectus (or, in lieu thereof, the notice referred to under Rule 173(a) under the Act) (the “ Prospectus Delivery Period ”) is required under the Act, as many copies of the Prospectus in final form, or as thereafter amended or supplemented, as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(vii)  The Company will comply with the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Shares as contemplated in this Agreement and the Prospectus.  If during the period in which a prospectus (or, in lieu thereof, the notice referred to under Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required by law to be delivered by an Underwriter or dealer, any event or development shall occur as a result of which, in the judgment of the Company or in the reasonable opinion of the Underwriters, it becomes necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or, if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with any law, the Company promptly will either (i) prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or (ii) prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate filing under the Exchange Act which shall be incorporated by reference in the Prospectus so that the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when it is so delivered, be misleading, or so that the Prospectus will comply with the law.

 

(viii)  If the General Disclosure Package is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which, in the judgment of the Company or in the reasonable opinion of the Underwriters, it becomes necessary to amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or to make the statements therein not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package to comply with any law, the Company promptly will either (i) prepare, file with the Commission (if required) and furnish to the Underwriters and any dealers an appropriate amendment or supplement to the General Disclosure Package or (ii) prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate filing under the Exchange Act which shall be incorporated by reference in the General Disclosure Package so that the General Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances, be misleading or conflict with the Registration Statement then on file, or so that the General Disclosure Package will comply with law.

 

18



 

(ix)  The Company will make generally available to its security holders, as soon as it is practicable to do so, but in any event not later than 15 months after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) in reasonable detail, covering a period of at least 12 consecutive months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act and will advise you in writing when such statement has been so made available.

 

(x)  Prior to the Closing Date, the Company will furnish to the Underwriters, as soon as they have been prepared by or are available to the Company, a copy of any unaudited interim financial statements of the Company for any period subsequent to the period covered by the most recent financial statements appearing in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(xi)  No offering, pledge, sale, contract to sell, short sale or other disposition of any shares of Common Stock of the Company or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock or derivative of Common Stock (or agreement for such) will be made for a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, directly or indirectly, by the Company otherwise than hereunder or with the prior written consent of the Representatives.

 

(xii)  The Company will use its best efforts to list the Shares, subject to notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange, effect and maintain the listing of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(xiii)  The Company has caused each officer and director and certain shareholders of the Company to execute and deliver to you, on or prior to the date of this agreement, a letter or letters, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Lockup Agreement ”).  If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a Lockup Agreement for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto, at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(xiv)  The Company shall apply the net proceeds of its sale of the Shares as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and shall file such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required in accordance with Rule 463 under the Act.

 

(xv)  The Company shall not invest, or otherwise use the proceeds received by the Company from its sale of the Shares in such a manner as would require the Company or any of the Subsidiaries to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

 

19



 

(xvi)  The Company will maintain a transfer agent and, if necessary under the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a registrar for the Common Stock.

 

(xvii)  The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company.

 

(b)   The Selling Shareholder covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

 

(i)  No offering, pledge, sale, contract to sell, short sale or other disposition of any shares of Common Stock of the Company or other securities convertible into or, exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or derivative of Common Stock owned by the Selling Shareholder or request the registration for the offer or sale of any of the foregoing  (or as to which the Selling Shareholder has the right to direct the disposition of) will be made prior to the Closing Date.

 

(ii)  The Selling Shareholder agrees to deliver to the Underwriters prior to or at the Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury regulations in lieu thereof).

 

(iii)  The Selling Shareholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company.

 

(iv)  The Selling Shareholder agrees that it will not prepare or have prepared on its behalf or use or refer to, any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act), and agrees that it will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares.

 

(v)  During the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Selling Shareholder will advise the Representatives promptly, and will confirm such advice in writing to the Representatives, of any change in the information relating to the Selling Shareholder in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any document comprising the General Disclosure Package.

 

5.                                       COSTS AND EXPENSES .

 

The Company will pay all costs, expenses and fees incident to the performance of the obligations of the Underwriters and the Selling Shareholder under this Agreement, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following: (i) accounting fees of the Company; (ii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Selling Shareholder; (iii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer, stamp, issuance or other taxes payable thereon; (iv) any roadshow expenses; (v) the cost of printing and delivering to, or as requested by, the Underwriters copies of

 

20


 

the R egistration Statement, Preliminary Prospectuses, the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, the Prospectus, this Agreement, the listing application, any Blue Sky survey, in each case, any supplements or amendments thereto; (vi) the filing fees of the Commission; (vii) the filing fees and expenses (including legal fees and disbursements) incident to securing any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (viii) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange; (ix)  the cost of printing certificates, if any, representing the Shares; (x) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary; (xi) the costs and expenses (including without limitation any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Shares made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation in Section 1(a)(ii)  hereof); and (xii) the expenses, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, incurred in connection with the qualification of the Shares under foreign or state securities or Blue Sky laws and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters). Any transfer taxes imposed on the sale of the Shares to the several Underwriters will be paid by the Sellers pro rata. The Sellers shall not, however, be required to pay for any of the Underwriter’s expenses (other than those related to qualification under FINRA regulation and state securities or Blue Sky laws) except that, if this Agreement shall not be consummated because the conditions in Section 6 hereof are not satisfied, or because this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 10 hereof, or by reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of the Company or the Selling Shareholder to perform any undertaking or satisfy any condition of this Agreement or to comply with any of the terms hereof on their part to be performed, unless such failure, refusal or inability is due primarily to the default or omission of any Underwriter, the Company shall reimburse the several Underwriters for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, marketing and proposing to market the Shares or in contemplation of performing their obligations hereunder; but the Company and the Selling Shareholder shall not in any event be liable to any of the several Underwriters for damages on account of loss of anticipated profits from the sale by them of the Shares.

 

6.                                       CONDITIONS OF OBLIGATIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS .

 

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Firm Shares on the Closing Date and the Option Shares, if any, on the Option Closing Date are subject to the accuracy, as of the Applicable Time, the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Shareholder contained herein, and to the performance by the Company and the Selling Shareholder of their covenants and obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a)  The Registration Statement and all post-effective amendments thereto shall have become effective and the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus required shall have been filed as required by Rules 424, 430A, 430B, 430C or 433 under the Act, as applicable, within the time period prescribed by, and in compliance with, the Rules and Regulations, and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement or otherwise) shall have been disclosed to the Representatives and complied with to its reasonable

 

21



 

satisfaction.  No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, as amended from time to time, shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Act shall have been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Selling Shareholder, shall be threatened by the Commission and no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature by a federal or state court of competent jurisdiction shall have been issued as of the Closing Date which would prevent the issuance of the Shares.

 

(b)  The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP, counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, addressed to the Underwriters substantially in the form of Annex A hereto.

 

(c)  The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date the opinion of Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, counsel for the Selling Shareholder, dated the Closing Date, as the case may be, addressed to the Underwriters substantially in the form of Annex B hereto.

 

(d)  The Representatives shall have received from Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, an opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(e)  The Representatives shall have received, on each of the date hereof, the Closing Date and, if applicable, the Option Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof, the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to you, of Ernst & Young LLP confirming that they are an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations and the PCAOB and stating that in their opinion the financial statements and schedules examined by them and included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related Rules and Regulations; and containing such other statements and information as is ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial and statistical information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(f)  The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date and, if applicable, the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate or certificates of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to the effect that, as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, each of them severally represents as follows:

 

(i)  The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or no order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued, and no proceedings for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act have been taken or are, to his or her knowledge, threatened by the Commission;

 

22



 

(ii)  The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 1 hereof are true and correct as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be;

 

(iii)  All filings required to have been made pursuant to Rules 424, 430A, 430B or 430C under the Act have been made as and when required by such rules;

 

(iv)  He or she has carefully examined the General Disclosure Package and any individual Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus and, in his or her opinion, as of the Applicable Time, the statements contained in the General Disclosure Package and any individual Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact, and such General Disclosure Package and any individual Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(v)  He or she has carefully examined the Registration Statement and, in his or her opinion, as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, and since the effective date of the Registration Statement, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement to or an amendment of the Prospectus which has not been so set forth in such supplement or amendment;

 

(vi)  He or she has carefully examined the Prospectus and, in his or her opinion, as of its date and the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus and any amendments and supplements thereto did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

 

(vii)  Since the end of the period covered by the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package, there has not been any material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in or affecting the business, management, properties, assets, rights, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

(g)           The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate of the Selling Shareholder to the effect that, as of the Closing Date, it represents as follows:

 

(i)  The representations and warranties of the Selling Shareholder contained in Section 1 hereof are true and correct as of the Closing Date, as the case may be; and

 

23



 

(ii) The Selling Shareholder has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or prior to such date.

 

(h)           The Representatives shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a certificate dated the date hereof, the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, signed by the Chief Financial Officer in his capacity as such on behalf of the Company, in the form previously agreed among the parties hereto.

 

(i)            On or prior to the date hereof, the Selling Shareholder shall have furnished for review by the Representatives executed copies of the Custody Agreement.

 

(j)  The Company and the Selling Shareholder shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents confirming the representations and warranties, covenants and conditions contained herein and related matters as the Representatives may reasonably have requested.

 

(k)  The Firm Shares and Option Shares, if any, have been duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(l)  The Lockup Agreements described in Section 4(xiii)  hereof are in full force and effect.

 

(m)  No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company or the sale of the Shares by the Selling Shareholder; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company or the sale of the Shares by the Selling Shareholder.

 

The opinions and certificates mentioned in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in all material respects satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

If any of the conditions hereinabove provided for in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement to be fulfilled, the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be terminated by the Representatives by notifying the Company and the Selling Shareholder of such termination in writing at or prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

In such event, the Selling Shareholder, the Company and the Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to each other (except to the extent provided in Sections 5 and 7 hereof).

 

24



 

7.                                       INDEMNIFICATION .

 

(a) The Company agrees:

 

(i)  to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several,  to which that Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) arises out of, or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) with respect to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus, or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 12(a)  hereof; and

 

(ii)  to indemnify and hold harmless the Selling Shareholder, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls the Selling Shareholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint and several, to which the Selling Shareholder, and its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or controlling person, may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) arises out of, or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) with respect to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus, or such amendment or supplement,

 

25



 

in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Selling Shareholder specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Selling Shareholder consists of the information described as such in Section 12(b)  hereof; and

 

(iii) to reimburse each of the Underwriters and the Selling Shareholder, each of the Underwriters’ and Selling Shareholders’ respective directors and officers, and each such controlling person for any legal or other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter, the Selling Shareholder or such respective controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or in responding to a subpoena or governmental inquiry related to the offering of the Shares, whether or not such Underwriter, the Selling Shareholder or such respective controlling person is a party to any action or proceeding.  In the event that it is finally judicially determined that the Underwriters were not entitled to receive payments for legal and other expenses pursuant to this subparagraph, the Underwriters will promptly return all sums that had been advanced pursuant hereto. In the event that it is finally judicially determined that the Selling Shareholder was not entitled to receive payments for legal and other expenses pursuant to this subparagraph, the Selling Shareholder will promptly return all sums that had been advanced pursuant hereto.

 

(b)  The Selling Shareholder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof), joint or several, to which that Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Act or otherwise to the same extent as indemnity is provided by the Company pursuant to Section 7(a)  hereof; provided , however , that the aggregate indemnification liability of the Selling Shareholder shall not exceed the gross proceeds received by the Selling Shareholder from the sale of the Shares sold by the Selling Shareholder in the public offering pursuant to this Agreement; and provided, further that the Selling Shareholder shall be liable only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information relating to the Selling Shareholder furnished by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholder to the Company or the Representatives, specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that only such information furnished by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholder consists of the information described in Section 12(b)  hereof.  This indemnity obligation will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

 

(c)  Each Underwriter severally and not jointly will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the Registration Statement, the Selling Shareholder, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Selling Shareholder within the meaning of Section 15 the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or any such director, officer, the Selling Shareholder or controlling person may become subject under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are

 

26



 

based upon (i)  any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) with respect to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made; and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, the Selling Shareholder or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage or liability; provided , however , that each Underwriter will be liable in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission has been made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus , the Prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 12 hereof.  This indemnity obligation will be in addition to any liability which such Underwriter may otherwise have.

 

(d)  In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Section 7 , such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing.  No indemnification provided for in Section 7(a) , (b) , or (c)  hereof shall be available to any party who shall fail to give notice as provided in this Section 7(d)  if the party to whom notice was not given was unaware of the proceeding to which such notice would have related and was materially prejudiced by the failure to give such notice, but the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party or parties from any liability which it or they may have to the indemnified party for contribution or otherwise than on account of the provisions of Section 7(a) , (b) , or (c)  hereof.  In case any such proceeding shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party and shall pay as incurred the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel at its own expense.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnifying party shall pay as incurred (or within 30 days of presentation) the fees and expenses of the counsel retained by the indemnified party in the event (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them or (iii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense and employ counsel acceptable to the indemnified party within a reasonable period of time after notice of commencement of the action.

 

27



 

Such firm shall be designated in writing by you in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 7(a), (b), or (c)  hereof and by the Company and the Selling Shareholder in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 7(c)  hereof.  The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  In addition, the indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such claim, action or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.  If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

(e)  To the extent the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 7(a) , (b) , or (c)   hereof in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares.  If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect  not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the net proceeds from the offering received by the Company and the Selling Shareholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, it being understood that the full aggregate amount of underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters shall be borne by the Company.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Shareholder on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the

 

28



 

parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The Company, the Selling Shareholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7(e)  were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7(e) .  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 7(e)  shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7(e) , (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Shares purchased by such Underwriter, (ii) the Selling Shareholder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the gross proceeds applicable to the Shares sold by the Selling Shareholder, and (iii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations in this Section 7(e)  to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

 

(f)  In any proceeding relating to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any supplement or amendment thereto, each party against whom contribution may be sought under this Section 7 hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan and (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), agrees that process issuing from such courts may be served upon it by any other contributing party and consents to the service of such process and agrees that any other contributing party may join it as an additional defendant in any such proceeding in which such other contributing party is a party.  The Company irrevocably appoints [   ] as their agent to receive service of process or other legal summons for purposes of any such suit, action or proceeding that may be instituted in any state or federal court in the City and County of New York. The Selling Shareholder irrevocably appoints [   ] as their agent to receive service of process or other legal summons for purposes of any such suit, action or proceeding that may be instituted in any state or federal court in the City and County of New York.

 

(h)  Any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses for which an indemnified party is entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Section 7 shall be paid by the indemnifying party to the indemnified party as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are incurred.  The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 and the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, its directors or officers or any person controlling any Underwriter, the Company, its directors or officers or any persons controlling the Company, (ii) acceptance of any Shares and payment therefor hereunder, and (iii) any termination of this Agreement.  A successor to any

 

29



 

Underwriter, its directors or officers or any person controlling any Underwriter, or to the Company, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Company, shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnity, contribution and reimbursement agreements contained in this Section 7 .

 

8.                                       DEFAULT BY UNDERWRITERS .

 

If on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter shall fail to purchase and pay for the portion of the Shares which such Underwriter has agreed to purchase and pay for on such date (otherwise than by reason of any default on the part of the Company or the Selling Shareholder), you, as Representatives of the Underwriters, shall use your reasonable efforts to procure within 36 hours thereafter one or more of the other Underwriters, or any others, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Shareholder such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms set forth herein, the Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters failed to purchase.  If during such 36 hours you, as such Representatives, shall not have procured such other Underwriters, or any others, to purchase the Shares agreed to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then  (a) if the aggregate number of shares with respect to which such default shall occur does not exceed 10% of the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Option Closing date, as the case may be, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally, in proportion to the respective numbers of Shares which they are obligated to purchase hereunder, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters failed to purchase, or  (b) if the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which such default shall occur exceeds 10% of the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company and the Selling Shareholder or you as the Representatives of the Underwriters will have the right, by written notice given within the next 36-hour period to the parties to this Agreement, to terminate this Agreement without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters or of the Company or of the Selling Shareholder except to the extent provided in Sections 5 and 7 hereof.  In the event of a default by any Underwriter or Underwriters, as set forth in this Section 8 , the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, may be postponed for such period, not exceeding seven days, as you, as Representatives, may determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected.  The term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for a defaulting Underwriter.  Any action taken under this Section 8 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

9.                                       NOTICES .

 

All communications hereunder shall be in writing and, except as otherwise provided herein, will be mailed, delivered, telecopied or telegraphed and confirmed as follows:  if to the Underwriters, to: Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 4th Floor, New York, New York  10005, Attention: Equity Capital Markets — Syndicate Desk, fax: (212) 797-9344 , with a copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 36 th  Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: General Counsel, fax: (212) 797-4564; Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010-3629, Attention:  LCD-IBD; Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh

 

30


 

Avenue, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Registration (Fax: (646) 834-8133); if to the Company to Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. Michael Slattery, 90 Fort Wade Road, Ponte Vedra, FL, 32801, and the Selling Shareholder to OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc., 1 Adelaide A East, Suite 1200 Toronto ON M3C 1A7 Canada.

 

10.                                TERMINATION .

 

This Agreement may be terminated by you by notice to the Sellers (a) at any time prior to the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date (if different from the Closing Date and then only as to Option Shares) if any of the following has occurred: (i) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in or affecting the earnings, business, management, properties, assets, rights, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business; (ii) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or declaration of war or national emergency or other national or international calamity or crisis (including, without limitation, an act of terrorism) or change in economic or political conditions if the effect of such outbreak, escalation, declaration, emergency, calamity, crisis or change on the financial markets of the United States would, in your judgment, materially impair the investment quality of the Shares; (iii) suspension of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market or limitation on prices (other than limitations on hours or numbers of days of trading) for securities on any such exchange; (iv) the enactment, publication, decree or other promulgation of any statute, regulation, rule or order of any court or other governmental authority which in your opinion materially and adversely affects or may materially and adversely affect the business or operations of the Company; (v) the declaration of a banking moratorium by the United States or New York State authorities; (vi) any downgrading, or placement on any watch list for possible downgrading, in the rating of any of the Company’s debt securities or preferred stock by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act) or any public announcement by such organization  that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading); (vii) the suspension of trading of the Company’s common stock by the New York Stock Exchange, the Commission or any other governmental authority; or (viii) the taking of any action by any governmental body or agency in respect of its monetary or fiscal affairs which in your opinion has a material adverse effect on the securities markets in the United States; or

 

(b)  as provided in Sections 6 and 8 of this Agreement.

 

11.                                SUCCESSORS .

 

This Agreement has been and is made solely for the benefit of the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholder and their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and assigns, and the officers, directors and controlling persons referred to herein, and no other

 

31



 

person will have any right or obligation hereunder.  No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign merely because of such purchase.

 

12.                                INFORMATION PROVIDED BY UNDERWRITERS .

 

(a)                                  The Company, the Selling Shareholder and the Underwriters acknowledge and agree that the only information furnished or to be furnished by any Underwriter to the Company for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or the Prospectus consists of the information set forth in the [fifth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth and seventeenth] paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus.

 

(b)                                  The Company, the Selling Shareholder and the Underwriters acknowledge and agree that the only information furnished or to be furnished by the Selling Shareholder to the Company for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or the Prospectus consists of information set forth in the first paragraph on the cover of the Prospectus, the third paragraph under the caption “Use of Proceeds”, the number of shares sold by the Selling Shareholder and the Selling Shareholder’s use of proceeds as identified in the third paragraph of use of proceeds under the caption the “Offering”, the legal name, address and number of shares and footnote 4 in “Principal and Selling Stockholders”, and the third paragraph under “Underwriting” in the Prospectus as such statements relate to OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc..

 

13.                                MISCELLANEOUS .

 

The reimbursement, indemnification and contribution agreements contained in this Agreement and the representations, warranties and covenants in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of (a) any termination of this Agreement,  (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or by or on behalf of the Company or its directors or officers or the Selling Shareholder or controlling person thereof, as the case may be, and (c) delivery of and payment for the Shares under this Agreement.

 

The Company and the Selling Shareholder acknowledge and agree that each Underwriter in providing investment banking services to the Company and the Selling Shareholder in connection with the offering, including in acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, has acted and is acting as an independent contractor and not as a fiduciary and the Company and the Selling Shareholder do not intend such Underwriter to act in any capacity other than as an independent contractor, including as a fiduciary or in any other position of higher trust.  Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company, the Selling Shareholder or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction.  The Company and the Selling Shareholder shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making their own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company or the Selling Shareholder with respect thereto.  Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed

 

32



 

solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company or the Selling Shareholder.

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, including, without limitation, Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

 

The Underwriters, on the one hand, and the Company (on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted by law, on behalf of its stockholders) and the Selling Shareholder, on the other hand, waive any right to trial by jury in any action, claim, suit or proceeding with respect to your engagement as underwriter or your role in connection herewith.

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicates hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Selling Shareholder, the Company, the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

33



 

Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney-in-Fact for the Selling Shareholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed as Attorney-in-Fact by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power of Attorney which authorizes such Attorney-in-Fact to take such action.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

 

OP Trust Infrastructure Europe I , Inc.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement
is hereby confirmed and accepted as
of the date first above written.

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

 

 

 

As Representatives of the several

 

Underwriters listed on Schedule I hereto

 

 

 

By: Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

SCHEDULE I

 

SCHEDULE OF UNDERWRITERS

 

 

 

Number of Firm Shares

 

Underwriter

 

to be Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

 

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

 

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

 

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

 

 

 

Incorporated

 

 

 

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

 

 

UBS Securities LLC

 

 

 

First Analysis Securities Corporation

 

 

 

SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE II

 

SCHEDULE OF SELLING SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

Number of Firm Shares

 

Selling Shareholder

 

to be Sold

 

OPTrust Infrastructure Europe I Inc.

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE III

 

SCHEDULE OF OPTION SHARES

 

 

 

Maximum Number

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

of Option Shares

 

Total Number of

 

Underwriter

 

to be Sold

 

Option Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100

%

 

2



 

SCHEDULE IV

 

[Price and other terms of the offering conveyed orally]

 



 

SCHEDULE V

 

[List each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to be included in the General Disclosure Package including Final Term Sheet, if applicable]

 



 

ANNEX A

 

ANNEX B

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

[list of subsidiaries to be provided]

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

[                         ], 2016

 

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

90 Fort Wade Road

Ponte Vedra, Florida 32081

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

As Representatives of the

Several Underwriters

 

c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street, 4 th  Floor

New York, New York 10005

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., as Representatives (the “ Representative ”) of the several underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering by the Underwriters, including the Representatives, of common stock, par value $0.01 (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company (the “ Public Offering ”).

 

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, the undersigned will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, pledge, contract to sell (including any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock of the Company which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned currently or hereafter in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”), shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant and any other security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock) or enter into any Hedging Transaction (as defined below) relating to the Common Stock (each of the foregoing referred to as a “ Disposition ”) during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).  The foregoing restriction is expressly intended to preclude the undersigned from engaging in any Hedging Transaction or other transaction which is designed to or reasonably

 



 

expected to lead to or result in a Disposition during the Lock-Up Period even if the securities would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned.  “ Hedging Transaction ” means any short sale (whether or not against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from the Common Stock.

 

The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and continue until, and include, the date that is 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “ Initial Lock-Up Period ”).

 

The undersigned agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this agreement during the period from the date of this agreement to and including the 34 th  day following the expiration of the Initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer (a) any or all of the shares of Common Stock or other Company securities if the transfer does not trigger any filing or reporting requirement or obligation or result in any other voluntary or mandatory public disclosure, including but not limited to Form 4 of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is by (i) gift, will or intestacy, or (ii) distribution to partners, members or shareholders of the undersigned; provided , however , it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding the securities subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement and (b) those shares of Common Stock (including certain shares of Common Stock underlying stock options) to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Amended and Restated Redemption Agreement dated December 20, 2012, as further amended by a letter agreement dated June 20, 2014, and the Amended and Restated Share Price Protection Agreement dated December 20, 2012 (collectively, the “ Redemption Agreements ”) as attached in Schedule A hereto.

 

If, at the time of a Disposition, the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, they will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed or will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.  Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release.  The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 



 

The undersigned agrees that the Company may, (i) with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other Company securities for which the undersigned is the record holder, cause the transfer agent for the Company to note stop transfer instructions with respect to such securities on the transfer books and records of the Company and (ii) with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other Company securities for which the undersigned is the beneficial holder but not the record holder, cause the record holder of such securities to cause the transfer agent for the Company to note stop transfer instructions with respect to such securities on the transfer books and records of the Company[, in each case, except in connection with shares of Common Stock (including certain shares of Common Stock underlying stock options) to be transferred in connection with a repurchase under the Redemption Agreements].

 

In addition, the undersigned hereby waives any and all notice requirements and rights with respect to registration of securities pursuant to any agreement, understanding or otherwise setting forth the terms of any security of the Company held by the undersigned, including any registration rights agreement to which the undersigned and the Company may be party; provided that such waiver shall apply only to the proposed Public Offering, and any other action taken by the Company in connection with the proposed Public Offering.

 

The undersigned hereby agrees that, to the extent that the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement conflict with or are in any way inconsistent with any registration rights agreement to which the undersigned and the Company may be a party, this Lock-Up Agreement supersedes such registration rights agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement.  All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the closing of the Public Offering has not occurred prior to [                    ](1), this agreement shall be of no further force or effect.

 

 

Signature :

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name :

 

 

 

Number of shares owned
subject to warrants, options
or convertible securities:

 

Certificate numbers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  To include the date that is nine months after the anticipated offering date.

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF WAIVER

 

[Letterhead of [   ]]

 

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

 

Public Offering of Common Stock

 

[Date]

 

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

 

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by [Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.] (the “ Company ”) of [     ] shares of common stock, $0.01  par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [        ], 2016 (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [        ], 2016 , with respect to [         ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

 

The Representatives hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [        ], 20[    ]; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release].  This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

 

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

Yours very truly,

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

cc:  Company

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

 

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.
[Date]

 

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. (“Company”) announced today that Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., the book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of         shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to     shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company.  The [waiver] [release] will take effect on              , 20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 




Exhibit 2.1

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (“ Agreement ”), dated as of [February] [ · ], 2016, by and between ADVANCED DISPOSAL WASTE HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), and ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Parent desire to merge Parent with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving entity, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “ Merger ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of Parent and the Company have each approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, in each case after making a determination that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, are advisable and in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”);

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Parent has resolved to recommend that Star Atlantic Waste Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Star Atlantic ”), as a holder of a majority of the Percentage Interest (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement (as defined below)) of Parent, adopt this Agreement and approve the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger; and

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company has resolved to recommend that Parent, as a sole shareholder of the Company, adopt this Agreement and approve the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, terms and conditions set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with Section 251 of the DGCL, Parent shall be merged with and into the Company at the Effective Time (as defined below).  Following the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of Parent shall cease, and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation ”).

 



 

2.             Effective Time; Effects of the Merger .

 

(a)         Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Merger shall become effective at [ · ](1) a.m. Eastern Time on [February] [ · ], 2016 (the “ Effective Time ”), as stated in the certificate of merger (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) filed with and accepted by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with Section 251 of the DGCL.

 

(b)         The effects and consequences of the Merger shall be as set forth in this Agreement and the DGCL.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the Effective Time, (i) all the properties, rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises of Parent shall vest in the Company, as the Surviving Corporation, and (ii) all debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of Parent shall become the debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company, as the Surviving Corporation.

 

3.             Organizational Documents .

 

(a)         Effective at the Effective Time, the by-laws in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A shall be the by-laws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided therein or by the DGCL, and the certificate of incorporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided therein or by the DGCL.

 

4.             Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the [Company] immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation from and after the Effective Time and shall hold office until the earlier of their respective death, resignation or removal or their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified in the manner provided for in the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Surviving Corporation or as otherwise provided by the DGCL.

 

5.             Conversion of Securities . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent or the Company or the holders of shares of capital stock of Parent or the Company:

 

(a)         each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Parent (the “ Parent Common Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be canceled and will cease to exist, and each holder of the Parent Common Stock shall receive the number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Company Common Stock ”) as set forth on the capitalization table attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Capitalization Table ”);

 

(b)         each share of Series A-1 preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Parent (the “ Parent Series A-1 Preferred Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be canceled and will cease to exist, and

 


(1)  To be confirmed.

 



 

each holder of the Parent Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall receive the number of shares of the Company Common Stock as set forth on the Capitalization Table;

 

(c)         each share of Series A-2 preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Parent (the “ Parent Series A-2 Preferred Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be canceled and will cease to exist, and each holder of the Parent Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall receive the number of shares of the Company Common Stock as set forth on the Capitalization Table;

 

(d)         each share of the Company Common Stock held by Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be canceled and will cease to exist, and no consideration will be delivered in exchange therefor;

 

(e)         each option to purchase the Parent Common Stock (a “ Parent Option ”) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be assumed by the Company, and shall thereafter constitute an option to purchase Company Common Stock (the “ Substitute Options ”), with necessary adjustments being made, pursuant to paragraph (f) below, to the numbers of shares of Company Common Stock covered and the relevant exercise prices so as to maintain the intrinsic value of the Parent Options; and

 

(f)          the number of shares subject to each Substitute Option shall be equal to the number of shares subject to the corresponding Parent Option multiplied by a factor (the “ Conversion Factor ”) equal to the ratio at which outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock will be converted into shares of Company Common Stock in the Merger, with the result rounded down to the nearest whole share of Company Common Stock, and the exercise price of each Substitute Option shall be equal to the exercise price of the corresponding Parent Option divided by the Conversion Factor, with the result rounded up to the nearest whole cent, in each case as set forth on the Capitalization Table.  Except as modified herein, each Substitute Option shall have the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting, term, exercisability and cancellation) as the corresponding Parent Option.

 

(g)         The Company Common Stock will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any applicable state securities laws and will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold except pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption thereunder.  [Wells Fargo Bank, National Association], as transfer agent, will be instructed not to effect a transfer of Company Common Stock acquired pursuant to this Agreement unless the Company is satisfied that the sale is being made in accordance with applicable securities laws. Any shares of Company Common Stock in certificated form and all certificates issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof will bear a legend to the following effect until such time as is no

 



 

longer required under applicable requirements of the Securities Act or state securities laws:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THESE SECURITIES, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC. THAT THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC., (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (D) IN ANOTHER TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS BASED UPON, IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY.”

 

6.             Redemption Agreements .  At the Effective time, the Company will succeed to the obligations of Parent under (i) the redemption agreement entered into on November 20, 2012 and the share price protection agreement entered into on November 20, 2012, each by and between Walter H. Hall and Parent(2); (ii) the amended and restated redemption agreement entered into on December 20, 2012, by and between Charles C. Appleby (“ Appleby ”), certain trusts named therein and Parent, as amended by the letter agreement dated June 20, 2014, by and between Appleby and Parent; and (iii) the amended and restated share price protection agreement entered into on December 20, 2012 by and between Appleby and Parent.

 

7.             Entire Agreement . This Agreement together with the Certificate of Merger constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, representations and warranties and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

 

8.             Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

9.             No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement.

 


(2)  The final payment will be made prior to the merger.

 



 

10.          Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

11.          Amendment and Modification; Waiver . This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

12.          Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

13.          Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than those of the State of Delaware.

 

14.          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL WASTE HOLDINGS CORP.

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[ Agreement and Plan of Merger — Signature Page ]

 



 

Below is a list of omitted exhibits from the Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger filed as Exhibit 2.1 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-206508).  Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

Exhibit A          By-Laws

Exhibit B          Certificate of Incorporation

Exhibit C          Capitalization Table

Exhibit D          Shareholder Acknowledgment and Release

 




Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

The present name of the corporation is Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).  The Corporation was incorporated under the name “ADS Waste Holdings, Inc.” by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 20, 2012 (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”).  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

NAME

 

The name of the Corporation is Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The name and address of the registered agent and registered office is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19808, County of New Castle.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,100,000,000, which shall be divided into two classes as follows:

 

1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”); and

 

100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 



 

I.              Capital Stock.

 

A.            Common Stock and Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Corporation for such consideration as may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”).  The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers, if any), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of such series.  The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law. The rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

 

B.            Each holder of record of Common Stock shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock that is outstanding in his, her or its name on the books of the Corporation on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally.  Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

C.            Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to only such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by any resolution or the certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock (and this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as applicable).

 

D.            Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends may be declared and paid ratably to the holders of the then outstanding Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation which are legally available for this purpose at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.

 

E.            Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with

 

2



 

respect to the distribution of assets of the Corporation upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

 

F.             The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

ARTICLE V

 

AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

 

A.            Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, at any time when Highstar Capital (as defined below) beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:  this Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, and Article IX.  For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, beneficial ownership of shares shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).

 

B.            The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) or adopt new Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Highstar Capital (as defined below) beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

 

3



 

ARTICLE VI

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

A.            The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) and this Article VI relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.  The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors.  Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “ IPO Date ”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date.  At each succeeding annual meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.  If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director.  Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to Class I, Class II or Class III.

 

B.            Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding or the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, entered into in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, by and among the Corporation, an affiliate of Highstar Capital LP (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries and its and their successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any Highstar Capital Entity as defined in the Stockholders Agreement, but excluding the Corporation and its subsidiaries, collectively, “ Highstar Capital ”), and BTG Pactual GP Management Ltd. (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), any newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided , however , that at any time when Highstar Capital beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in

 

4



 

the Board of Directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and shall not be filled by the stockholders).  Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

 

C.            Any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class; provided , however , that at any time when Highstar Capital beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any such director or all such directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

 

D.            Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

 

E.            During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of additional directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.  Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series of Preferred Stock, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

 

A.            To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.

 

5



 

B.            Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

 

C.            If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the liability of directors, then a director of the Corporation shall be free of liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING, ANNUAL AND SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

A.            At any time when Highstar Capital beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand, overnight courier or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  At any time when Highstar Capital beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided , however , that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

 

B.            Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that at any time when Highstar Capital beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of Highstar Capital.

 

6



 

C.            An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

A.            In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of Highstar Capital may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) Highstar Capital may now engage, may continue to engage and may in the future engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Corporation and its Affiliates but who were nominated by Highstar Capital (“ Highstar Directors ”) may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of Highstar Capital, the Highstar Directors or their respective Affiliates, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

 

B.            None of (i) Highstar Capital or (ii) any Highstar Director (including any Highstar Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “ Identified Persons ” and, individually, as an “ Identified Person ”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section (C) of this Article IX.  Subject to said Section (C) of this Article IX, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty as a

 

7



 

stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person.

 

C.            The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Highstar Director (including any Highstar Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section (B) of this Article IX shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

 

D.            In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

E.            For purposes of this Article IX, (i) “ Affiliate ” shall mean (a) in respect of Highstar Capital, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by Highstar Capital, controls Highstar Capital or is under common control with Highstar Capital and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of a Highstar Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Highstar Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

 

F.             To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX.

 

ARTICLE X

 

DGCL SECTION 203 AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

The Corporation hereby expressly elects to be governed by Section 203 of DGCL.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and

 

8



 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this [ · ] day of [ · ], 2016.

 

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Richard Burke

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

10


 



Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

 

*   *   *   *   *   *

 

ARTICLE I

 

Offices

 

SECTION 1.01 Registered Office . The registered office and registered agent of Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below). The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Corporation’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Corporation may require as determined by any officer of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Meetings of Stockholders

 

SECTION 2.01 Annual Meetings . Annual meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that meetings of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 of these Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.02 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) and may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that with respect to any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of Highstar Capital LP [(together with its affiliates and subsidiaries and its and their successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any Highstar Capital Entity as defined in the Stockholders Agreement (as defined in the

 



 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation)) (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), collectively, “Highstar Capital”)] [HS to review], the Board of Directors shall not postpone, reschedule or cancel such special meeting without the prior written consent of Highstar Capital.

 

SECTION 2.03 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(A)  Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

 

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement (with respect to nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors only), (b) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 of Article II of these Bylaws, (c) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who, subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, complied with the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (d) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 2.03, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on May 15, 2015); provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than seventy (70) days, from the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business

 

2



 

on the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(3) Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group which will (x) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “ proponent persons ”); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) to which any proponent person is a party, the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any

 

3



 

security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board of Directors or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct (x) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (y) as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.

 

(B)  Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (3) provided that the Board of Directors (or Highstar Capital pursuant to Section B of Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who (subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.03 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of

 

4



 

business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(C)  General . (1) Except as provided in paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 or the Stockholders Agreement shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting, (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and on shareholder approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman

 

5



 

of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

(2) Whenever used in these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (a) in a press release released by the Corporation, provided such press release is released by the Corporation following its customary procedures, is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites, or (b) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances.

 

(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03, for as long as the Stockholders Agreement remains in effect with respect to Highstar Capital, Highstar Capital (to the extent then subject to the Stockholders Agreement) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) of this Section 2.03 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.04 Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL, of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically by the Secretary of the Corporation to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.05 Quorum . Unless otherwise required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s

 

6



 

securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.06 Voting; Proxies . Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Unless required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, all other questions presented to the stockholders shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, of any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence and subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

SECTION 2.07 Chairman of Meetings . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or in the absence, or at the direction, of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence, or at the direction, of the Chief Executive Officer, a person designated by the Board of Directors shall be the chairman of the meeting and, as such, preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.08 Secretary of Meetings . The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability of the secretary, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a person to act as Secretary at such meetings.

 

7



 

SECTION 2.09 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only to the extent permitted by and in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with applicable law.

 

SECTION 2.10 Adjournment . At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum be present, the chairman of the meeting or stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 2.11 Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

 

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided , that

 

(i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

 

(ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

 

(iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

SECTION 2.12 Inspectors of Election . The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a

 

8



 

written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 3.01 Powers . Except as otherwise provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.02 Number and Term; Chairman . Subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors shall be elected by stockholders at their annual meeting, and the term of each director so elected shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders. The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board who may also be the Chief Executive Officer and who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one (1) of their members to preside.

 

SECTION 3.03 Resignations . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance

 

9



 

of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

 

SECTION 3.04 Removal . Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

 

SECTION 3.05 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Except as otherwise provided by law and subject to the Stockholders Agreement, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

 

SECTION 3.06 Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation if directed by the Board of Directors and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors. At least twenty four (24) hours before each special meeting of the Board of Directors, either written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

SECTION 3.07 Quorum, Voting and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

 

SECTION 3.08 Committees; Committee Rules . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter

 

10


 

(other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation. All committees of the Board of Directors shall keep minutes of their meetings and shall report their proceedings to the Board of Directors when requested or required by the Board of Directors. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

SECTION 3.09 Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

SECTION 3.10 Remote Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.11 Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

 

SECTION 3.12 Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

11



 

ARTICLE IV

 

Officers

 

SECTION 4.01 Number. The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect a President and one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

SECTION 4.02 Other Officers and Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more officers called a Vice Chairman, each of whom does not need to be a member of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.03 Chief Executive Officer/President . The Chief Executive Officer, who may also be the Chairman of the Board, subject to the determination of the Board of Directors, shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities.

 

SECTION 4.04 Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.05 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

 

In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

12



 

SECTION 4.06 Secretary . The Secretary shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (b) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.07 Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries . Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.08 Corporate Funds and Checks . The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.09 Contracts and Other Documents . The Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board of Directors during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.10 Ownership of Stock of Another Corporation . Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Corporation holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.11 Delegation of Duties . In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board of Directors may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

 

SECTION 4.12 Resignation and Removal . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of the officer. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 of these Bylaws.

 

13



 

SECTION 4.13 Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock

 

SECTION 5.01 Shares With Certificates . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number and class of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

 

SECTION 5.02 Shares Without Certificates . If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, send the stockholder a written statement of the information required by the DGCL. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

SECTION 5.03 Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof (to the extent evidenced by a physical stock certificate) to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.04 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the

 

14



 

Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Corporation may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Corporation, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 5.05 List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided, however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network; provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

SECTION 5.06 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

 

(A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on

 

15



 

which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(C) Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (i) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

SECTION 5.07 Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

 

16



 

ARTICLE VI

 

Notice and Waiver of Notice

 

SECTION 6.01 Notice . If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

 

SECTION 6.02 Waiver of Notice . A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Indemnification

 

SECTION 7.01 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “ indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses . In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this

 

17



 

Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 7.03 (hereinafter an “ advancement of expenses ”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 or otherwise.

 

SECTION 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.01 or 7.02 is not paid in full by the Corporation within (i) 60 days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (ii) 20 days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7.04 Indemnification Not Exclusive .

 

(A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in

 

18



 

any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

 

(B) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII, entitled to enforce this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII.

 

For purposes of this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1) The term “ indemnitee-related entities ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

 

(2) The term “ jointly indemnifiable claims ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to Delaware law, any agreement or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

 

19



 

SECTION 7.05 Nature of Rights. The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

SECTION 7.06 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

SECTION 7.07 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 8.01 Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

SECTION 8.02 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

SECTION 8.03 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31, or such other day as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

SECTION 8.04 Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or being in the form of, any information storage device or method provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.

 

SECTION 8.05 Section Headings . Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

20



 

SECTION 8.06 Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Amendments

 

SECTION 9.01 Amendments . The Board of Directors is authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, these Bylaws, or adopt new Bylaws, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office and without the assent or vote of the stockholders, in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Highstar Capital beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), these Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Bylaws (including, without limitation, this Section 9.01) or to adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.

 

21




Exhibit 4.1

 

ADSW INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE CUSIP 00101N 10 7 SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS THIS CERTIFIES THAT IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by its duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. DATED SEAL 2012 SECRETARY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE s

GRAPHIC

 

 

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK AND SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED OF THE COMPANY, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: UNIF GIFT MIN ACT– Custodian TEN COM – as tenants in common TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. FOR VALUE RECEIVED, HEREBY SELLS, ASSIGNS AND TRANSFERS UNTO PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) shares of Common Stock of the Corporation represented by this Certificate and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney to transfer the said shares of Common Stock on the books of the Corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated X X NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER. SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED: THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 5.1

 

 

599 LEXINGTON AVENUE  |  NEW YORK  |  NY  |  10022-6069

 

WWW.SHEARMAN.COM  |  T +1.212.848.4000  |  F +1.212.848.7179

 

February 1, 2016

 

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.
90 Fort Wade Road
Ponte Vedra, FL 32081

 

Advanced Disposal Services, Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. (formerly ADS Waste Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-206508) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on August 21, 2015, and each amendment thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”), relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”, which term shall include any additional shares of the Company’s common stock registered in reliance on Securities Act Rule 462(b)).  The Shares are to be sold by the Company and the selling stockholder referred to in the Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of an underwriting agreement to be entered into between the Company, the selling stockholder and the underwriters named therein (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).  The offering of the Shares will be as set forth in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement (the “ Prospectus ”).

 

In that connection, we have reviewed originals or copies of the following documents:

 

(a)                                  The Registration Statement.

 

(b)                                  The Prospectus.

 

(c)                                   The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a form of which is included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Amended Certificate”).

 

(d)                                  The Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, a form of which is included as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement.

 

ABU DHABI  |  BEIJING  |  BRUSSELS  |  FRANKFURT  |  HONG KONG  |  LONDON  |  MENLO PARK  |  MILAN  |  NEW YORK
PARIS  |  ROME  |  SAN FRANCISCO  |  SÃO PAULO  |  SHANGHAI  |  SINGAPORE  |  TOKYO  |  TORONTO  |  WASHINGTON, DC

SHEARMAN & STERLING LLP IS A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP ORGANIZED IN THE UNITED STATES UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WHICH LAWS LIMIT THE PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PARTNERS.

 



 

(e)                                   The Underwriting Agreement, a form of which is included as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

(f)                                    The Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between the Company and Advanced Disposal Waste Holdings Corp. (“ Parent ”), a form of which is included as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement (the “ Merger Agreement ”).

 

(g)                                   The Certificate of Merger of the Company and Parent (the “ Certificate of Merger ” and together with the Merger Agreement, the “ Reorganization Documents ”).

 

(h)                                  The originals or copies of such other corporate records of the Company and Parent, certificates of public officials and officers of the Company and Parent and such other documents and instruments as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below.

 

For the purposes of this opinion letter, we have assumed:

 

(a)                                  The genuineness of all signatures.

 

(b)                                  The authenticity of the originals of the documents submitted to us.

 

(c)                                   The conformity to authentic originals of any documents submitted to us as copies.

 

(d)                                  As to matters of fact, the truthfulness of the representations made in certificates of public officials and officers of the Company and Parent.

 

We have not independently established the validity of the foregoing assumptions.

 

Based upon the foregoing and upon such other investigation as we have deemed necessary and subject to the qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion that when (i) the reorganization transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Documents have been completed, (ii) the Amended Certificate has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (iii) the Company’s board of directors or the pricing committee of the Company’s board of directors has taken the necessary action to set the price for the Shares and (iv) the Shares have been issued, delivered and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Our opinion set forth above is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law.

 

This opinion letter is provided solely in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement and is not to be relied upon for any other purpose.

 



 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name therein and in the Prospectus under the caption “Legal Matters.”  In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Shearman & Sterling LLP

 

RA/NP/DV/DY/VN

JD

 




Exhibit 10.28

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC. 2016 OMNIBUS EQUITY PLAN

FORM OF NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

THIS OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of                (the “ Date of Grant ”) between Advanced Disposal Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                   (the “ Participant ”).

 

This Agreement sets forth the general terms and conditions of Options.  By accepting the Options, the Participant agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

 

1.                                       Grant of the Award .  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the right and option (the “ Options ”) to purchase                  Common Shares at an exercise price per share of $            .

 

2.                                       Status of the Options .  The Options shall be nonqualified stock options.

 

3.                                       Vesting Schedule .  Subject to earlier termination and unless previously vested, in each case in accordance with the Plan or this Agreement, the Options shall vest in full on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “ Scheduled Vesting Date ”).(1)

 

4.                                       Term .  The Options shall expire and no longer be exercisable ten (10) years from the Date of Grant, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the Plan or this Agreement.(2)

 

5.                                       Termination of Service Generally .  In the event that the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than retirement, termination without Cause, resignation for Good Reason, death or Disability, the Options shall cease to vest, any unvested Options shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant shall have no further right or interest therein.  Any vested Options shall continue to be exercisable for a period of thirty (30) days following the date of such termination; provided , however , that if the date of such termination of the Participant’s employment or other service falls on a date on which the Participant is prohibited, by Company policy in effect on such date, from engaging in transactions in the Company’s securities, such termination date shall be extended to the date that is ten (10) days after the first date that the Participant is permitted to engage in transactions in the Company’s securities under such Company policy (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth herein).  To the extent that any vested Options are not exercised within such period following termination of employment or other service, such

 


(1)                                  The vesting schedule presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

(2)                                  Certain options may have a term shorter than ten years.

 



 

Options shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant shall have no further right or interest therein.(3)

 

6.                                       Retirement;  Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason . Subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, if the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates as a result of either the Participant’s retirement, his or her termination without Cause or his or her resignation for Good Reason (“Cause” and “Good Reason” having the meanings set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement), the Options shall continue to vest in accordance with their terms as if the Participant’s employment or other service had not terminated.  Vested Options shall be exercisable in accordance with their original terms, or until the first anniversary of the date upon which they became vested, whichever is later (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth herein).  To the extent that any vested Options are not exercised within such timeframe, such Options shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant shall have no further right or interest therein.(4)

 

7.                                       Death; Disability .  If the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates as a result of the Participant’s death or Disability, a portion of the Options shall vest such that, when combined with previously vested Options, an aggregate of 100% of the Options granted pursuant to this Agreement shall have vested.  Any vested Options shall continue to be exercisable for a period of one year following the date of the Participant’s death or Disability (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth herein).  To the extent that any vested Options are not exercised within such one-year period, such Options shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant or his estate, as applicable, shall have no further right or interest therein. (5)

 

8.                                       Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control, prior to any Scheduled Vesting Date, to the extent the successor company (or a subsidiary or parent thereof) does not assume or provide a substitute for the Options on substantially the same terms and conditions, all vested and unvested Options shall become fully vested and exercisable in accordance with Section 9.  To the extent the successor company (or a subsidiary or parent thereof) assumes or provides a substitute for the Options on substantially the same terms and conditions, the existing vesting schedule will continue to apply; provided , however , that, if upon or within 24 months following the date of a Change in Control, the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates is terminated without Cause or the Participant resigns for Good Reason, all of the Options shall become fully vested and exercisable in accordance with Section 9.(6)  For purposes of this Section 8, the term “Cause” shall mean (a) with regard to any Participant who is party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates which contains a definition of “Cause,” the definition set forth in such agreement, and (b) with regard to any other Participant: (i) any act or omission that constitutes a material breach by the Participant of any obligations under an employment or service agreement

 


(3)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

(4)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service due to retirement, termination without Cause and resignation for Good Reason presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

(5)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service due to death or Disability presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.  Awards may provide for additional vesting upon termination of employment for reasons other than death or Disability.

(6)                                  The treatment of awards upon a Change in Control presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

 

2



 

with the Company or one of its Affiliates or an Award Document; (ii) the continued failure or refusal of the Participant to substantially perform the duties reasonably required of the Participant as an employee of or other service provider to the Company or one of its Affiliates; (iii) any willful and material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or one of its Affiliates, or the Participant’s conviction of a felony, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud; or (iv) any other willful misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or any of its Affiliates.  For purposes of this Section 8, the term “Good Reason” shall mean (x) with regard to any Participant who is party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates which contains a definition of “Good Reason,” the definition set forth in such agreement, and (y) with regard to any other Participant: (i) the material diminution of the Participant’s title and/or responsibilities or (ii) the Participant being required to relocate more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Participant’s then-existing office.(7)

 

9.                                       Method of Exercising Options .

 

(a)                                  Notice of Exercise .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Options may be exercised by written notice to the Company signed by the Participant and stating the number of Common Shares in respect of which the Options are being exercised.  Such notice shall be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price.  The date of exercise of the Options shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Company receives the notice of exercise or (ii) the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9(b) are satisfied.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Participant may not exercise the Options and no Common Shares will be issued by the Company with respect to any attempted exercise when such exercise is prohibited by law or any Company policy then in effect.  In no event shall the Options be exercisable for a fractional Common Share.

 

(b)                                  Payment .  In order to exercise the Options, the Participant may tender payment of the exercise price:  (i) in cash or cash equivalents; (ii) by actual delivery or attestation to ownership of freely transferable Common Shares already owned by the person exercising the Options; (iii) by a combination of cash and Common Shares equal in value to the exercise price; (iv) through net share settlement or similar procedure involving the withholding of Common Shares subject to the Options with a value equal to the exercise price; or (v) by such other means as the Committee may authorize.  If payment is made in whole or in part with Common Shares (including through the withholding of Common Shares subject to the Options), the value attributed to such Common Shares shall be the mean of the high and low prices of the Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange composite list (or such other stock exchange as shall be the principal market for the Common Shares) on the day of the exercise.

 

(c)                                   Limitation on Exercise .  The Options shall not be exercisable unless the offer and sale of Common Shares pursuant thereto has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) and qualified under applicable state “blue sky” laws or the

 


(7)                                  The definitions of “Cause” and “Good Reason” presented in this Form of Award Agreement are indicative and may vary from award to award.

 

3



 

Company has determined that an exemption from registration under the Act and from qualification under such state “blue sky” laws is available.

 

(d)                                  Automatic Cashout .  To the extent the Participant was precluded, due to legal restrictions or Company policy, from exercising the Options in the final period during which such exercise was otherwise permissible (which period may include the scheduled expiration date of the Options), the Participant’s in-the-money Options, that is, those Options for which the exercise price per Common Share is less than the Fair Market Value of a Common Share, will be exercised automatically, with no action required on the part of a Participant, using a net share settlement or similar procedure immediately before their scheduled expiration date.

 

10.                                Nontransferability of Options .  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Options may not be transferred, pledged, alienated, assigned or otherwise attorned other than by last will and testament or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order, as the case may be.

 

11.                                Rights as a Shareholder .  The Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options until the Participant becomes a holder of record thereof, and no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of any Common Shares for which the record date is prior to the date upon which the Participant shall become the holder of record thereof.

 

12.                                No Entitlements .

 

(a)                                  No Right to Continued Employment or Other Service Relationship .  This Agreement does not constitute an employment or service agreement and nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall modify the terms of the Participant’s employment or other service, including, without limitation, the Participant’s status as an “at will” employee of the Company or its Affiliates, if applicable.  None of the Plan, the Agreement, the grant of Options, nor any action taken or omitted to be taken shall be construed (i) to create or confer on the Participant any right to be retained in the employ of or other service to the Company or its Affiliates, (ii) to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or other service at any time and for any reason or (iii) to give the Participant any right to be reemployed or retained by the Company or its Affiliates following a termination of employment or other service for any reason.

 

(b)                                  No Right to Future Awards .  The Options and all other equity-based awards under the Plan are discretionary.  The Options do not confer on the Participant any right or entitlement to receive another grant of Options or any other equity-based award at any time in the future or in respect of any future period.

 

13.                                Taxes and Withholding .  The Participant must satisfy any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign tax withholding requirements applicable with respect to the exercise of the Options.  The Company may require or permit the Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligations through the Company withholding of Common Shares that would otherwise be received by such individual upon the exercise of the Options.  The obligations of the Company to deliver the Common Shares under this Agreement shall be conditioned upon the

 

4



 

Participant’s payment of all applicable taxes and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

 

14.                                Securities Laws .  The Company shall not be required to issue Common Shares in settlement of or otherwise pursuant to the Options unless and until (i) the Common Shares have been duly listed upon each stock exchange on which the Common Shares are then registered; (ii) a registration statement under the Act with respect to such Common Shares is then effective; and (iii) the issuance of the Common Shares would comply with such legal or regulatory provisions of such countries or jurisdictions outside the United States as may be applicable in respect of the Options. In connection with the grant or vesting of the Options, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.

 

15.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Notices .  Any notice necessary under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary at the headquarters of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the records of the Company for the Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may deliver notices to the Participant by means of email or other electronic means that are generally used for employee communications.  Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

 

(b)                                  Headings .  The headings of sections and subsections are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(d)                                  Incorporation of Plan ; Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Options shall be subject to the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern.  This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede all other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.  The Participant acknowledges receipt of the Plan, and represents that he is familiar with its terms and provisions.

 

(e)                                   Amendments .  Subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, the Committee shall have the power to amend this Agreement at any time provided that such amendment does not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the Participant’s consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have broad authority to alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions applicable to

 

5



 

the Options without the consent of the Participant to the extent it deems necessary or desirable in its sole discretion (i) to comply with or take into account changes in, or rescissions or interpretations of, applicable tax laws, securities laws, employment laws, accounting rules or standards and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidance, ruling, judicial decision or legal requirement, (ii) to ensure that the Options are not subject to taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (iii) to take into account unusual or nonrecurring events or market conditions, or (iv) in any other manner set forth in Section 16 of the Plan.  Any amendment, modification or termination shall, upon adoption, become and be binding on all persons affected thereby without requirement for consent or other action with respect thereto by any such person.  The Committee shall give written notice to the Participant in accordance with Section 15(a) of any such amendment, modification or termination as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof.  The foregoing shall not restrict the ability of the Participant and the Company by mutual consent to alter or amend the terms of the Options in any manner that is consistent with the Plan and approved by the Committee.

 

(f)                                    Section 409A of the Code .  It is the intention and understanding of the parties that the Options granted under this Agreement do not provide for a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code.  This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to give effect to such intention and understanding and to avoid the imposition on the Participant of any tax, interest or penalty under Section 409A of the Code or the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) in respect of any Options.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Plan, if the Committee determines in good faith that any provision of the Plan or this Agreement does not satisfy Section 409A or could otherwise cause any person to recognize additional taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Participant, modify such provision to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure compliance with Section 409A.  Any such amendment shall maintain, to the extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without contravening the provisions of Section 409A.  This Section 14(f) does not create an obligation on the part of the Company to modify the Plan or this Agreement and does not guarantee that the Options will not be subject to interest and penalties under Section 409A.

 

(g)                                   Successor .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company, and to any Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 10.

 

(h)                                  Choice of Law .  Except as to matters of federal law, this Agreement and all actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (other than its conflict of law rules).

 

(i)                                      Clawback .  Any awards made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any recoupment policy adopted by the Company or required by law as in effect from time to time.

 

6



 

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges having read the Plan and this Agreement, and hereby agrees to be bound by all the provisions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Participant Name (Printed):

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

7




Exhibit 10.29

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC. 2016 OMNIBUS EQUITY PLAN

FORM OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

THIS OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of                (the “ Date of Grant ”) between Advanced Disposal Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                   (the “ Participant ”).

 

This Agreement sets forth the general terms and conditions of Options.  By accepting the Options, the Participant agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

 

1.                                       Grant of the Award .  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the right and option (the “ Options ”) to purchase                  Common Shares at an exercise price per share of $            .

 

2.                                       Status of the Options .  The Options shall be intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), to the maximum extent permissible under the limits contained in Section 422 of the Code.  Any Options that are in excess of the limits contained in Section 422 of the Code on the Date of Grant shall be granted as non-qualified stock options.

 

3.                                       Vesting Schedule .  Subject to earlier termination and unless previously vested, in each case in accordance with the Plan or this Agreement, the Options shall vest in full on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “ Scheduled Vesting Date ”).(1)

 

4.                                       Term .  The Options shall expire and no longer be exercisable ten (10) years from the Date of Grant, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the Plan or this Agreement.(2)

 

5.                                       Termination of Service Generally .  In the event that the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than retirement, termination without Cause, resignation for Good Reason, death or Disability, the Options shall cease to vest, any unvested Options shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant shall have no further right or interest therein.  Any vested Options shall continue to be exercisable for a period of thirty (30) days following the date of such termination; provided , however , that if the date of such termination of the Participant’s employment or other service falls on a date on which the Participant is prohibited, by Company policy in effect on such date, from engaging in transactions in the Company’s securities, such termination date shall be extended to the date that is ten (10) days after the first date that the Participant is permitted to engage in transactions in the

 


(1)                                  The vesting schedule presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

 

(2)                                  Certain options may have a term shorter than ten years.

 



 

Company’s securities under such Company policy (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth herein).  To the extent that any vested Options are not exercised within such period following termination of employment or other service, such Options shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant shall have no further right or interest therein.(3)

 

6.                                       Retirement;  Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason . Subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, if the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates as a result of either the Participant’s retirement, his or her termination without Cause or his or her resignation for Good Reason (“Cause” and “Good Reason” having the meanings set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement), the Options shall continue to vest in accordance with their terms as if the Participant’s employment or other service had not terminated.  Vested Options shall be exercisable in accordance with their original terms, or until the first anniversary of the date upon which they became vested, whichever is later (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth herein).  To the extent that any vested Options are not exercised within such timeframe, such Options shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant shall have no further right or interest therein.(4)

 

7.                                       Death; Disability .  If the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates as a result of the Participant’s death or Disability, a portion of the Options shall vest such that, when combined with previously vested Options, an aggregate of 100% of the Options granted pursuant to this Agreement shall have vested.  Any vested Options shall continue to be exercisable for a period of one year following the date of the Participant’s death or Disability (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth herein).  To the extent that any vested Options are not exercised within such one year period, such Options shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant or his estate, as applicable, shall have no further right or interest therein.(5)

 

8.                                       Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control, prior to any Scheduled Vesting Date, to the extent the successor company (or a subsidiary or parent thereof) does not assume or provide a substitute for the Options on substantially the same terms and conditions, all vested and unvested Options shall become fully vested and exercisable in accordance with Section 9.  To the extent the successor company (or a subsidiary or parent thereof) assumes or provides a substitute for the Options on substantially the same terms and conditions, the existing vesting schedule will continue to apply; provided , however , that, if upon or within 24 months following the date of a Change in Control, the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates is terminated without Cause or the Participant resigns for Good Reason, all of the Options shall become fully vested and exercisable in accordance with Section 9.(6)  For purposes of this Section 8, the term “Cause” shall mean (a) with regard to any Participant who is party to an employment or service agreement with the Company

 


(3)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

(4)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service due to retirement, termination without Cause and resignation for Good Reason presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

(5)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service due to death or Disability presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.  Awards may provide for additional vesting upon termination of employment for reasons other than death or Disability.

(6)                                  The treatment of awards upon a Change in Control presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

 

2



 

or any of its affiliates which contains a definition of “Cause,” the definition set forth in such agreement, and (b) with regard to any other Participant: (i) any act or omission that constitutes a material breach by the Participant of any obligations under an employment or service agreement with the Company or one of its Affiliates or an Award Document; (ii) the continued failure or refusal of the Participant to substantially perform the duties reasonably required of the Participant as an employee of or other service provider to the Company or one of its Affiliates; (iii) any willful and material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or one of its Affiliates, or the Participant’s conviction of a felony, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud; or (iv) any other willful misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or any of its Affiliates.  For purposes of this Section 8, the term “Good Reason” shall mean (x) with regard to any Participant who is party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates which contains a definition of “Good Reason,” the definition set forth in such agreement, and (y) with regard to any other Participant: (i) the material diminution of the Participant’s title and/or responsibilities or (ii) the Participant being required to relocate more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Participant’s then-existing office.(7)

 

9.                                       Method of Exercising Options .

 

(a)                                  Notice of Exercise .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Options may be exercised by written notice to the Company signed by the Participant and stating the number of Common Shares in respect of which the Options are being exercised.  Such notice shall be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price.  The date of exercise of the Options shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Company receives the notice of exercise or (ii) the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9(b) are satisfied.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Participant may not exercise the Options and no Common Shares will be issued by the Company with respect to any attempted exercise when such exercise is prohibited by law or any Company policy then in effect.  In no event shall the Options be exercisable for a fractional Common Share.

 

(b)                                  Payment .  In order to exercise the Options, the Participant may tender payment of the exercise price:  (i) in cash or cash equivalents; (ii) by actual delivery or attestation to ownership of freely transferable Common Shares already owned by the person exercising the Options; (iii) by a combination of cash and Common Shares equal in value to the exercise price; (iv) through net share settlement or similar procedure involving the withholding of Common Shares subject to the Options with a value equal to the exercise price; or (v) by such other means as the Committee may authorize.  If payment is made in whole or in part with Common Shares (including through the withholding of Common Shares subject to the Options), the value attributed to such Common Shares shall be the mean of the high and low prices of the Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange composite list (or such other stock exchange as shall be the principal market for the Common Shares) on the day of the exercise.

 


(7)                                  The definitions of “Cause” and “Good Reason” presented in this Form of Award Agreement are indicative and may vary from award to award.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Limitation on Exercise .  The Options shall not be exercisable unless the offer and sale of Common Shares pursuant thereto has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) and qualified under applicable state “blue sky” laws or the Company has determined that an exemption from registration under the Act and from qualification under such state “blue sky” laws is available.

 

(d)                                  Automatic Cashout .  To the extent the Participant was precluded, due to legal restrictions or Company policy, from exercising the Options in the final period during which such exercise was otherwise permissible (which period may include the scheduled expiration date of the Options), the Participant’s in-the-money Options, that is, those Options for which the exercise price per Common Share is less than the Fair Market Value of a Common Share, will be exercised automatically, with no action required on the part of a Participant, using a net share settlement or similar procedure immediately before their scheduled expiration date.

 

10.                                Nontransferability of Options .  To the extent the Options qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, they shall not be transferable by the Participant other than to a designated beneficiary upon the Participant’s death or by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.  To the extent the Options qualify as non-qualified stock options, unless otherwise determined by the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Options may not be transferred, pledged, alienated, assigned or otherwise attorned other than by last will and testament or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order, as the case may be.

 

11.                                Rights as a Shareholder .  The Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options until the Participant becomes a holder of record thereof, and no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of any Common Shares for which the record date is prior to the date upon which the Participant shall become the holder of record thereof.

 

12.                                No Entitlements .

 

(a)                                  No Right to Continued Employment or Other Service Relationship .  This Agreement does not constitute an employment or service agreement and nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall modify the terms of the Participant’s employment or other service, including, without limitation, the Participant’s status as an “at will” employee of the Company or its Affiliates, if applicable.  None of the Plan, the Agreement, the grant of Options, nor any action taken or omitted to be taken shall be construed (i) to create or confer on the Participant any right to be retained in the employ of or other service to the Company or its Affiliates, (ii) to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or other service at any time and for any reason or (iii) to give the Participant any right to be reemployed or retained by the Company or its Affiliates following a termination of employment or other service for any reason.

 

(b)                                  No Right to Future Awards .  The Options and all other equity-based awards under the Plan are discretionary.  The Options do not confer on the Participant any right

 

4



 

or entitlement to receive another grant of Options or any other equity-based award at any time in the future or in respect of any future period.

 

13.                                Taxes and Withholding .  The Participant must satisfy any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign tax withholding requirements applicable with respect to the exercise of the Options.  The Company may require or permit the Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligations through the Company withholding of Common Shares that would otherwise be received by such individual upon the exercise of the Options.  The obligations of the Company to deliver the Common Shares under this Agreement shall be conditioned upon the Participant’s payment of all applicable taxes and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

 

14.                                Securities Laws .  The Company shall not be required to issue Common Shares in settlement of or otherwise pursuant to the Options unless and until (i) the Common Shares have been duly listed upon each stock exchange on which the Common Shares are then registered; (ii) a registration statement under the Act with respect to such Common Shares is then effective; and (iii) the issuance of the Common Shares would comply with such legal or regulatory provisions of such countries or jurisdictions outside the United States as may be applicable in respect of the Options. In connection with the grant or vesting of the Options, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.

 

15.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Notices .  Any notice necessary under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary at the headquarters of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the records of the Company for the Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may deliver notices to the Participant by means of email or other electronic means that are generally used for employee communications.  Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

 

(b)                                  Headings .  The headings of sections and subsections are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(d)                                  Incorporation of Plan ; Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Options shall be subject to the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern.  This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede all other agreements, representations or

 

5



 

understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.  The Participant acknowledges receipt of the Plan, and represents that he is familiar with its terms and provisions.

 

(e)                                   Amendments .  Subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, the Committee shall have the power to amend this Agreement at any time provided that such amendment does not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the Participant’s consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have broad authority to alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions applicable to the Options without the consent of the Participant to the extent it deems necessary or desirable in its sole discretion (i) to comply with or take into account changes in, or rescissions or interpretations of, applicable tax laws, securities laws, employment laws, accounting rules or standards and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidance, ruling, judicial decision or legal requirement, (ii) to ensure that the Options are not subject to taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, (iii) to take into account unusual or nonrecurring events or market conditions, or (iv) in any other manner set forth in Section 16 of the Plan.  Any amendment, modification or termination shall, upon adoption, become and be binding on all persons affected thereby without requirement for consent or other action with respect thereto by any such person.  The Committee shall give written notice to the Participant in accordance with Section 15(a) of any such amendment, modification or termination as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof.  The foregoing shall not restrict the ability of the Participant and the Company by mutual consent to alter or amend the terms of the Options in any manner that is consistent with the Plan and approved by the Committee.

 

(f)                                    Section 409A of the Code .  It is the intention and understanding of the parties that the Options granted under this Agreement do not provide for a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code.  This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to give effect to such intention and understanding and to avoid the imposition on the Participant of any tax, interest or penalty under Section 409A of the Code or the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) in respect of any Options.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Plan, if the Committee determines in good faith that any provision of the Plan or this Agreement does not satisfy Section 409A or could otherwise cause any person to recognize additional taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Participant, modify such provision to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure compliance with Section 409A.  Any such amendment shall maintain, to the extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without contravening the provisions of Section 409A.  This Section 14(f) does not create an obligation on the part of the Company to modify the Plan or this Agreement and does not guarantee that the Options will not be subject to interest and penalties under Section 409A.

 

(g)                                   Successor .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company, and to any Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 10.

 

6



 

(h)                                  Choice of Law .  Except as to matters of federal law, this Agreement and all actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (other than its conflict of law rules).

 

(i)                                      Qualification as an Incentive Stock Option .  It is understood that this Options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law.  Accordingly, the Participant understands that in order to obtain the benefits of incentive stock options, no sale or other disposition may be made of shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within one (1) year following the date of exercise of the Options or within two (2) years from the Date of Grant.  The Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall not be liable or responsible for any additional tax liability the Participant incurs in the event that the Internal Revenue Service for any reason determines that the Options do not qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of the Code.

 

(j)                                     Disqualifying Disposition .  If the Participant disposes of the shares of Common Stock prior to the expiration of either two (2) years from the Date of Grant or one (1) year from the date the shares are transferred to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Options, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after such disposition of the date and terms of such disposition.  The Participant also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions as the Company requires for tax purposes.

 

(k)                                  Clawback .  Any awards made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any recoupment policy adopted by the Company or required by law as in effect from time to time.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

7



 

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges having read the Plan and this Agreement, and hereby agrees to be bound by all the provisions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Participant Name (Printed):

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

8




Exhibit 10.30

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC. 2016 OMNIBUS EQUITY PLAN

FORM OF RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

THIS RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of                (the “ Date of Grant ”) between Advanced Disposal Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                   (the “ Participant ”).

 

This Agreement sets forth the general terms and conditions of Restricted Shares.  By accepting the Restricted Shares, the Participant agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

 

1.                                       Grant of the Restricted Shares .  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant, an aggregate of                  Restricted Shares, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan.

 

2.                                       Vesting Schedule .  Subject to earlier termination and unless previously vested, in each case in accordance with the Plan or this Agreement, the Restricted Shares shall vest in full on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “ Scheduled Vesting Date ”).(1)

 

3.                                       Termination of Service Generally .  In the event that the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than retirement, termination without Cause, resignation for Good Reason, death or Disability, the Restricted Shares shall cease to vest and any unvested Restricted Shares shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant shall have no further right or interest therein.(2)

 

4.                                       Retirement;  Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason . Subject to Section 6 of this Agreement, if the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates as a result of either the Participant’s retirement, his or her termination without Cause or his or her resignation for Good Reason (“Cause” and “Good Reason” having the meanings set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement), the Restricted Shares shall continue to vest in accordance with their terms as if the Participant’s employment or other service had not terminated.(3)

 

5.                                       Death; Disability .   If the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates as a result of the Participant’s death or Disability, a portion of the Restricted Shares shall vest such that, when combined with previously vested

 


(1)                                  The vesting schedule presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

(2)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

(3)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service due to retirement, termination without Cause and resignation for Good Reason presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

 



 

Restricted Shares , an aggregate of 100% of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to this Agreement shall have vested.(4)

 

6.                                       Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control, prior to any Scheduled Vesting Date, to the extent the successor company (or a subsidiary or parent thereof) does not assume or provide a substitute for the Restricted Shares on substantially the same terms and conditions, all vested and unvested Restricted Shares shall become fully vested in accordance with Section 2.  To the extent the successor company (or a subsidiary or parent thereof) assumes or provides a substitute for the Restricted Shares on substantially the same terms and conditions, the existing vesting schedule will continue to apply; provided , however , that, if upon or within 24 months following the date of a Change in Control, the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates is terminated without Cause or the Participant resigns for Good Reason, all of the Restricted Shares shall become fully vested in accordance with Section 2.(5)  For purposes of this Section 6, the term “Cause” shall mean (a) with regard to any Participant who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates which contains a definition of “Cause,” the definition set forth in such agreement, and (b) with regard to any other Participant: (i) any act or omission that constitutes a material breach by the Participant of any obligations under an employment or service agreement with the Company or one of its Affiliates or an Award Document; (ii) the continued failure or refusal of the Participant to substantially perform the duties reasonably required of the Participant as an employee of or other service provider to the Company or one of its Affiliates; (iii) any willful and material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or one of its Affiliates, or the Participant’s conviction of a felony, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud; or (iv) any other willful misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or any of its Affiliates.  For purposes of this Section 6, the term “Good Reason” shall mean (x) with regard to any Participant who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates which contains a definition of “Good Reason,” the definition set forth in such agreement, and (y) with regard to any other Participant: (i) the material diminution of the Participant’s title and/or responsibilities or (ii) the Participant being required to relocate more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Participant’s then-existing office.(6)

 

7.                                       Nontransferability of Restricted Shares .  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Restricted Shares may not be transferred, pledged, alienated, assigned or otherwise attorned other than by last will and testament or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order, as the case may be.

 

8.                                       Rights as a Shareholder .  The Participant shall have, with respect to the Restricted Shares, all the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, if applicable, the

 


(4)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service due to death or Disability presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.  Awards may provide for additional vesting upon termination of employment for reasons other than death or Disability.

(5)                                  The treatment of awards upon a Change in Control presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

(6)                                  The definitions of “Cause” and “Good Reason” presented in this Form of Award Agreement are indicative and may vary from award to award.

 

2



 

right to vote the Restricted Shares and to receive any dividends or other distributions, subject to the restrictions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

 

9.                                       Dividends .  Any cash, Common Shares or other securities of the Company or other consideration received by the Participant as a result of a distribution to holders of Restricted Shares or as a dividend on the Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Shares, and all references to Restricted Shares hereunder shall be deemed to include such cash, Common Shares or other securities or consideration.(7)

 

10.                                Legend on Certificates .  The Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing the Common Shares underlying the Restricted Shares to make appropriate reference to such restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or as may be required by the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any exchange that lists the Common Shares, and any applicable federal or state laws.

 

11.                                Physical Custody .  The Restricted Shares may be issued in certificate form or electronically in “book entry”.  The Secretary of the Company or such other representative as the Committee may appoint shall retain physical custody of each certificate representing Restricted Shares until all of the restrictions imposed under this Agreement with respect to the shares evidenced by such certificate expire or are removed.  In no event shall the Participant retain physical custody of any certificates representing unvested Restricted Shares assigned to Participant.

 

12.                                Conditions to Delivery of Common Share Certificates .  The Company shall not be required to deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Shares pursuant to this Agreement prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:  (a) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable; and (b) the lapse of such reasonable period of time as the Committee may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

13.                                No Entitlements .

 

(a)                                  No Right to Continued Employment or Other Service Relationship .  This Agreement does not constitute an employment or service agreement and nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall modify the terms of the Participant’s employment or other service, including, without limitation, the Participant’s status as an “at will” employee of the Company or its Affiliates, if applicable.  None of the Plan, the Agreement, the grant of Restricted Shares, nor any action taken or omitted to be taken shall be construed (i) to create or confer on the Participant any right to be retained in the employ of or other service to the Company or its Affiliates, (ii) to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or other service at any time and for any reason or (iii) to give the Participant any right to be reemployed or retained by the Company or its Affiliates following a termination of employment or other service for any reason.

 


(7)                                  The treatment of dividends presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

 

3



 

(b)                                  No Right to Future Awards .  This award of Restricted Shares and all other equity-based awards under the Plan are discretionary.  This award does not confer on the Participant any right or entitlement to receive another award of Restricted Shares or any other equity-based award at any time in the future or in respect of any future period.

 

14.                                Taxes and Withholding .  No later than the date as of which an amount with respect to the Restricted Shares first become includable in the gross income of the Participant for applicable income tax purposes, the Participant shall pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee, the minimum required withholding obligations may be settled in Common Shares, including Common Shares that are part of the award that gives rise to the withholding requirement.  The obligations of the Company to deliver the certificates for shares of Common Shares under this Agreement shall be conditional upon such payment or arrangements and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, including, without limitation, by withholding shares of Common Shares to be delivered upon vesting.

 

15.                                Section 83(b) Election .  If, within 30 days of the Date of Grant, the Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or any successor section thereto, to be taxed with respect to all or any portion of the Restricted Shares as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Shares rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Participant shall deliver a copy of such election to the Company immediately after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

16.                                Securities Laws .  The Company shall not be required to issue Common Shares unless and until (i) the shares have been duly listed upon each stock exchange on which the Common Shares are then registered; (ii) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to such Common Shares is then effective; and (iii) the issuance of the Common Shares would comply with such legal or regulatory provisions of such countries or jurisdictions outside the United States as may be applicable in respect of the Restricted Shares. In connection with the grant or vesting of the Restricted Shares, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.

 

17.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Notices .  Any notice necessary under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the records of the Company for the Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may deliver notices to the Participant by means of email or other electronic means that are generally used for employee communications.  Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Headings .  The headings of sections and subsections are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(d)                                  Incorporation of Plan ; Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Restricted Shares shall be subject to the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern.  This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede all other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.  The Participant acknowledges receipt of the Plan, and represents that he is familiar with its terms and provisions.

 

(e)                                   Amendments .  Subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, the Committee shall have the power to amend this Agreement at any time provided that such amendment does not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the Participant’s consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have broad authority to alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Shares without the consent of the Participant to the extent it deems necessary or desirable in its sole discretion (i) to comply with or take into account changes in, or rescissions or interpretations of, applicable tax laws, securities laws, employment laws, accounting rules or standards and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidance, ruling, judicial decision or legal requirement, (ii) to ensure that the Restricted Shares are not subject to taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, (iii) to take into account unusual or nonrecurring events or market conditions, or (iv) in any other manner set forth in Section 16 of the Plan.  Any amendment, modification or termination shall, upon adoption, become and be binding on all persons affected thereby without requirement for consent or other action with respect thereto by any such person.  The Committee shall give written notice to the Participant in accordance with Section 17(a) of any such amendment, modification or termination as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof.  The foregoing shall not restrict the ability of the Participant and the Company by mutual consent to alter or amend the terms of the Restricted Shares in any manner that is consistent with the Plan and approved by the Committee.

 

(f)                                    Successor .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company, and to any Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 7.

 

(g)                                   Choice of Law .  Except as to matters of federal law, this Agreement and all actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (other than its conflict of law rules).

 

(h)                                  Clawback .  Any awards made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any recoupment policy adopted by the Company or required by law as in effect from time to time.

 

5



 

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges having read the Plan and this Agreement, and hereby agrees to be bound by all the provisions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Participant Name (Printed):

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

6



 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income for [YEAR] the amount of any compensation taxable in connection with the taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are:

 

TAXPAYER’S NAME:

 

SPOUSE’S NAME:

 

TAXPAYER’S SOCIAL SECURITY NO.:

 

SPOUSE’S SOCIAL SECURITY NO.:

 

TAXABLE YEAR:

 

ADDRESS:

 

2. The property which is the subject of this election is shares of Common Stock of Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. (“ Common Stock ”).

 

3. The property was transferred to the undersigned on [DATE] .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:  The shares of Common Stock are subject to cancellation if unvested as of the date of termination of service other than for retirement, death, disability or certain qualifying terminations in connection with a change in control, and are nontransferable until vested.

 

5. The fair market value of the property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) is:   $[     ] per share x          shares = $          .

 

6. The undersigned paid $[     ] per share x          shares for the property transferred or a total of $[     ].

 

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property.  The undersigned taxpayer is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

 

The undersigned will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service office to which he files his annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the

 

7



 

property.  A copy of the election also will be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed.  The undersigned understands that this election will also be effective as an election under [ STATE ] law.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxpayer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of Taxpayer

 

 

 

 

 

8




Exhibit 10.31

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC. 2016 OMNIBUS EQUITY PLAN

FORM OF RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

THIS RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of                 (the “ Date of Grant ”) between Advanced Disposal Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                   (the “ Participant ”).

 

This Agreement sets forth the general terms and conditions of restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”).  By accepting this award, the Participant agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Advanced Disposal Services, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

 

1.             Grant of the RSUs .  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant, a target award consisting of               RSUs (the “ Target Award ”), subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan.  The number of RSUs to which the Participant will be entitled as of the Scheduled Vesting Date (defined in Section 2)(the “ Earned RSUs ”) will be based on (i) the Target Award and (ii) the Company’s performance against the performance measures set forth on Exhibit A, as well as on the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Each Earned RSU gives the Participant the unsecured right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, one Common Share.  The Participant shall not be required to pay any additional consideration for the issuance of the Common Shares upon settlement of the Earned RSUs.

 

2.             Vesting Schedule .  Subject to earlier termination and cancellation, and unless previously vested, in each case in accordance with the Plan or this Agreement, the Earned RSUs shall vest in full on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “ Scheduled Vesting Date ”)(1).

 

3.             Settlement .  Each Earned RSU shall be settled by delivery of one Common Share within thirty (30) days following the Scheduled Vesting Date (the “ Settlement Date ”).

 

4.             Termination of Service Generally .  In the event that the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than retirement, termination without Cause, resignation for Good reason, death or Disability, the Target Award shall immediately be cancelled without consideration and the Participant shall have no further right or interest therein.(2)

 


(1)           The vesting schedule presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

 

(2)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

 



 

5.             Retirement;  Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason . Subject to Section 7 of this Agreement, if the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates as a result of either the Participant’s retirement, his or her termination without Cause or his or her resignation for Good Reason (“Cause” and “Good Reason” having the meanings set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement), the Participant shall be entitled to 100% of the Earned RSUs, subject to the other terms of this Agreement, as if the Participant’s employment or other service had not terminated.(3)  Earned RSUs will be settled on the Settlement Date.

 

6.             Death; Disability .   If the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates terminates as a result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant (or the Participant’s estate or beneficiary) shall be entitled to 100% of the Earned RSUs, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.   Earned RSUs shall be settled on the Settlement Date.(4)

 

7.             Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control, prior to the Scheduled Vesting Date, a number of Earned RSUs shall be calculated for the Participant and shall be equal to the greater of:

 

(i)            The number of RSUs that would be considered Earned RSUs based on the most recent fiscal year end results of the Company; and

 

(ii)           The number of RSUs included in the Target Award.

 

If the successor company fails to assume such Earned RSUs, they shall vest and be settled in accordance with Section 3 upon consummation of the Change in Control.    To the extent the successor company (or a subsidiary or parent thereof) assumes such Earned RSUs, the existing vesting schedule will continue to apply; provided , however , that, if upon or within 24 months following the date of a Change in Control, the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or its Affiliates is terminated without Cause or the Participant resigns for Good Reason, the Earned RSUs shall become fully vested and shall be settled in accordance with Section 3 .(5)  For purposes of this Section 7, the term “Cause” shall mean (a) with regard to any Participant who is party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates which contains a definition of “Cause,” the definition set forth in such agreement, and (b) with regard to any other Participant: (i) any act or omission that constitutes a material breach by the Participant of any obligations under an employment or service agreement with the Company or one of its Affiliates or an Award Document; (ii) the continued failure or refusal of the Participant to substantially perform the duties reasonably required of the Participant as an employee of or other service provider to the Company or one of its Affiliates; (iii) any willful and material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or one of its Affiliates, or the Participant’s conviction of a felony, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud; or (iv) any other willful misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of,

 


(3)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service due to retirement, termination without Cause and resignation for Good Reason presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

(4)                                  The treatment of awards upon termination of service due to death or Disability presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.  Awards may provide for additional vesting upon termination of employment for reasons other than death or Disability.

(5)                                  The treatment of awards upon a Change in Control presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.

 

2



 

or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or any of its Affiliates.  For purposes of this Section 7, the term “Good Reason” shall mean (x) with regard to any Participant who is party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates which contains a definition of “Good Reason,” the definition set forth in such agreement, and (y) with regard to any other Participant: (i) the material diminution of the Participant’s title and/or responsibilities or (ii) the Participant being required to relocate more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Participant’s then-existing office.(6)

 

8.             Nontransferability of RSUs .  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Plan, RSUs may not be transferred, pledged, alienated, assigned or otherwise attorned other than by last will and testament or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order, as the case may be.

 

9.             Rights as a Shareholder .  The Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to the Target Award or Earned RSUs prior to settlement.  Upon settlement, the Participant shall have all rights as a shareholder with respect to the Common Shares delivered to the Participant, if any, including, without limitation, voting rights and the right to receive dividends.

 

10.          Dividend Equivalents .  If, after the Date of Grant and prior to the applicable Settlement Date, dividends with respect to the Common Shares are declared or paid by the Company, the Participant, upon settlement of Earned RSUs in accordance with Section 3, shall be entitled to receive dividend equivalents in an amount, without interest, equal to the cumulative dividends declared or paid on a Common Share, if any, during such period multiplied by the number of Earned RSUs.  Dividend equivalents will be subject to the same terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable RSUs.  The dividend equivalents will be paid on the applicable Settlement Date for the underlying Earned RSUs in cash or Common Shares, as determined by the Company in its discretion.  If the underlying Earned RSUs are cancelled prior to the applicable Settlement Date for any reason, any accrued and unpaid dividend equivalents shall be cancelled.(7)

 

11.          No Entitlements .

 

(a)           No Right to Continued Employment or Other Service Relationship .  This Agreement does not constitute an employment or service agreement and nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall modify the terms of the Participant’s employment or other service, including, without limitation, the Participant’s status as an “at will” employee of the Company or its Affiliates, if applicable.  None of the Plan, the Agreement, the grant of the Target Award, nor any action taken or omitted to be taken shall be construed (i) to create or confer on the Participant any right to be retained in the employ of or other service to the Company or its Affiliates, (ii) to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or other service at any time and for any reason or (iii) to

 


(6)                                  The definitions of “Cause” and “Good Reason” presented in this Form of Award Agreement are indicative and may vary from award to award.

(7)                                  The treatment of dividend equivalents presented in this Form of Award Agreement is indicative and may vary from award to award.  Specific awards, for example, may provide for dividend equivalents to be paid in cash, or for no dividend equivalent rights.

 

3



 

give the Participant any right to be reemployed or retained by the Company or its Affiliates following a termination of employment or other service for any reason.

 

(b)           No Right to Future Awards .  The Target Award of RSUs and all other equity -based awards under the Plan are discretionary.  This award does not confer on the Participant any right or entitlement to receive another award of RSUs or any other equity-based award at any time in the future or in respect of any future period.

 

12.          Taxes and Withholding .  The Participant must satisfy any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign tax withholding requirements applicable with respect to the settlement of the Earned RSUs. The Company may require or permit the Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligations through the Company withholding Common Shares that would otherwise be received by such individual upon settlement of the Earned RSUs.  The obligations of the Company to deliver the Common Shares under this Agreement shall be conditioned upon the Participant’s payment of all applicable taxes and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

 

13.          Securities Laws .  The Company shall not be required to issue Common Shares in settlement of or otherwise pursuant to the Earned RSUs unless and until (i) the shares have been duly listed upon each stock exchange on which the Common Shares are then registered; (ii) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to such Common Shares is then effective; and (iii) the issuance of the Common Shares would comply with such legal or regulatory provisions of such countries or jurisdictions outside the United States as may be applicable in respect of the Earned RSUs. In connection with the grant of the Target Award or vesting of the Earned RSUs, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.

 

14.          Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)           Notices .  Any notice necessary under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the records of the Company for the Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may deliver notices to the Participant by means of email or other electronic means that are generally used for employee communications.  Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

 

(b)           Headings .  The headings of sections and subsections are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(c)           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4



 

(d)           Incorporation of Plan ; Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the Target Award and the Earned RSUs shall be subject to the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern.  This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede all other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.  The Participant acknowledges receipt of the Plan, and represents that he is familiar with its terms and provisions.

 

(e)           Amendments .  Subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, the Committee shall have the power to amend this Agreement at any time provided that such amendment does not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the Participant’s consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have broad authority to alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions applicable to RSUs without the consent of the Participant to the extent it deems necessary or desirable in its sole discretion (i) to comply with or take into account changes in, or rescissions or interpretations of, applicable tax laws, securities laws, employment laws, accounting rules or standards and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidance, ruling, judicial decision or legal requirement, (ii) to ensure that the Earned RSUs are not subject to taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (iii) to take into account unusual or nonrecurring events or market conditions, or (iv) in any other manner set forth in Section 16 of the Plan.  Any amendment, modification or termination shall, upon adoption, become and be binding on all persons affected thereby without requirement for consent or other action with respect thereto by any such person.  The Committee shall give written notice to the Participant in accordance with Section 13(a) of any such amendment, modification or termination as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof.  The foregoing shall not restrict the ability of the Participant and the Company by mutual consent to alter or amend the terms of the RSUs in any manner that is consistent with the Plan and approved by the Committee.

 

(f)            Section 409A .

 

(i)            The Earned RSUs are intended to constitute “short-term deferrals” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).  If any provision of the Plan or this Agreement would, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Committee, result or likely result in the imposition on the Participant, a beneficiary or any other person of a penalty tax under Section 409A, the Committee may modify the terms of the Plan or this Agreement, without the consent of the Participant, beneficiary or such other person, in the manner that the Committee may reasonably and in good faith determine to be necessary or advisable to avoid the imposition of such penalty tax.  This Section 14(f) does not create an obligation on the part of the Company to modify the Plan or this Agreement and does not guarantee that the Earned RSUs will not be subject to taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A.(8)

 


(8)                                  Certain awards may provide for deferred compensation subject to Section 409A.  In the case of such awards, this provision will be modified appropriately.

 

5



 

(ii)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, to the extent that the Earned RSUs constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A and Participant is a “ Specified Employee ” (within the meaning of the Committee’s established methodology for determining “ Specified Employees ” for purposes of Section 409A), no payment or distribution of any amounts with respect to the Earned RSUs that are subject to Section 409A may be made before the first business day following the six (6) month anniversary from the Participant’s Separation from Service from the Company Group (as defined in Section 409A) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death.

 

(g)           Successor .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company, and to any Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 7.

 

(h)           Choice of Law .  Except as to matters of federal law, this Agreement and all actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (other than its conflict of law rules).

 

(i)            Clawback .  Any awards made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any recoupment policy adopted by the Company or required by law as in effect from time to time.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

6



 

 

ADVANCED DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges having read the Plan and this Agreement, and hereby agrees to be bound by all the provisions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Participant Name (Printed):

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

7



 

Exhibit A:  Performance Vesting Criteria

 

[To Be Determined]

 

8




Exhibit 23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 10, 2015, except for Note 26, as to which the date is August 21, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of ADS Waste Holdings, Inc. in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-206508) and related prospectus for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Certified Public Accountants

Jacksonville, FL

January 29, 2016